Skip to content

Stretch: QL “Banana”

  • Begin by laying on your back.
  • Bring your arms overhead.
  • Slide your legs to the unaffected side.
  • Slide your arms to the same side creating a “banana shape”
  • For a deeper stretch, cross one outside leg over the inside leg.
  • Repeat this or on the other side as advised by your Physiotherapist.

Balance: Feet Together Eyes Closed

Instructions

  • Stand on a firm surface with your feet together
  • Take a moment to find your balance with your eyes open
  • When you’re ready, gently close your eyes for 30sec
  • Stand near a stable surface (like a kitchen bench or wall) for safety

Concussion Management

What is concussion?

A concussion is a type of brain injury that happens when a person experiences a direct hit to the head or a heavy impact to the body that causes the brain to move inside the skull.

How to know if you are concussed?

It’s important to know that loss of consciousness happens in fewer than 10% of concussion cases. So, a player doesn’t need to be knocked out to have a concussion.

Concussion usually doesn’t show up on scans like CT or MRI, as it affects how the brain functions rather than causing visible damage. Symptoms can include confusion, headache, dizziness, blurred vision, nausea, fatigue, memory problems, and feeling mentally foggy or “not quite right.” Observable signs might include unusual behaviour, lying motionless, a vacant stare, or poor balance.

Why is concussion management so important?

Effective concussion management is vital to reduce the risk of serious complications. Returning to play too soon can increase the chance of another concussion, prolong symptoms, and, in rare cases, lead to dangerous brain swelling—especially in younger athletes. Poorly managed concussions are also linked to long-term mental health issues and may contribute to brain degeneration later in life. While research is ongoing into conditions like Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy (CTE), it’s clear that proper diagnosis, rest, and medical clearance before returning to sport are essential to protect both short- and long-term brain health.

How can Peak Physio help?

Standardised assessment tools

  • SCAT6 in the first 72 hours/3 days post injury
  • SCOAT6 beyond 72 hours/3 days post injury

Additional assessment:

  • Neck/Cervical Spine
  • Headaches
  • Vestibular/Visual System
  • Balance
  • Exercise Tolerance
  • Psychosocial Factors including thinking, mood and mental health

Treatment:

  • Graded exposure/pacing
  • Exercise
  • Education and guidance
  • Manual therapy (including massage and mobilisation)
  • Vestibular management
  • Correspondence and liaison with other medical professionals and your sporting organisation
  • Referral to other specialists as required

Graded return to activity and sport

Your physiotherapist will guide you through a graded progression of both cognitive and physical exertion with criteria to progress through each stage

  • Relative rest
  • Daily activities
  • Light aerobic exercise
  • Moderate aerobic exercise
  • High intensity aerobic exercise
  • Non contact –> Limited contact –> Full contact training
  • Return to play

Returning to play

Requirements as per the AFL

  • Completed all stages of the return to play process
  • Minimum 21 days after injury with the injury date being day “0”
  • Obtained a medical clearance before returning to play (from a medical doctor)

Requirements as per Rugby Australia

  • Blue Card triggers Concussion Management Procedure (CMP)
  • CMP requires all players with potential head injury, concussion or suspected concussion to be assessed by an appropriately trained healthcare practitioner (e.g., medical doctor or physiotherapist) within 72 hours of the injury for an initial assessment.
  • For adults aged 19 and over: the minimum period before return to play is 12 days
  • For children and adolescents aged 18 and under: the minimum period before return to play is 21 days.
  • Medical clearance required before returning to play (from a medical doctor)

We are here to help

If you or someone you know has experienced a concussion and need assistance please get in touch with us to discuss how we can help

The Ultimate Guide to Safer Squats & Deadlifts

Squats and deadlifts are two fundamental strength-training exercises that target multiple muscle groups, including the quadriceps, hamstrings, gluteals, and core. These movements are highly effective for building lower body strength, improving mobility, and enhancing overall athletic performance. However, improper technique and load can lead to injuries, particularly in the knees, lower back, and hips. Fortunately, the risk of injury associated with weightlifting is comparable to – or lower than – many other sports and hobbies.

Read more

Hip Labral Disorders

Hip labral disorders are conditions affecting the acetabular labrum, a fibrous cartilage that lines the acetabulum (the socket of the hip joint). The labrum plays a crucial role in hip joint stability, shock absorption, and the distribution of pressure across the joint. Damage to the labrum, often caused by trauma, overuse, or structural abnormalities, can lead to pain, reduced mobility, and eventual joint degeneration.


Signs & Symptoms

Patients with hip labral disorders typically present with the following signs and symptoms:

  • Pain:
    • More than 90% of individuals experience pain in the anterior hip or groin.
    • Less commonly, pain is felt laterally or deep in the posterior buttocks.
    • Women may report concurrent pelvic floor pain.
    • The pain is often described as a constant dull ache with intermittent sharp episodes.
    • Night pain occurs in 71% of patients.
  • Mechanical Symptoms:
    • Clicking, locking, or catching sensations in the hip.
    • Feeling of instability or “giving way” in the joint.
  • Functional Limitations:
    • Limping in 89% of cases.
    • Difficulty climbing stairs (67% require support).
    • Walking distance and prolonged sitting are often limited.
    • Aggravation of symptoms with activities such as running, pivoting, or prolonged sitting.
  • Range of Motion (ROM) Restrictions:
    • Limited rotation is commonly noted during assessment.

Causes and Contributing Factors

Several factors can contribute to the development of hip labral disorders:

  1. Structural Abnormalities:
    • Femoroacetabular Impingement (FAI): Abnormal bone shapes in the hip joint can increase stress on the labrum.
    • Acetabular Dysplasia: A shallow hip socket reduces joint stability.
  2. Trauma:
    • High-impact injuries, such as those from contact sports or falls, can tear the labrum.
    • Dislocations or subluxations often damage the labrum.
  3. Capsular Laxity or Hypermobility:
    • Looseness in the joint capsule can lead to excessive movement and strain on the labrum.
  4. Degeneration:
    • Wear-and-tear from repetitive movements or ageing can weaken the labrum over time.
  5. Biomechanical Factors:
    • Gait abnormalities, poor foot alignment, or pelvic instability can increase hip joint stress.

Diagnosis

Accurate diagnosis of hip labral disorders is essential for effective treatment. The most reliable diagnostic methods include:

  • Clinical Assessment:
    • Thorough history and physical examination to identify signs and symptoms consistent with labral tears.
  • Imaging:
    • Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): A 3-Tesla (3-T) MRI provides the highest sensitivity for detecting labral tears.
    • Magnetic Resonance Arthrography (MRA): Combines MRI with the injection of contrast dye into the joint, offering superior accuracy in identifying labral abnormalities.
    • X-ray and CT Scan: Useful for assessing structural abnormalities like FAI or acetabular dysplasia but less effective in visualising soft tissue.
  • Hip Arthroscopy:
    • Considered the gold standard for diagnosis and treatment, arthroscopy allows direct visualisation of the labrum but is reserved for cases where other diagnostic methods are inconclusive.

Grading of Labral Tears

Labral tears can be classified by their location, morphology, or cause:

  • By Location:
    • Anterior tears: Most common due to poor vascular supply and high mechanical stress.
    • Posterior tears: Often associated with trauma or dislocation.
    • Superior/Lateral tears: Less common but occur under specific loading patterns.
  • By Morphology:
    • Classified as radial, longitudinal, or degenerative based on the tear’s shape and extent.
  • By Cause:
    • Traumatic, degenerative, or related to structural abnormalities.

Physiotherapy

Physiotherapy plays a central role in the conservative management of hip labral disorders. Goals of treatment include reducing pain, improving joint stability, and enhancing functional capacity. A comprehensive physiotherapy program typically includes:

1. Activity Modification:

  • Avoid pivoting, twisting, and other movements that increase stress on the labrum.
  • Educate patients on ergonomic movements and proper biomechanics during daily activities.

2. Strengthening Exercises:

  • Focus on the hip, core, and lower limb muscles to stabilise the joint.
  • Gradually progress from non-weight-bearing exercises (e.g., bridges) to weight-bearing exercises (e.g., squats or lunges).
  • Functional training specific to the patient’s goals, such as running or stair climbing.

3. Mobility and Flexibility:

  • Stretch tight hip flexors, hamstrings, and pelvic muscles.
  • Joint mobilisation to improve hip, pelvis, and lumbar spine movement.

4. Gait Training:

  • Correct abnormal walking patterns.
  • Incorporate orthotics, taping, or shoe modifications to improve foot mechanics.

5. Proprioception and Balance:

  • Use balance boards, foam surfaces, or dynamic exercises to enhance joint awareness and stability.

6. Pain Management:

  • Techniques such as heat, ice, or manual therapy may be used to manage pain during treatment.

Physiotherapy is typically recommended for 12-24 weeks before considering surgical options.


Surgical Management

Surgery is considered when conservative treatments fail to alleviate symptoms or if functional limitations persist. Common procedures include:

  • Labral Repair:
    • The torn portion of the labrum is sutured back into place to restore joint stability.
  • Labral Debridement:
    • Damaged or frayed parts of the labrum are trimmed away.
  • Hip Arthroscopy:
    • A minimally invasive procedure used for both diagnostic and therapeutic purposes.
  • Addressing Underlying Causes:
    • Procedures to correct FAI or acetabular dysplasia may be performed alongside labral repair.

Prognosis

The prognosis for hip labral disorders varies based on the severity of the tear and the treatment approach. Key findings include:

  • Mild to Moderate Tears:
    • Respond well to physiotherapy, with significant improvements in pain and function.
  • Severe Tears:
    • May not show substantial improvement with conservative management alone.
    • Surgical intervention may be necessary for symptom relief and functional recovery.

Long-term untreated labral tears are associated with an increased risk of early-onset osteoarthritis (OA) due to joint instability and increased cartilage stress.


Information is provided for education purposes only. Always consult your physiotherapist or other health professional.

References: 

Byrd, J. W., & Jones, K. S. (2009). Hip arthroscopy for labral pathology: Prospective analysis with 10-year follow-up. Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research, 467(3), 747–753. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11999-008-0470-5

Martin, R. L., Enseki, K. R., Draovitch, P., Kelly, B. T., Philippon, M. J., & Boykin, R. E. (2022). Acetabular labral tears: Physical therapy management. International Journal of Sports Physical Therapy, 17(2), 193–202. https://doi.org/10.26603/001c.33672

Griffin, D. R., Dickenson, E. J., O’Donnell, J., Agricola, R., Awan, T., Beck, M., … & McCarthy, C. (2021). The Warwick Agreement on femoroacetabular impingement syndrome (FAI syndrome): An international consensus statement. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 55(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2019-101690

Discitis

Discitis is a rare condition, characterised by an infection of intervertebral discs in our spine. These discs seperate our vertebrae; the bones in our spine, and act like a pillow to allow movement, absorb shock and transmit loads through our spinal column. Therefore, infection and subsequent inflammation can result in high levels of discomfort and pain. As these discs receive minimal blood supply, our immune cells and medications have difficulty travelling to the site of the infection, so recovery can be a long process. However, through receiving treatment through a team of qualified health practitioners, full rehabilitation is possible.

Signs and Symptoms

The symptoms of discitis can vary greatly, with pain levels varying from mild discomfort to high levels of pain. The severity is largely dependant on a few factors, including how progressed the condition is (depending on the time to detection), age and immune status. Most common signs and symptoms include:

  • Localised neck and/or back pain (depending on the disc infected): Generally, this is a gradual onset that can progress to unbearable, severe levels of pain
  • Fever and/or chills
  • Loss of appetite and/or weight loss
  • Night pain
  • Fatigue
  • Stiffness / limited range of motion in the neck and/or back
  • Neurological deficits: This can include muscle weakness, reduced sensation and impaired reflexes depending on the areas of the body supplied by the specific spinal level affected. However, this is less common

Diagnosis

Diagnosis comprises of a comprehensive medical exam from a registered practitioner, including:

  • Blood Tests: Which look specifically at your levels of CRP and ESR. High levels indicate inflammation in the body.
  • Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): Which show disc inflammation.

Causes and Contributing Factors

In most cases, the infections are either caused by:

  • Contiguous spread: meaning infection spread from an infected area close by e.g an infection of vertebrae (osteomyelitis)
  • Hematogenous spread: meaning the infection was spread through the bloodstream from another site of infection e.g pneumonia, urinary tract infections
  • Direct inoculation: meaning from direct contact and subsequent infection to the area e.g through spinal injections, diagnostic lumbar punctures or spinal surgeries

Contributing factors include:

  • Increased alcohol intake
  • Immunocompromised individuals
  • Intravenous drug users
  • Renal (kidney) dysfunction
  • Hepatic (liver) cirrhosis
  • Cancer
  • Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
  • Autoimmune diseases
  • > 50 years old

Prognosis

Prognosis is varying. It largely depends on the severity of the condition, how early it was detected and whether you have other Risk Factors (mentioned above) that can impact your bodies ability to fight infection.

(Samy et al., 2021) strongly recommend that your medical team closely monitor you for a year-post to monitor improvement and deterioration.

Treatment

Medical Treatment

  • IV Antibiotics: This is the standard treatment, which will help you fight the infection. This is generally provided at an infusion centre, Hospital In The Home (HITH) or other in-home nursing services. This generally lasts 6 – 8 weeks.
  • Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs): These medications, such as ibuprofen, may also be prescribed. This can reduce both pain and inflammation, providing relief from pain, stiffness and discomfort.
  • Surgery: This is the considered in cases where all other treatment fails or complications arise, such as neurological deficits, spinal instability, or abscess formation (formation of an infection pocket). Procedures may involve debridement (removal) of infected tissue and stabilisation of the spinal column.

Physiotherapy Management

Physiotherapy plays a pivotal role in the rehabilitation of patients with discitis, aiming to restore mobility, strengthen muscules, and enhance functional independence. A comprehensive physiotherapy treatment may include:

  • Pain Management: Utilisation of modalities such as manual therapy, bracing and therapeutic exercises to alleviate pain and reduce inflammation.
  • Mobilisation Exercises: Gentle, progressive exercises designed to improve spinal flexibility and range of motion, tailored to your tolerance and stage of recovery.
  • Strengthening Programs: Targeted exercises aimed at improving strength and stability, to support spinal structures and prevent deconditioning.
  • Functional Training: Activities aimed at improving the your ability to perform daily tasks safely and effectively, thereby helping you achieve individualised goals and enhancing quality of life.

References

Aagaard, T., Roed, C., Dahl, B., & Obel, N. (2016). Long-term prognosis and causes of death after spondylodiscitis: A Danish nationwide cohort study. Infectious diseases (London, England)48(3), 201–208. https://doi.org/10.3109/23744235.2015.1103897

Berbari, E. F., Kanj, S. S., Kowalski, T. J., Darouiche, R. O., Widmer, A. F., Schmitt, S. K., Hendershot, E. F., Holtom, P. D., Huddleston, P. M., Petermann, G. W., Osmon, D. R., & Infectious Diseases Society of America. (2015). 2015 Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) clinical practice guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of native vertebral osteomyelitis in adults. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 61(6), e26–e46. https://doi.org/10.1093/cid/civ482

Cornett, C. A., Vincent, S. A., Crow, J., & Hewlett, A. (2016). Bacterial spine infections in adults: Evaluation and management. Journal of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 24(1), 11–18. https://doi.org/10.5435/JAAOS-D-13-00102

Samy, D. A., Gandham, S., & DeMatas, M. (2021). The diagnosis and management of discitis and spinal infection. Surgery (Oxford), 39(8), 540-546. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.surge.2021.05.008

Zimmerli, W. (2010). Clinical practice. Vertebral osteomyelitis. The New England Journal of Medicine, 362(11), 1022–1029. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMcp0910753

Plantar Plate Injury

The plantar plate is a strong, fibrous ligament located in the ball of the foot, beneath the metatarsophalangeal (MTP) joints. It plays a crucial role in stabilising the toes and preventing excessive dorsiflexion (upward bending). A plantar plate injury occurs when this ligament is overstretched, partially torn, or completely ruptured. This condition most commonly affects the second toe but can also involve the third and fourth toes. Left untreated, plantar plate injuries can lead to deformities such as hammertoe, claw toe, or crossover toe.

Signs & Symptoms

A plantar plate injury presents with a variety of symptoms, which can vary depending on severity.

  • Pain in the ball of the foot – Often described as an aching or bruised sensation, typically localised around the affected MTP joint.
  • Swelling (oedema) – Mild to moderate swelling may occur, particularly on the top (dorsal) and bottom (plantar) aspects of the foot.
  • Pain with weight-bearing activities – Walking, running (especially forefoot running), dancing, or jumping can increase discomfort.
  • Pain relief with rest – Symptoms improve when non-weight bearing.
  • Increased pain with certain footwear – High heels, open-toe shoes, and flexible shoes (such as minimalist running shoes) can aggravate symptoms.
  • Reduced toe strength – The affected toe may not be able to grip the ground effectively. This can be assessed with the ‘Digital Purchase Test’, where a piece of paper is placed under the toe, and the patient is asked to resist its removal. A weak plantar plate allows the paper to slide out easily.
  • Toe deformity – In more advanced cases, the toe may start to lift off the ground (floating toe), drift sideways (Churchill sign), or develop a hammertoe or claw toe appearance.
  • Positive Lachman’s or Vertical Stress Test – These tests, performed by a clinician, assess joint stability and are useful in diagnosing plantar plate injuries.

Causes & Contributing Factors

Plantar plate injuries often develop due to repetitive stress rather than a single traumatic event.

Biomechanical Factors

  • Forefoot loading – Excessive force through the front of the foot, often seen in forefoot runners, dancers, and athletes engaging in high-impact activities.
  • Toe deformities – Conditions like hallux valgus (bunions) can shift weight away from the big toe, increasing stress on the second and third MTP joints.
  • Metatarsal length variations – A longer second or third metatarsal (such as Morton’s toe) increases the likelihood of plantar plate overload.
  • Tight calf muscles – Limited ankle dorsiflexion can cause compensatory changes in gait, leading to excessive pressure on the forefoot.

Footwear & External Factors

  • High heels – Elevating the heel places excessive stress on the forefoot, increasing plantar plate strain.
  • Minimalist or flexible shoes – These provide less support and can contribute to excessive dorsiflexion of the MTP joints.
  • Barefoot walking on hard surfaces – Lacking shock absorption can increase stress on the plantar plate.

Other Risk Factors

  • Ageing – Ligament elasticity decreases with age, making injuries more likely.
  • Gender – Women are more commonly affected, possibly due to footwear choices (e.g., high heels).
  • Inflammatory conditions – Rheumatoid arthritis and other inflammatory joint diseases can weaken ligaments and contribute to plantar plate injuries.

Imaging & Diagnosis

Accurate diagnosis of plantar plate injuries often requires imaging, as clinical tests alone may not detect the severity of the injury.

X-ray

  • Weight-bearing X-rays (lateral or oblique views) may show dorsal subluxation of the proximal phalanx on the metatarsal head.
  • An anterior-posterior X-ray can reveal a transverse toe deformity.
  • X-rays help rule out other causes of forefoot pain, such as fractures or arthritis.

Ultrasound

  • A dynamic and cost-effective imaging option for diagnosing plantar plate injuries.
  • Allows real-time assessment of ligament integrity and MTP joint stability.
  • Operator-dependent, meaning accuracy can vary between practitioners.
  • Sensitivity: ~93%, Specificity: ~33%.

MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging)

  • The most reliable imaging method for diagnosing plantar plate injuries, providing a comprehensive view of soft tissue structures.
  • Highly sensitive for detecting partial or full-thickness tears.
  • Sensitivity: ~95%, Specificity: ~54%.
  • A short tau inversion recovery (STIR) sequence can increase sensitivity and specificity for detecting plantar plate injuries.
  • MRI is more expensive than ultrasound but provides a clearer picture of surrounding structures.

Clinical Considerations in Imaging

  • One study found that 35% of asymptomatic individuals had plantar plate injuries, raising questions about whether all diagnosed cases require treatment.
  • Imaging should be used in conjunction with clinical symptoms to guide management decisions.

Grading of Plantar Plate Injuries

Several classification systems exist to assess the severity of plantar plate injuries. The two most widely used are:

Thompson & Hamilton Classification

  • Stage 0 – No visible displacement of the toe.
  • Stage 1 – Subluxation (partial dislocation) of the joint is possible, but the toe remains in place.
  • Stage 2 – The toe can be fully dislocated but remains reducible (can be put back into place).
  • Stage 3 – The toe is in a fixed dislocated position and cannot be realigned manually.

Yu & Judge Classification

  • Stage 1 – Mild swelling and tenderness with no visible deformity.
  • Stage 2 – Moderate swelling with noticeable deviation of the toe.
  • Stage 3 – Severe swelling with significant toe displacement or dislocation, often leading to permanent deformity.

Prognosis

The prognosis for plantar plate injuries depends on the severity of the tear and the effectiveness of treatment.

  • Mild to moderate injuries (Stages 0–1) – Generally respond well to conservative treatment, with symptoms improving over several months.
  • Moderate to severe injuries (Stages 2–3) – May require more intensive management, including prolonged offloading, orthotics, or surgical intervention.
  • Chronic cases with deformity – If left untreated, persistent instability can lead to hammertoe, claw toe, or crossover toe, which may require surgical correction.

Return to normal activities varies:

  • Mild cases – 6–12 weeks with appropriate rehabilitation.
  • Moderate cases – 3–6 months.
  • Severe cases or post-surgical recovery – 6–12 months before full return to high-impact activities.

Treatment

The primary goal of treatment is to offload the plantar plate and promote healing while maintaining toe function.

Conservative Management

  • Activity modification – Avoid barefoot walking and high-impact activities for at least six weeks.
  • Footwear advice – Use stiff-soled shoes or rocker-bottom shoes to reduce toe dorsiflexion. High heels and flexible shoes should be avoided.
  • Strapping & taping – Using rigid tape (such as zinc oxide tape) to hold the toe in a plantarflexed position can reduce strain. Tape should be changed every 72 hours.
  • Orthotics – Metatarsal pads or domes help redistribute pressure away from the affected MTP joint. Carbon fibre insoles can provide additional support.

Physiotherapy in Conservative Management

Physiotherapy plays a key role in rehabilitation by restoring foot function, reducing pain, and preventing recurrence. A physiotherapy program should include:

1. Strengthening Exercises

  • Intrinsic foot muscles – Exercises such as toe curls, marble pickups, and short foot exercises strengthen the small stabilising muscles of the foot.
  • Toe control exercises – Toe resistance band exercises improve strength in the affected toe.
  • Calf strengthening – Seated or standing heel raises to enhance calf and foot strength.

2. Stretching & Mobility

  • Calf stretching – Reducing tightness in the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles prevents compensatory forefoot overload.
  • Toe mobilisation – Gentle manual mobilisation of the MTP joint to maintain flexibility.

3. Gait Retraining

  • Modifying foot strike patterns – Encouraging midfoot or rearfoot striking can reduce forefoot stress.
  • Stride adjustments – Reducing stride length can lower ground reaction forces.

4. Balance & Proprioception

  • Single-leg stance exercises – Improves foot stability and control.
  • Wobble board or BOSU ball training – Enhances dynamic foot and ankle stability.

Regular physiotherapy reviews help monitor progress and adjust the rehabilitation program as needed.

Surgical Management

Surgery is recommended for:

  • Full-thickness plantar plate tears.
  • Persistent pain despite conservative treatment.
  • Progressive toe deformity.

Post-surgical rehabilitation follows a structured program with gradual return to activity over 6–12 months.

By incorporating physiotherapy into conservative management, patients can strengthen the foot, improve biomechanics, and reduce the risk of future injuries.

Information is provided for educational purposes only. Always consult your physiotherapist or other health professional.

References

Kussl, S., Schöffmann, S., Pezzei, C., Bock, F., Bale, R., Hohenberger, G., & Dammerer, D. (2023). Plantar plate tears of the lesser toes: A review of diagnosis and treatment options. Journal of Orthopaedics and Traumatology, 24(1), 6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s10195-024-00814-x

Majeed, H., Alsousou, J., & Hassaan, S. (2024). Plantar plate pathology: An update on diagnosis and management. Foot & Ankle Surgery: Techniques, Reports & Cases, 4(1), 100101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fastrc.2024.100101

Waizy, H., & Keller, K. (2022). Diagnosis and treatment of plantar plate tears. Journal of Clinical Medicine, 11(1), 234. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm11010234

Systemic Lupus Erythematosus

Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) is the most common type of Lupus. SLE is an autoimmune disorder in which the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy tissues. This can result in pain, inflammation and damage to various tissues/organs within the body. It is most commonly seen in women of childbearing age and the severity can vary widely on a case-by-case basis.

Signs and Symptoms

SLE is known to have a range of symptoms that can either present sporadically in “flare-ups”, or be more persistent in nature. These symptoms include the following:

  • Fatigue
  • Joint pain and swelling
  • Rash/Skin sensitivity: This is often exacerbated by exposure to direct sunlight and is commonly manifested in what is described as a “butterfly rash across the face”
  • Loss of appetite and weight loss
  • Fever
  • Muscle weakness
  • Chest pain or shortness of breath: Due to inflammation in the lungs or heart lining.
  • Kidney issues: Swelling in the legs or around the eyes, and changes in urine colour or frequency.
  • Neurological symptoms: Headaches, confusion, memory problems, or seizures.

Diagnosis

As seen above SLE can present with a wide range of symptoms, hence mimicking other conditions and making diagnosis challenging at times. That being said early diagnosis is important and consultation with your medical team can help start this process.

Diagnosis is based on the presentation of clinical signs and confirmed with further testing, including blood tests. A blood test will involve Anti-Nuclear Antibody (ANA) testing in which the presence of antibodies that may attack healthy tissues in the body is assessed.

Causes

Unfortunately, we are yet to determine the exact cause of SLE but we believe it to be a result of a combination of genetic, hormonal and environmental factors including;

  • Genetics: Family history is an indicator of increased risk
  • Hormones: Oestrogen is thought to play a role, as SLE is more common in women.
  • Environmental triggers: Exposure to sunlight, infections, stress, or certain medications.

Prognosis

It is important to note that the nature of this condition is chronic and at times can be unpredictable, with periods of flare-ups and remission (periods of time where symptoms improve).

That being said the prognosis for people living with SLE has improved significantly due to advances in medical treatment and early diagnosis. Most people with SLE can manage their symptoms and maintain a good quality of life.

Prognosis also depends on the severity of organ involvement, particularly in the kidneys and heart. Early detection and appropriate management are crucial for reducing complications and improving long-term outcomes. With ongoing treatment and lifestyle adjustments, many people with SLE lead active and fulfilling lives.

Treatment

Unfortunately, at this time there is no cure for SLE although there are a range of treatments that can help to manage symptoms and improve quality of life. Treatments may include medications such as;

  • Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs): To relieve pain and reduce inflammation.
  • Corticosteroids: To control inflammation during flares.
  • Immunosuppressants: To reduce overactivity of the immune system.
  • Antimalarials: To manage skin and joint symptoms and reduce flare frequency.
  • Biologic agents: For severe cases not responding to standard treatments.

Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation

Physiotherapy plays a crucial role in the management of SLE, particularly in maintaining mobility, reducing pain, and improving overall function. Physiotherapists can help by:

  • Exercise programs: Tailored exercises to enhance muscle strength, joint flexibility, and cardiovascular fitness. Low-impact exercises, such as swimming, walking, and stretching, are particularly beneficial.
  • Pain management techniques: Including heat and cold therapy, gentle manual therapy, and relaxation exercises to reduce muscle tension.
  • Fatigue management: Developing pacing strategies and energy conservation techniques to help clients manage fatigue more effectively.
  • Posture correction and ergonomic advice: To minimise joint strain during daily activities.
  • Education and support: Helping clients understand their condition, recognise early signs of flares, and implement self-management strategies.

Additional Management Strategies

  • Sun protection: Wearing sunscreen and protective clothing to avoid UV-triggered flares.
  • Healthy diet and hydration: To support overall health and reduce inflammation.
  • Stress management: Using relaxation techniques to minimise flare triggers.

Sources

Blaess, J., Goepfert, T., Geneton, S., Irenee, E., Gerard, H., Taesch, F., Sordet, C., & Arnaud, L. (2022). Benefits & risks of physical activity in patients with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus: a systematic review of the literature. Seminars in Arthritis and Rheumatism58, 152128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.semarthrit.2022.152128

Branch, N. S. C. a. O. (2025, January 8). Systemic lupus erythematosus (Lupus). National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases. 

The Royal Australian College of general Practitioners. (n.d.). Systemic lupus erythmatosus. Australian Family Physician. https://www.racgp.org.au/afp/2013/october/systemic-lupus-erythmatosus

Systemic Lupus Erythematosus. (2023, August 4). National Library of Medicine. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK535405/

Strength: Bridge with Heel Raise (Concentric)

This exercise strengthens the glutes, hamstrings, and core while incorporating a calf activation element. The heel raise adds an extra challenge to stability and lower limb control. It’s useful for improving posterior chain strength, coordination, and endurance, particularly in rehabilitation settings or athletic conditioning.

Progression 1: Double-Leg

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent and feet flat on the floor, hip-width apart.
  • Engage your core and press through your heels to lift your hips, creating a straight line from your shoulders to your knees.
  • Once at the top, lift both heels off the ground, rising onto the balls of your feet.
  • Lower your heels back down, then slowly return your hips to the floor.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Progression 2: Double Leg with Maintained Heel Raise

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent and feet flat on the floor, hip-width apart.
  • Lift your heels off the ground so you are on the ball of your foot before initiating the bridge.
  • Engage your core and press through your heels to lift your hips, creating a straight line from your shoulders to your knees.
  • Keep a strong, controlled movement as you lower back down, ensuring your heel stays off the floor.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Progression 3: Single-Leg with Heel Raise

  • Start lying on your back with one foot planted and the other leg extended.
  • Engage your core and press through your heels to lift your hips, creating a straight line from your shoulders to your knees.
  • Once at the top, lift the heels off the ground, rising onto the ball of your foot.
  • Lower your heel back down, then slowly return your hips to the floor.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Letting the lower back arch excessively instead of engaging the glutes.
  • Lifting the hips unevenly or letting them drop to one side (especially in the single-leg variations).
  • Pushing through the toes instead of using the whole ball of the foot when raising the heel.
  • Moving too quickly, leading to loss of control.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Slow down the movement, increasing time under tension.
  • Add a resistance band around the thighs for extra glute engagement.
  • Hold a weight on your hips for additional resistance.
  • Perform the exercise on an unstable surface, such as a foam pad or BOSU ball.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Keep both feet flat on the floor throughout the movement.
  • Reduce the height of the bridge to limit strain.
  • Perform the movement without the heel raise to focus on basic glute activation.
  • Support the movement by placing your hands on the floor for added stability.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Neural Mobility: Tibial Nerve Slider (Supine | Towel)

Nerve sliders or neural ‘flossing’ provide an effective strategy to alleviate neural tension within the muscle interface that is passes through, without exacerbating symptoms. Discuss with your Physiotherapist which variation is appropriate for you dependent on the degree of neural tension.

Instructions

  • Lying on your back, use a towel to help keep your leg in a comfortable 90 degree position with your ankle in neutral position.
  • Straighten your knee, and let your ankle turn outwards
  • Bend your knee back to 90 degrees and bring your ankle back to neutral
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Perform this exercise strictly as guided by your physiotherapist – do not be tempted to perform more repetitions as this may irritate the tissue
  • If your symptoms become aggravated, stop immediately and notify your physiotherapist

Strength: Side Step/ Hip Abduction (Active)

Side stepping without resistance is a fundamental exercise designed to improve balance, lower limb strength, and lateral stability. It targets the hip abductors, quadriceps, and core stabilisers, helping to enhance control during sideways movements. This exercise is often prescribed to improve mobility and falls prevention.

Instructions

  • Stand tall with your feet hip-width apart. Maintain an upright posture with your shoulders relaxed.
  • Place your hands on a stable surface for support e.g. kitchen bench or back of a couch.
  • Step sideways with your leading foot, ensuring the movement comes from the hip rather than dragging the foot. Keep your toes pointing forward. 
  • Follow with the trailing foot, returning to a stable stance.
  • Continue stepping in one direction for the prescribed number of steps, then repeat in the opposite direction.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Taking steps that are too large, which may reduce control and balance.
  • Twisting at the hips/torso instead of keeping a neutral posture.
  • Dragging the trailing foot rather than actively lifting it.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Take larger steps while maintaining control.
  • Perform the exercise with a slight bend in the knee to engage more lower limb muscle. 
  • Reduce hand support if balance allows by hovering your hands above a stable surface whilst performing the exercise or holding your hands on your hips.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Take smaller steps to reduce balance demands.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Mobile Physiotherapy: Newcastle, Maitland & Central Coast

Peak Physio now offers mobile and home visit physiotherapy services, bringing expert care directly to your home in Newcastle, Rutherford, Budgewoi, and surrounding areas. Whether you have mobility challenges, require post-surgery rehab, or simply prefer treatment in the comfort of your home, our experienced physiotherapists are here to help.

Why Choose Mobile Physiotherapy?

  • Convenient & Accessible – No need to travel; we come to you.
  • Personalised Treatment – One-on-one care tailored to your needs.
  • Disability & Seniors Support – Ideal for those with disabilities or aged care needs.
  • Post-Surgery Rehabilitation – Recover safely in a familiar environment, reducing stress and improving outcomes.
  • Reduce Hospital Readmission – Physiotherapy can help prevent complications and re-injury.

Our Mobile Physiotherapy Services

Our team provides a wide range of treatments, including:

  • General Physiotherapy – Pain management, injury recovery & movement improvement.
  • NDIS Physiotherapy at Home – We offer in-home physiotherapy for NDIS participants, providing tailored treatment to support mobility, rehabilitation, and overall well-being.
  • Pre & Post-Surgery Home Physio – Safe and effective physiotherapy at home after hip, knee, or back surgery.
  • Seniors Exercise & Rehabilitation – Strength, balance & fall prevention.
  • Vestibular Physiotherapy – Dizziness & vertigo treatment at home.

Mobile Physio Locations – Newcastle, Maitland, Central Coast & Lake Macquarie

We provide home visit physiotherapy in the following regions:

  • Newcastle
    • Newcastle, Merewether, Hamilton, Adamstown, and nearby areas.
  • Maitland
    • Rutherford, Maitland, Thornton, East Maitland, Aberglasslyn, and nearby areas.
  • Central Coast
    • Budgewoi, Toukley, The Entrance, Wyong, Woy Woy, and nearby areas.
  • Lake Macquarie
    • Charlestown, Belmont, Toronto, Warners Bay, and nearby areas.

Frequently Asked Questions

Who can benefit from mobile physiotherapy?

Mobile physiotherapy is perfect for individuals with mobility issues, post-surgery patients, NDIS participants, seniors, and busy professionals who prefer home-based care.

Do you bring all necessary equipment?

Yes, our physiotherapists can bring weights, exercise bands, creams, tapes, and any other required tools to ensure a full-service experience at home.

Book Your Mobile Physiotherapy Session

Get expert physiotherapy care without leaving your home. Whether you need rehab, injury treatment, or mobility support, our mobile physios are ready to help.

Don’t let pain or mobility issues hold you back. Call your nearest clinic today and get expert treatment at home!

Importance of Prehabilitation Before a Knee or Hip Replacement

Undergoing a total knee replacement (TKR) or total hip replacement (THR) is a major surgical procedure often recommended to alleviate pain, restore mobility, and improve quality of life. While much attention is given to post-operative rehabilitation, pre-operative rehabilitation (often called “prehab”) plays a vital role in enhancing surgical outcomes. Engaging in a structured rehabilitation program before surgery can significantly impact recovery time, reduce post-surgical complications, and improve long-term joint function.

Read more

test

PHYSIOTHERAPY TEAM



Ariane McCormack Peak Physio

Ariane McCormack

Physiotherapist
BPhysio (Hons) BCom MHRM CD
Jai Wadwell Physiotherapist Newcastle West Rutherford

Jai Wadwell

Physiotherapist
BPhysio (Hons)
Scarlet Xavier Physiotherapist at Peak Physio Rutherford and Newcastle NSW

Scarlet Xavier

Physiotherapist
BPhysio (Hons)
Michelle Coe Peak Physio

Michelle Coe

Reception & Administration

CUSTOMER CARE TEAM



Cheryl Doyle Peak Physio

Cheryl Doyle

Administration Manager
📍Newcastle East
Born and bred in Newcastle, Cheryl trained in medical administration and has extensive experience in customer service related positions. Always a friendly face, she is responsible for the administrative technical operations of Peak Physio and for always producing the warm and welcoming environment. Having helped the practice develop since 2014, Cheryl is a familiar encounter to all of our loyal physiotherapy clients.
Michelle Coe Peak Physio

Michelle Coe

Reception & Administration
📍Rutherford
A Maitland local with vast experience in administration and customer service, Michelle looks after reception at our Rutherford clinic. She loves meeting clients from all walks of life and always goes above and beyond to assist. Outside of work, you'll likely find Michelle refining her swing at one the region's beautiful golf courses.
Mary-Anne Branagan Peak Physio Budgewoi Newcastle

Mary-Anne Branagan

Reception & Administration
📍Budgewoi
Mary-Anne shares reception at our Budgewoi clinic. Recently coming from a medical background, she has vast experience in administration and secretarial work. Always up for a chat, Mary-Anne is more than happy to be of service to our clients. A mother of four adults, she spends her spare time at her newfound obsession, the gym, or spending quiet days with her husband and family.
Lisa Berry Peak Physio Hunter Central Coast

Lisa Berry

Reception & Administration
📍Budgewoi
Lisa is one of the receptionists at our Budgewoi clinic. She has an extensive background in customer service as well as administration and is always happy to assist in any way she can. Outside of work she is a busy mum, taking her children to sports and other activities. When she has the time, she loves going to Yoga, and spending time at the beach with family and friends.

Mobility: Thoracic Rotation (Lunge) {Unilateral}

Thoracic rotation against a wall in a half-kneeling (lunge) position is an excellent exercise to improve mid-back mobility while promoting core stability and hip control. The half-kneeling position helps limit compensation from the lower back and encourages proper spinal rotation. This exercise is beneficial for those with postural stiffness, athletes requiring rotational movement (such as golfers or tennis players), or individuals looking to counteract the effects of prolonged sitting.

Instructions (Left Side)

  • Begin in a half-kneeling position with your left knee on the floor and your right foot forward, creating a 90-degree angle at both knees.
  • Position yourself so that your right side is facing the wall, about 30 cm away.
  • Engage your core and keep your hips squared forward.
  • Extend both arms straight in front of you at shoulder height, with palms together.
  • Keeping your lower body stable, slowly rotate your left arm open towards the wall, following your hand with your eyes.
  • Try to touch the wall with your left hand while keeping your right arm extended forward.
  • Hold briefly at the end of the movement, then return to the starting position with control.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Instructions (Right Side)

  • Begin in a half-kneeling position with your right knee on the floor and your left foot forward, creating a 90-degree angle at both knees.
  • Position yourself so that your left side is facing the wall, about 30 cm away.
  • Engage your core and keep your hips squared forward.
  • Extend both arms straight in front of you at shoulder height, with palms together.
  • Keeping your lower body stable, slowly rotate your right arm open towards the wall, following your hand with your eyes.
  • Try to touch the wall with your right hand while keeping your left arm extended forward.
  • Hold briefly at the end of the movement, then return to the starting position with control.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the hips or lower back to rotate instead of isolating movement through the thoracic spine.
  • Rushing the movement instead of controlling the rotation.
  • Losing stability in the half-kneeling position by shifting weight or letting the front knee collapse inwards.
  • Shrugging the shoulders or holding excessive tension in the upper body.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Hold a light weight in the moving hand for added control and resistance.
  • Increase the range of motion by gently pressing your hand against the wall for an extra stretch.
  • Perform the movement without using the wall as a reference, requiring greater body awareness and control.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Sit on a stable surface (such as a chair) to reduce lower-body demands.
  • Stand closer to the wall to reduce the required range of motion.
  • Use a foam roller or block between your knees for extra stability and to prevent hip movement.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Marching (Standing)

Marching in place is a gentle but effective exercise designed to improve balance, lower limb strength, and coordination. It primarily targets the hip flexors, quadriceps, and core stabilisers, helping to enhance walking ability and reduce fall risk. 

Instructions

  • Stand tall with your feet hip-width apart and shoulders relaxed. Position yourself near a stable surface, such as a countertop or sturdy chair, for support if needed.
  • Engage your core muscles to maintain an upright posture and keep your gaze forward.
  • Slowly lift one knee towards hip height, or as high as comfortably possible, keeping your foot flexed and avoiding leaning backward.
  • Lower your foot back to the floor with control.
  • Repeat on the other side, alternating legs in a steady marching motion.
  • Continue as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Leaning too far backward instead of keeping a tall posture.
  • Lifting the knee too quickly, reducing control and stability.
  • Placing weight unevenly on one side, leading to loss of balance.
  • Dragging the foot down instead of lowering it with control.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • March without holding onto support, if balance allows, starting by hovering hand above a stable surface and progressing to hands by sides.
  • Increase the height of knee lifts while maintaining good posture.
  • Slow down the movement to improve control and strength.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Keep your hands on a stable surface for added support.
  • Lift your knees only a small amount to maintain control.
  • Perform the exercise in a seated position, lifting one foot at a time.
  • Focus on weight shifting side to side before progressing to full knee lifts.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Upright Row (Standing) [Concentric]

The upright row is an effective exercise for strengthening the shoulders (deltoids), upper back (trapezius), and arms (biceps). It helps improve shoulder stability, posture, and upper body strength, making it beneficial for daily activities that involve lifting or pulling. This exercise is often prescribed for individuals recovering from shoulder weakness, improving postural control, or enhancing general upper body function.

Variation 1 – Kettlebell

Instructions

  • Stand up straight with your feet hip-width apart, knees slightly bent, and core engaged for stability.
  • Hold a kettlebell in both hands with an overhand grip (palms facing your body). 
  • Start with your arms fully extended in front of your body, keeping the weight close to your thighs.
  • Slowly lift your hands towards your chest, leading with your elbows and keeping the weight close to your body. Your elbows should rise higher than your hands, but avoid lifting them above shoulder height.
  • Pause briefly at the top of the movement, ensuring your shoulders remain relaxed and not shrugged.
  • Lower the weight back to the starting position in a slow and controlled manner.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Variation 2 – Dumbbell

Instructions

  • Stand with your feet hip-width apart, knees slightly bent, and core engaged for stability.
  • Hold a dumbbell in each hand with an overhand grip (palms facing your body). 
  • Start with your arms fully extended in front of your body, keeping the weights close to your thighs.
  • Slowly lift your hands towards your chest, leading with your elbows and keeping the weights close to your body. Your elbows should rise higher than your hands, but avoid lifting them above shoulder height.
  • Pause briefly at the top of the movement, ensuring your shoulders remain relaxed and not shrugged.
  • Lower the weights back to the starting position in a slow and controlled manner.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Shrugging the shoulders instead of keeping them relaxed.
  • Lifting the elbows too high, which can cause shoulder discomfort.
  • Using momentum rather than controlled movement.
  • Gripping too tightly, causing unnecessary tension in the wrists.
  • Leaning backward, instead of maintaining an upright posture.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Use a heavier weight.
  • Slow down the movement, particularly during the lowering phase, to enhance muscle control.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a lighter weight.
  • Perform the movement seated for added stability.
  • Reduce the range of motion, lifting only to mid-chest level rather than all the way up.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Neck Extension (Prone)

Instructions

  • Lie on a raised surface such as your bed or table
  • Relax your head down
  • Slowly lift your head to a horizontal level from the floor
  • Make sure you keep your chin gently tucked in for the neck to be in a neutral position
  • Complete the repetitions recommended by your physiotherapist

Clock work

  • Lie on a raised surface such as your bed or table
  • Relax your head down
  • Slowly lift your head to a horizontal level from the floor
  • Rotate your nose around the lines of the drawing

Following numbers

  • Slowly lift your head horizontal from the floor in a neutral position
  • Start from the centre of the drawing, follow the line to the edge of the circle
  • Go around clockwise and anti clockwise as per your physiotherapist guidance

Precautions

  • Stop the exercise if feeling neck strain
  • Stop the exercise if feeling dizzy

Strength: Tennis Elbow Mobilisation With Movement (MWM) [Wall]

Mobilisation with movement (MWM) for the elbow using a doorframe is a self-treatment technique based on Mulligan’s principles. It is commonly used to manage lateral epicondylalgia (tennis elbow) by improving joint mechanics and reducing pain. This technique involves applying a sustained lateral glide to the elbow joint while performing a functional movement, such as gripping. By altering joint positioning, the movement can be completed with reduced pain, helping to restore normal function.

Instructions

  • Stand side-on to a sturdy doorframe with your affected arm straight. Place the outside of your arm against the doorframe, the frame should be pressing against the upper arm, just before the elbow joint.
  • You may want to place a soft towel between your arm and the doorframe for comfort.
  • With your opposite hand, place the webspace of your thumb and index finger on the inside of your elbow, just after the joint.
  • Apply a lateral glide by gently pushing your forearm towards the doorframe using your opposite hand. Maintain this pressure throughout the exercise.
  • While holding the glide, grip a small towel in your affected hand and squeeze firmly.
  • Release the grip slowly and repeat the movement while maintaining the glide.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

This exercise should be completely pain-free. If you experiencing pain, attempt to slightly change the angle of the pressure.

Common Errors

  • Applying excessive force, causing discomfort or increased pain.
  • Letting the glide release before completing the grip movement.
  • Incorrect hand positioning, leading to ineffective mobilisation.
  • Moving too quickly without maintaining control.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Increase the intensity of the grip by using a thicker towel or resistance object.
  • Apply a firmer lateral glide while still ensuring it remains pain-free.
  • Hold the grip contraction for a longer duration before releasing.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Reduce the pressure of the lateral glide.
  • Use a softer towel or sponge to make gripping easier.
  • Decrease the duration of the grip contraction or reduce the repetitions.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Transversus Abdominis Breathing (4 – Point Kneeling)

Instructions:

  • Come into a kneeling posture with the wrists directly underneath the shoulders and the knees directly underneath the hips.
  • Inhale and allow the abdomen to expand, ribs moving wide. Visualise a balloon in the abdomen and it expanding 360 degrees.
  • Exhale and draw the lower abdomen towards the spine. Visualise a candle underneath the belly-button and draw away from the floor.
  • Repeat for a cycle of 3-5 or as prescribed by Physiotherapist.

Demonstration:

Mobility: Pelvis Repositioning / Lumbar Flexion (Standing)

This exercise is aimed at improving your lumbar flexion (forward bending) by resetting your pelvic position and encouraging sequential movement through each joint in your spine. It helps to increase spinal mobility, particularly in the lumbar and thoracic regions, and can reduce stiffness or discomfort by promoting proper movement patterns.

Instructions

  • Stand tall with your feet hip-width apart, ensuring your weight is evenly distributed.
  • Place the palms of your hands on your lower abdomen or the bony area at the front of your hips (pelvis).
  • Gently press your hands into your pelvis to encourage a slight backward tilt (posterior pelvic tilt).
  • Begin rolling your spine downwards:
    • Tuck your chin towards your chest to start the movement from your neck.
    • Gradually let the movement flow down your spine, one vertebra at a time, progressing through your neck, to upper and mid back.
  • Slowly roll back up to a standing position by reversing the movement.
  • Repeat the movement, and on each repetition, try to roll slightly further than before, without forcing the motion or causing discomfort, until eventually you are rolling down through the whole spine.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Tip: Imagine your back is attached to a strip of Velcro on a wall, and you are peeling yourself off slowly, starting at the neck and working downward.

Common Errors

  • Moving too quickly—this should be a slow, controlled movement.
  • Skipping parts of the spine, instead of moving segment by segment.
  • Forgetting to tilt the pelvis gently backward before rolling down.
  • Allowing the knees to lock or overly bend during the movement.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Perform the exercise with your back supported against a wall for guidance.
  • Roll down only partway to your comfort level instead of going as far as possible.
  • Bend your knees slightly to reduce tension on the hamstrings and lower back.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Healthy Ageing at Home: Exercises for Strength, Balance & Mobility

Ageing is inevitable, but staying active can slow the decline of physical function and significantly improve your quality of life. Research consistently highlights the benefits of physical activity for older adults, showing it reduces the risk of chronic diseases, improves mental health, and, importantly, prevents falls—a leading cause of injury and loss of independence in older Australians.

Read more

Strength: Hip External Rotation/ Clam (Supine l Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Begin by lying on your back (supine) with your knees bent and feet flat on the ground, about hip-width apart.
  • Place a looped theraband just above your knees to add resistance.
  • Keep your pelvis neutral and your core gently engaged to prevent any excessive arching of the lower back.
  • Keeping one leg still, slowly move the other knee outward, creating tension in the theraband. Your foot should remain flat on the ground as the knee moves.
  • Stop once you feel the contraction in your outer hip or glute and avoid letting your pelvis roll or tilt.
  • Slowly return your moving leg to the starting position in a controlled manner.
  • Repeat the movement on the same leg or alternate sides, depending on your physiotherapist’s recommendation.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Bilateral Variation

  • Begin by lying on your back (supine) with your knees bent and feet flat on the ground, about hip-width apart.
  • Place a looped theraband just above your knees to add resistance.
  • Keep your pelvis neutral and your core gently engaged to prevent any excessive arching of the lower back.
  • Pull both knees outwards to create tension on the band and then return to the starting position.
  • Repeat as per your physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Hamstring Bridge Progressions (Concentric)

Hamstring bridges are an excellent exercise to strengthen the posterior chain, targeting the hamstrings, glutes, and lower back. These progressions are often prescribed to improve hamstring strength, stability, and control, particularly in injury rehabilitation or for enhancing athletic performance. The exercise focuses on activating the hamstrings by maintaining a flexed knee angle of 30° throughout, reducing reliance on the glutes.

Instructions:

Level 1: Double-Leg Hamstring Bridge (Flat Ground)

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent at approximately 30° and your feet flat on the ground, hip-width apart.
  • Rest your arms at your sides with palms facing down for stability.
  • Engage your core and gently press your lower back into the ground.
  • Push through your heels, lifting your hips off the ground until your body forms a straight line from your shoulders to your knees.
  • Hold the top position briefly, ensuring your hamstrings are activated.
  • Slowly lower your hips back to the ground with control.
  • Repeat for the prescribed number of repetitions.

Level 2: Single-Leg Hamstring Bridge (Flat Ground)

  • Begin in the same position as Level 1.
  • Lift the resting leg off the ground. Try to hold this leg still throughout, do not use it for momentum.
  • Push through the heel of the grounded foot, lifting your hips off the ground until your body forms a straight line from your shoulders to your knee.
  • Maintain control and avoid letting your hips dip or rotate.
  • Slowly lower your hips back to the ground.
  • Alternate legs or complete all repetitions on one side as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Level 3: Single-Leg Hamstring Bridge (Elevated Surface)

  • Position yourself near a stable elevated surface (e.g., a bench or step) and place one heel on it while keeping the other leg extended.
  • Lie back and ensure your elevated knee remains at a 30° angle.
  • Press through the heel on the elevated surface, lifting your hips until your body forms a straight line from your shoulders to the elevated knee.
  • Hold the top position briefly while engaging your hamstrings and core.
  • Slowly lower your hips back down to the starting position with control.
  • Repeat for the prescribed number of repetitions.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the hips to drop or rotate during single-leg variations.
  • Pushing through the toes instead of the heels, reducing hamstring activation.
  • Overarching the lower back instead of keeping the core engaged.
  • Using momentum to lift the hips instead of controlled muscle activation.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Add resistance by holding a weight or placing a resistance band around your thighs.
  • Perform the elevated bridge with a stability ball instead of a fixed surface for additional balance demands.
  • Increase the duration of the hold at the top position to improve endurance.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Perform the double-leg version with reduced range of motion.
  • Use a supportive surface (e.g., pushing against a wall) to assist with stability.
  • Place a cushion or towel under your hips to partially reduce the load.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Foam Roller: Core Strengthening – Toe taps

Toe taps with a foam roller are a fantastic core activation and stability exercise, primarily targeting the transverse abdominis and other deep core muscles. This exercise also engages the hip flexors and promotes pelvic control, making it an excellent choice for individuals working on core strength, lumbar stabilisation, or postural improvements. By incorporating a foam roller, this variation enhances the challenge to your balance and coordination, encouraging better proprioception and body awareness.

Instructions

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent and feet flat on the floor. Place a foam roller vertically along your spine, supporting your head and tailbone.
  • Engage your core by gently drawing your belly button towards your spine, ensuring your lower back is not arching off the roller.
  • Lift both legs into a tabletop position (knees bent at 90 degrees, shins parallel to the floor).
  • While maintaining a stable pelvis, slowly lower one foot towards the floor, lightly tapping your toes.
  • Return the lifted leg to the starting position and repeat with the other leg.
  • Keep your breathing steady, exhaling as you lower the leg and inhaling as you return.
  • Continue alternating legs. Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Letting the lower back arch or lifting off the foam roller.
  • Moving too quickly, which can reduce control and engagement.
  • Losing balance on the foam roller by not evenly distributing weight.
  • Allowing the shoulders or neck to tense up during the movement.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Perform the movement with both legs simultaneously.
  • Add a resistance band around your thighs for increased activation.
  • Extend the leg fully as you lower it instead of tapping with a bent knee.
  • Incorporate small arm movements, such as overhead reaches, to increase the balance demand.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Lower one foot to the floor and keep it planted while the other leg taps.
  • Perform the exercise without the foam roller, lying flat on a mat.
  • Reduce the range of motion, only lowering the leg partway down.
  • Place hands on the floor beside you for additional stability.

Variations

Knee Extensions

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Seated Heel Raise (Concentric)

Seated heel raises are a fantastic exercise for targeting the soleus muscle, a key player in maintaining ankle stability and improving lower-leg endurance. Strengthening the soleus is particularly beneficial for running, walking, and managing lower limb injuries like Achilles tendinopathy or shin splints. These raises are a low-impact exercise ideal for gradual strengthening.

Unweighted

Instructions

  • Sit on a sturdy chair or bench with your knees bent at approximately 90 degrees and feet flat on the floor, hip-width apart.
  • Place your hands on your thighs for balance.
  • Press through the balls of your feet and lift your heels off the ground as high as possible, feeling the contraction in your calves.
  • Slowly lower your heels back down to the floor, controlling the movement throughout.
  • Repeat until you’ve completed the repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Using momentum instead of controlled movement.
  • Letting heels drop too quickly without control.
  • Incomplete range of motion—failing to fully raise or lower the heels.
  • Slouching or poor posture in the seated position.

Progression: Add Weight

Instructions

  • Sit on a sturdy chair or bench with your knees bent at approximately 90 degrees and feet flat on the floor, hip-width apart.
  • Place a weight on each thigh, just above the knees. Use your hands to stabilise the weights.
  • Press through the balls of your feet and lift your heels off the ground as high as possible, keeping the weights balanced on your thighs.
  • Slowly lower your heels back to the floor in a controlled manner, ensuring the weights don’t shift.
  • Repeat until you’ve completed the repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Letting the weights move around or become unstable.
  • Using jerky motions to lift the weights instead of smooth, controlled movements.
  • Incomplete range of motion—failing to lift heels fully or control the descent.
  • Allowing knees to splay outward instead of keeping them aligned with the feet.

To make the exercise more challenging, you can

  • Increase the weight placed on your thighs.
  • Perform the exercise on one leg at a time (unilateral seated calf raises).
  • Slow down the movement to increase time under tension.

To make the exercise easier, you can

  • Perform the unweighted version to reduce resistance.
  • Use a lower weight if the weighted progression feels too challenging.
  • Reduce the range of motion initially and build up over time.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Community Physiotherapy

Community physiotherapy focuses on improving the quality of life for individuals of all ages by providing physiotherapy services in their homes, local facilities, or community settings. It is designed to support people who may find it challenging to access traditional clinic-based services due to mobility, health, or transportation issues.

Our team of highly qualified physiotherapists collaborates with individuals, families, and carers to provide tailored care plans that meet specific needs and goals. With an emphasis on holistic, person-centred care, community physiotherapy can help people regain independence, manage chronic conditions, recover from injury, and maintain their overall wellbeing.

What We Offer

1. Home-Based Physiotherapy Services
We bring expert physiotherapy care directly to your home, ensuring comfort and convenience. Home-based services are ideal for individuals recovering from surgery, managing long-term conditions, or facing mobility challenges.

2. Group Exercise and Wellness Programs
We facilitate group sessions in community centres, aged care facilities, and other local settings to promote social engagement and physical activity. These programs cater to diverse needs, including fall prevention, strength training, and chronic disease management.

3. Post-Hospital Rehabilitation
After a hospital stay, it’s essential to rebuild strength and mobility. Our physiotherapists provide comprehensive post-hospital care to help you recover safely and effectively.

4. Chronic Disease Management
Community physiotherapy plays a critical role in managing chronic conditions such as arthritis, diabetes, or heart disease. We focus on tailored exercise programs, education, and strategies to enhance mobility and reduce pain.

5. Support for Carers
We provide guidance and training for carers to ensure they are confident in supporting the physical needs of their loved ones. This includes safe manual handling techniques and home environment adjustments.

Who Can Benefit from Community Physiotherapy?

  • Older adults seeking to maintain mobility and independence.
  • Individuals recovering from surgeries such as hip or knee replacements.
  • People managing chronic health conditions like Parkinson’s disease or multiple sclerosis.
  • Those requiring rehabilitation after injury or stroke.
  • Families and carers needing professional advice and support.

Why Choose Us?

  • Tailored Care Plans: Every individual is unique. Our physiotherapists assess your specific needs and create personalised treatment plans.
  • Experienced Professionals: Our team has extensive experience in community-based care, ensuring you receive high-quality, evidence-based treatment.
  • Convenient Access: We come to you, removing barriers to accessing care.
  • Holistic Approach: Beyond treatment, we focus on education and prevention strategies to empower you to live your best life.
  • Community Connection: Our programs foster a sense of community and belonging, promoting mental and physical wellbeing.

Our Approach

We begin with a thorough assessment to understand your physical condition, lifestyle, and goals. From there, we develop a structured plan, which may include:

  • Exercise Therapy: Strengthening and flexibility exercises tailored to your ability.
  • Manual Therapy: Hands-on techniques to alleviate pain and improve movement.
  • Education: Guidance on posture, safe movement, and injury prevention.
  • Equipment Advice: Recommendations for mobility aids or modifications to your living environment.

Our physiotherapists regularly monitor progress, adjusting your plan as needed to ensure optimal outcomes.

Get Started Today

Our radius for home visits and services is within 5km of our 2 x Newcastle Clinics, Budgewoi and Rutherford locations. Pending Physiotherapist availability and capacity for the week, appointments can commonly be coordinated within 2 weeks.

Contact us today to book an appointment or learn more about our services.

Information provided is for general purposes only. Always seek the advice of a qualified physiotherapist or healthcare provider.

Release: Thoracic Mobilisation (Foam Roller)

Thoracic extension with a foam roller is an effective mobility exercise targeting the thoracic spine, which includes the mid-back region. It helps counteract stiffness often caused by prolonged sitting or poor posture. This exercise is commonly prescribed to improve thoracic extension, a key movement for overhead activities, spinal alignment, and overall posture. It also gently engages the muscles of the upper back and shoulders, promoting relaxation and flexibility.

Instructions

  • Starting position: Sit on the floor with your knees bent and feet flat. Position a foam roller horizontally behind you, just beneath your shoulder blades.
  • Lean back so your upper back rests on the foam roller and place your hands behind your head to support your neck, keeping your elbows wide.
  • Engage your core slightly to avoid overarching your lower back.
  • Slowly arch your upper back over the foam roller, allowing your spine to gently extend. Focus on opening up through the chest without straining the neck.
  • Pause briefly at the end of the movement, then return to the starting position by engaging your core.
  • Gradually adjust the position of the foam roller up or down your thoracic spine and repeat to target different segments.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the lower back to overextend instead of focusing on the thoracic spine.
  • Straining the neck by pulling it forward or letting it drop back too far.
  • Moving too quickly through the exercise, reducing its effectiveness.
  • Skipping core engagement, which may lead to unwanted compensation in the lumbar spine.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
  • Add small weights or resistance in your hands to increase the stretch.
  • Extend your arms overhead while performing the movement for greater range.
  • Perform the exercise with a longer hold at the end range of extension.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
  • Use a softer or smaller foam roller for less intensity.
  • Limit the range of motion to what feels comfortable and pain-free.
  • Perform the exercise lying on a flat surface with a rolled-up towel under the upper back for support.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Glutes (Foam Roller)

Foam rolling the gluteus maximus is a self-myofascial release technique designed to alleviate muscle tightness, reduce soreness, and improve mobility. The gluteus maximus, the largest muscle in the buttocks, plays a crucial role in hip extension, external rotation, and overall lower body strength. Foam rolling this area is often recommended to release tension, promote circulation, and prepare the muscle for exercise or aid in recovery post-workout. It can also be helpful in addressing tightness caused by prolonged sitting.

Instructions:

  • Set up: Sit on the foam roller placed perpendicular to your body, ensuring it is positioned under your gluteal muscles. Keep your feet flat on the floor, knees bent.
  • Target one side: Shift your weight slightly to one side to focus on a single glute. You can cross the opposite leg over your working leg to target the Gluteus Medius muscle belly.
  • Roll slowly: Use your arms and feet to control the movement. Roll back and forth slowly, focusing on the glute area. Move about 10–15 cm at a time, pausing on any tight or tender spots for 20–30 seconds.
  • Switch sides: Once completed on one side, shift your weight to the other glute and repeat the process.
  • Complete as prescribed: Perform as directed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Rolling too quickly, which can reduce the effectiveness of the release.
  • Applying too much pressure, causing discomfort or bruising.
  • Allowing the lower back to hyperextend or losing a neutral spine.
  • Avoiding tender areas instead of pausing on them to release tension.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
  • Use a firmer foam roller or a massage ball to increase the intensity.
  • Cross one leg over the opposite thigh in a figure-4 position to place more pressure on the glute.

Variations:

  • Glute Medius- Crossing the leg of the targeted side of the opposite and complete the same motion as previous.
  • Glute Minimus-

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
  • Use a softer foam roller to reduce intensity.
  • Keep both feet on the ground to distribute weight more evenly and decrease pressure.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Latissimus Dorsi (Foam Roller)

Foam rolling for the latissimus dorsi (lats) targets one of the largest muscles in the back, which plays a key role in shoulder stability and arm movement. This exercise is often used to release tightness and improve the flexibility of the lats, making it beneficial for people with shoulder or upper back tightness, or those who engage in activities like lifting, swimming, and overhead sports. By easing tension in the lats, foam rolling can increase range of motion in the shoulders, which supports better posture and helps reduce the risk of shoulder and back pain.

Instructions

  • Begin by lying on your side, placing a foam roller just beneath your armpit.
  • Extend the bottom arm above your head and place your top leg over your bottom leg for stability.
  • Slowly roll from just below your armpit down towards the middle of your rib cage, applying gentle pressure to the lat muscle.
  • Stop and pause on any tender or tight spots, holding the pressure for 15–30 seconds before moving again.
  • Roll back and forth slowly, focusing on keeping your upper body relaxed.
  • Continue rolling for the time recommended by your physiotherapist or until you feel a release in tension.

Common Errors

  • Rolling too quickly, which prevents adequate muscle release.
  • Applying excessive pressure, which can cause discomfort or pain.
  • Arching the back or shrugging the shoulder, which can decrease effectiveness.
  • Not pausing on tight areas, missing the benefits of a deep release.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Angle your body slightly forward or backward to target different fibres of the lat muscle.
  • Use a denser or textured foam roller to increase pressure.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a softer foam roller to reduce pressure.
  • Decrease the time spent on each tender spot to make it more comfortable.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Tibialis Anterior (Foam Roller)

Tibialis anterior foam rolling is a self-myofascial release technique targeting the tibialis anterior, a muscle located at the front of the shin. This exercise is often prescribed to reduce muscle tension, improve flexibility, and alleviate discomfort from overuse or tightness in the shin area. It is particularly beneficial for individuals experiencing shin splints, runners, or those recovering from lower leg injuries.

Instructions

  • Position yourself correctly: Sit on the ground with one leg extended. Place a foam roller under the front of your shin, just below the knee.
  • Support your body: Use your hands and the opposite leg to lift your body slightly, ensuring control and balance.
  • Begin rolling: Slowly move your shin over the foam roller, rolling from just below the knee to above the ankle.
  • Pause on tight spots: If you feel a tender area, hold pressure there for 15–30 seconds or until the discomfort lessens.
  • Control pressure: Use your hands and other leg to adjust how much weight is placed on the foam roller.
  • Complete both sides: Once finished, switch legs and repeat on the other shin.

Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Rolling too quickly, which reduces effectiveness and increases discomfort.
  • Applying too much pressure, causing pain rather than relief.
  • Failing to cover the full length of the tibialis anterior.
  • Allowing the ankle to twist excessively, reducing targeted pressure on the shin.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Place more of your body weight onto the foam roller for deeper pressure.
  • Perform the exercise on a harder roller, such as a textured or dense foam roller.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a softer foam roller for reduced intensity.
  • Reduce the amount of body weight applied by keeping more weight on your hands and opposite leg.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Peroneal Longus and Brevis (Foam Roller)

Using a foam roller to target the peroneal muscles, which run along the outer side of your lower leg, can help reduce tension, improve flexibility, and alleviate discomfort caused by overuse or tightness. This exercise is often prescribed for individuals with ankle instability, shin splints, or tightness following running or repetitive activities. It promotes circulation and assists in recovery by reducing muscle stiffness.

Instructions:

  • Set-up: Sit on the floor with your legs extended in front of you. Place a foam roller under the outer side of one lower leg, just below the knee. Support yourself by placing your hands flat on the floor behind you.
  • Position the non-target leg: Cross the opposite leg over the working leg for added weight or rest it on the floor if more comfortable.
  • Begin rolling: Lift your hips slightly off the floor using your arms and slowly roll your leg back and forth over the foam roller. Move from just below the knee to above the ankle.
  • Control the motion: Apply gentle, consistent pressure, adjusting your body weight to suit your comfort level. Avoid rolling directly on bony areas.
  • Pause on tender spots: If you find a particularly tight or sore area, pause for 15–30 seconds while maintaining a tolerable level of pressure.
  • Switch sides: Repeat the process on the opposite leg.
  • Hold/maintain as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Rolling too quickly without giving the muscles time to release.
  • Applying excessive pressure that causes pain or discomfort.
  • Rolling directly over the bony areas, such as the fibular head or ankle bones.
  • Neglecting to maintain proper arm support, which can strain your shoulders.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
  • Add more pressure by crossing your other leg over the working leg.
  • Increase the rolling time to further target the muscle.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
  • Keep your non-working leg on the floor for reduced pressure.
  • Use a softer foam roller for less intensity.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Rhomboids (Foam Roller)

The foam roller for rhomboids exercise focuses on relieving tension and improving flexibility in the rhomboid muscles, located between your shoulder blades. This exercise can help release tightness in the upper back and improve mobility through the thoracic spine, making it ideal for those who experience stiffness or discomfort in the upper back due to prolonged sitting or poor posture. It’s also beneficial for those aiming to improve shoulder movement and reduce tension build-up in the upper back.

Instructions

  • Begin by sitting on the floor with a foam roller positioned horizontally behind you at the base of your shoulder blades.
  • Lean back against the foam roller, crossing your arms over your chest or reaching them forward to separate the shoulder blades.
  • Lift your hips slightly off the ground, distributing your weight onto the foam roller.
  • Slowly roll up and down from the base of the shoulder blades to the top, focusing on the area between your shoulder blades.
  • Pause briefly on any tender spots, breathing deeply to allow the muscles to relax.
  • Continue rolling gently until you feel tension released.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Rolling too fast, which can prevent deep muscle release.
  • Arching the lower back instead of keeping the core lightly engaged.
  • Rolling onto the neck, which can strain the cervical spine. Limit movement to the upper back area only.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Add more weight by placing a light weight on your chest to increase pressure on the roller.
  • Perform the exercise with arms extended overhead to increase the stretch in the upper back.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Keep your hips on the floor for a lighter, more controlled roll.
  • Place a pillow or rolled-up towel under your head to reduce neck strain if it feels uncomfortable.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Release: Trigger Point Adductors with External Rotation (Seated)

The adductor trigger point release with external rotation is a self-release technique that targets tight or tender points in the groin muscles near the pelvis. It helps alleviate muscle tension, improve mobility, and may reduce discomfort in the inner thigh or groin region. This exercise is particularly useful for those experiencing localised tightness or discomfort in the area.

Instructions:

  • Sit comfortably on a chair with both feet flat on the ground and your back upright.
  • Use your thumbs to palpate the inner thigh near the groin, close to the pelvis, and locate a tender or tight spot in the adductor muscles.
  • Once you’ve found the trigger point, apply firm but tolerable pressure with your thumbs.
  • While maintaining pressure, lift the same-side hip slightly off the chair.
  • Turn your foot inward and your knee outward, mimicking the movement as if you were trying to cross your legs.
  • Hold this position and pressure as prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Test: Try to cross your legs before completing this exercise, then try again after. If you’ve done it correctly, it should become easier.

Common Errors:

  • Applying too much pressure, causing unnecessary pain or discomfort.
  • Slouching or leaning excessively, which can compromise posture.
  • Losing consistent pressure on the trigger point during the movement.
  • Moving the leg too quickly or erratically rather than in a controlled manner.

Progressions:

To make the release more effective, you can:

  • Increase the duration of the hold if it feels comfortable.
  • Combine this technique with slow, deep breathing to enhance relaxation.
  • Gradually increase pressure as tolerance improves over time.

Regressions:

To make the release easier, you can:

  • Reduce the pressure applied with your thumbs.
  • Skip the hip-lifting movement and focus only on gentle external rotation of the leg.
  • Use a soft ball (e.g., a massage ball) placed on the trigger point instead of your thumbs for less strain on your hands.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Stretch: Hamstring with Neural Glide (Seated)

The seated hamstring stretch with neural glide is a dynamic exercise targeting the hamstring muscles and neural structures, such as the sciatic nerve. It is often prescribed to improve hamstring flexibility and mobility while gently mobilising the nerve, which can help reduce tension and improve overall comfort in the posterior chain. This exercise is ideal for individuals experiencing tightness or neural discomfort in the lower limbs.

Instructions:

  • Sit upright on a sturdy chair or surface with your back straight and shoulders relaxed.
  • Make sure you are sitting upright, lift your shoulders high and look straight ahead.
  • Straighten one knee until you feel resistance in the back of the leg.
  • While maintaining this position, point your toes downward (plantarflexion), then flex your foot upward (dorsiflexion) toward your shin.
  • Repeat this controlled movement slowly and smoothly.
  • Keep your upper body steady and avoid slumping or rounding your back.
  • Continue this hold for as long as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Common Errors:

  • Slouching or rounding the back, which reduces the effectiveness of the stretch.
  • Leaning backwards too much, which reduces the effectiveness of the stretch.
  • Bouncing the leg or performing the movement too quickly.
  • Extending the knee excessively, causing discomfort or strain.
  • Holding your breath – remember to breathe deeply and steadily.

Progressions:

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Increase the duration of the stretch.

Regressions:

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Reduce the range of motion by slightly bending the knee.
  • Lower the leg if elevating it feels too intense.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Balance: Single Leg Balance with Thoracic Rotation

Instructions

  • Anchor a theraband at chest height to a secure point. Hold the free end in both hands with your arms extended in front of you.
  • Stand perpendicular to the anchor point and shift your weight onto the leg furthest from the anchor. Lift the opposite foot slightly off the ground.
  • Engage your core and maintain an upright posture.
  • While balancing on one leg, rotate your upper body away from the anchor point, pulling the theraband across your chest. Keep your arms extended and your gaze following your hands to enhance thoracic engagement.
  • Slowly return to the starting position, resisting the band’s pull as you rotate back.
  • Repeat the rotation for the prescribed repetitions while maintaining balance, then switch to the opposite leg and direction.

Common Errors

  • Losing balance or relying on the raised leg for support.
  • Rotating through the hips instead of isolating the thoracic spine.
  • Using momentum rather than controlled movement to pull the band.
  • Allowing the shoulders to shrug or rounding the upper back.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Use a heavier resistance band.
  • Perform the exercise on an unstable surface, such as a foam pad or balance cushion.
  • Hold the single-leg balance position for a longer duration before initiating the rotation.
  • Add a pause at the end range of the thoracic rotation.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a lighter resistance band.
  • Keep the non-stance foot closer to the ground for additional balance support.
  • Practice the thoracic rotation in a standing position with both feet on the ground.
  • Perform the single-leg balance without the theraband to focus on stabilisation.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Lunge with Pallof Press (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Anchor a resistance band at chest height to a secure point. Hold the free end with both hands, stepping away from the anchor point until you feel tension in the band.
  • Stand perpendicular to the anchor point with the band positioned at your chest.
  • Step forward with the leg furthest from the anchor into a lunge, lowering your back knee towards the ground. Ensure your front knee stays aligned over your toes.
  • While holding the lunge position, press the band straight out from your chest, keeping your torso upright and resisting the band’s pull.
  • Hold the extended position momentarily, then slowly bring your hands back to your chest.
  • Maintain stability throughout the movement, focusing on engaging your core and preventing your body from rotating toward the anchor point.
  • Step back to the starting position and repeat on the same side for the prescribed repetitions, then switch to the opposite side.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the front knee to collapse inward or extend too far past the toes.
  • Rotating the torso toward the anchor point instead of maintaining a straight, stable position.
  • Leaning forward or losing balance during the lunge.
  • Using momentum to press the band instead of controlled movement.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Use a heavier resistance band.
  • Perform a deeper lunge to increase lower body demand.
  • Pause longer at the end range of the press for increased core activation.
  • Add a single-arm Pallof press variation for greater anti-rotational challenge.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a lighter resistance band.
  • Perform a shallow lunge instead of a full-depth lunge.
  • Practice the Pallof press while standing upright, removing the lunge element.
  • Hold onto a stable surface for added balance support.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Lunge with Thoracic Rotation (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Anchor a theraband at chest height to a secure point. Hold the free end in both hands with your arms extended in front of you.
  • Begin in a split stance with the target leg in front and the back leg positioned behind you. Lower into an isometric lunge, keeping the front knee bent at approximately 90 degrees and aligned over your toes.
  • Face perpendicular to the anchor point of the theraband. Ensure your torso remains upright and your core engaged.
  • Holding the lunge position, rotate your torso away from the anchor point, pulling the theraband across your chest. Keep your arms extended throughout the movement, and let your gaze follow your hands for optimal thoracic engagement.
  • Slowly return your torso to the starting position, maintaining tension on the band and keeping your lunge stable.
  • Repeat the rotation while holding the lunge for the duration prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the front knee to collapse inward (valgus position).
  • Rising out of the lunge or losing balance during the rotation.
  • Rotating through the hips instead of isolating the thoracic spine.
  • Using momentum to pull the band rather than moving with control.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Use a heavier resistance band.
  • Lower into a deeper lunge for increased muscle activation.
  • Perform the thoracic rotation at a faster pace while maintaining control.
  • Hold a pause at the end range of the rotation before returning to the starting position.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a lighter resistance band.
  • Maintain a higher lunge position for reduced intensity.
  • Practice the thoracic rotation without the band to focus on the movement pattern.
  • Hold onto a stable surface for added balance support if needed.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Hip Abduction (Standing | Wall) [Isometric]

Level 1: Foot on the floor

Instructions:

  • Stand at a 45° angle to a wall, so that your working leg is the outside leg.
  • Bend your other knee and rest it against the wall, keeping your toes rested on the ground. Do not push into the wall, this is purely for balance.
  • Stand up straight, pull your shoulders high and look straight ahead.
  • Try to turn your upper thigh outwards. This is a small movement, and you should only feel the muscles in your buttock / side of hip turn on.
  • Hold for the amount of time prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Tip: Avoid activating the quadriceps (front of thigh muscles). If you can keep these relaxed, it will increase the activation of your gluteals.

Level 2: Foot off the floor

Instructions:

  • Stand at a 45° angle to a wall, so that your working leg is the outside leg.
  • Bend your other knee and rest it against the wall, lifting your toes off the ground. Do not push into the wall, this is purely for balance.
  • Stand up straight, pull your shoulders high and look straight ahead.
  • Try to turn your upper thigh outwards. This is a small movement, and you should only feel the muscles in your buttock / side of hip turn on.
  • Hold for the amount of time prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Tip: Avoid activating the quadriceps (front of thigh muscles). If you can keep these relaxed, it will increase the activation of your gluteals.

Precautions

  • Please make sure you are able to stand on one leg
  • Use the wall to help you with balance
  • Your physiotherapist will give you the details of repetitions
  • Please discontinue if painful

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation in 45° Abduction (Theraband)

This version of the exercise focuses on strengthening the external rotators of the shoulder, primarily the infraspinatus and teres minor, while in a functional arm position. Facing the theraband allows for controlled, outward rotation of the shoulder joint, promoting joint stability and dynamic strength in a more symmetrical setup

Instructions

  • Setup: Anchor the theraband securely at waist height. Stand facing the anchor point with feet hip-width apart. Hold the band with the working arm, ensuring light tension in the band.
  • Starting Position: Raise the working arm to 45° abduction (partway between your side and shoulder height), keeping your elbow bent at 90°. Ensure your shoulder blades are drawn slightly back and down.
  • Engage: Keep your torso upright and shoulders level, avoiding any shrugging.
  • Movement: Slowly rotate your forearm outward, pulling the band away from the anchor point, while keeping your upper arm steady. Move until you reach your comfortable range or feel resistance.
  • Return: Gradually control the band as you bring your arm back to the starting position.
  • Breathing: Exhale as you rotate outward and inhale as you return.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the shoulder to lift or roll forward during the movement.
  • Turning your body instead of isolating movement at the shoulder joint.
  • Moving the entire arm instead of focusing on external rotation.
  • Using momentum or performing the exercise too quickly.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
  • Use a heavier resistance theraband.
  • Perform the exercise on one leg to engage core stability.
  • Add a hold at the end range of external rotation.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
  • Use a lighter resistance band.
  • Perform the exercise seated for better control and support.
  • Decrease the range of motion to stay within a pain-free arc.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Healthy Ageing: How Different Sports Impact Longevity & Health

We often hear that regular exercise is essential for a healthy lifestyle. But can the type of physical activity we choose have a direct effect on our lifespan? A fascinating study of over 80,000 British adults sheds light on how specific sports and exercise types are linked to reduced mortality, particularly from cardiovascular diseases (CVD). The findings suggest that not all activities are created equal—some sports may significantly prolong life more than others.

Read more

Sporting Team Coverage

From game-day support to injury prevention and rehabilitation, we offer a wide range of services tailored to meet the unique needs of sports teams at every level.

How can we assist you?

Game Day Coverage

We can offer on-site assistance, from managing immediate medical concerns to providing pre-game preparation and post-game recovery support.

Injury Clinics and Priority appointments

Player health is a priority, and our physiotherapy team can provide expert care to diagnose, treat, and manage injuries. We can attend training for easy access or provide priority appointments early in the week to optimally manage injuries.

Custom Warm-Up Design

An effective warm-up is essential for peak performance and injury prevention. We create customised warm-up routines that focus on the specific needs of your athletes, reducing the risk of injury and preparing them mentally and physically for competition.

Rehabilitation Plans

We create individualised rehabilitation plans that address the unique challenges of each injury and chosen sport.

Pre and Mid-Season Testing

Monitor your athletes’ progress and identify areas for improvement with our pre and/or mid-season testing services. We provide thorough assessments to help track fitness levels, pinpoint potential risks, and build data-driven training plans for each player.

Partnership Deals/Sponsorship Packages

We believe in the power of collaboration, with an aim to create mutually beneficial partnerships in our community.

Get in touch with us today to discuss how we can support your team’s journey to success. Whether you’re looking for game day coverage, injury management, or partnership opportunities, we would love to discuss your unique needs and how we can tailor a package to suit them.

Contact

Please direct all enquiries to [email protected] or call us directly on 02 4929 3898

Time to Recover from Running Injuries: What Novice Runners Need to Know

Starting a running routine can be an exhilarating journey toward improved fitness, better mental health, and even new social connections. But for many novice runners, the path isn’t without hurdles. One of the most common challenges new runners face is injury. Whether it’s the discomfort of a sore knee, the sharp pain of shin splints, or the relentless ache of Achilles tendinopathy, injuries can derail progress and leave runners frustrated on the sidelines.

Read more

Strength: Heel Raise with Ball Squeeze

This variation of the traditional heel raise, using a soft ball between the ankles, is designed to enhance ankle stability and activate the muscles around the ankle joint. By squeezing the ball, you engage your inner calf muscles and foot stabilisers, promoting better alignment and control throughout the movement. This exercise is ideal for strengthening the calf muscles, improving ankle proprioception, and reducing the risk of ankle injuries.

Instructions

  • Stand tall with feet hip-width apart, placing a soft ball between your inner ankles.
  • Lightly press your ankles inward to hold the ball, engaging your inner thighs and calf muscles.
  • Slowly lift your heels off the ground, rising onto the balls of your feet. Focus on maintaining the squeeze on the ball.
  • Hold briefly at the top, feeling the contraction in your calves and ankle stabilisers.
  • Slowly lower your heels back to the floor with control, keeping pressure on the ball throughout.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing the ball to slip by not maintaining a consistent squeeze.
  • Rising too quickly or not controlling the descent, which can reduce muscle engagement.
  • Letting the ankles roll outwards or inwards, which can strain the ankle joint.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Perform the movement on a single leg, maintaining the ball squeeze with the raised foot hovering off the ground.
  • Stand on a soft or unstable surface (such as a foam pad or folded towel) to increase the stability challenge.
  • Add a pause at the top for 2-3 seconds to further activate the calf muscles.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Hold onto a stable surface (e.g., wall or back of a chair) for balance support.
  • Use a smaller or softer ball to make it easier to maintain the squeeze.
  • Perform smaller heel lifts if full range of motion is difficult.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Ankle – Phase 5 (Return to Sport)

The following exercises introduce running and change of direction to your rehabilitation plan. These are some general exercises that will assist with safe return to sport, however each persons rehab plan should be specific to the sport they wish to return to. Your Physiotherapist will tailor your plan to your needs.

Plyometric Heel Raise

Running

  • Beginning a running program at this stage is important to restore cardiovascular fitness lost during past rehabilitation.
  • Begin with slow, straight line running on flat ground. You can gradually progress this to add in interval training with direction changes.
  • Following a gradual running program is also a good idea. Your program should be individually tailored depending on your needs. This is an example of a beginners running program.

Hopping to a Step

Hopping with Direction Changes

Sponsorship

We love community engagement and building partnerships with local organisations. We proudly support sports teams, clubs, athletes, and organisations aligned with our values.

We can provide direct sponsorship or in-kind support depending on your needs.

To enquire about sponsorships or partnerships, please complete the contact form below.

Please enable JavaScript in your browser to complete this form.
Name

Moving to the Beat: How Pacing Improves Tendon Rehab Outcomes

Tendon Neuroplastic Training (TNT) introduces the concept of pacing through rhythmic external stimuli, like metronomes, to optimise recovery. But why is this seemingly simple addition so effective?

The answer lies in how our brain coordinates movement. When we experience tendon pain, such as in Achilles tendinopathy, our motor control—the brain’s ability to efficiently guide muscles—becomes disrupted. This not only leads to pain but can also impact our ability to perform everyday movements. TNT addresses these motor control issues by helping to “retrain” the brain using external pacing.

Read more

Pilates: Pilates Class 7

Notes:

To Increase the challenge of the class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetions
  • repeat each exercise multiple times eg. 2-3 sets
  • repeat whole program multiple times eg. 2-3 times

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Pilates: Pilates Class 8

Notes:

To Increase the challenge of the class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetions
  • repeat each exercise multiple times eg. 2-3 sets
  • repeat whole program multiple times eg. 2-3 times

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Prone)

This exercise is a fantastic way to strengthen the shoulder’s rotator cuff, especially the subscapularis, while also improving shoulder mobility. This exercise is often prescribed to enhance internal rotation and scapular control, which is essential for shoulder health, particularly for individuals recovering from shoulder impingements or rotator cuff injuries. By lifting the arm off the lower back while lying prone, you also work on your scapular stability and posture muscles.

Instructions:

  • Begin by lying face down (prone) on a comfortable surface with your arms at your sides.
  • Place one hand behind your back, around the lower spine area. Your palm should be facing upwards.
  • Keep your neck in a neutral position, chin tucked slightly, and your head resting gently on the surface.
  • Engage your shoulder blades by gently drawing them down and together.
  • Without twisting your torso or neck, lift your hand off your lower back, raising your arm as high as you comfortably can.
  • Hold the lift for a moment, ensuring that your shoulder remains down, not hiked up towards your ear.
  • Slowly lower your hand back to the starting position.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Allowing the shoulder to shrug up towards the ear.
  • Rotating the torso or neck to assist the lift.
  • Not fully engaging the scapula before lifting.
  • Rushing the movement instead of lifting slowly and with control.

Progressions:

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Hold a light weight in your hand (e.g., a small dumbbell or wrist weight).
  • Increase the hold time at the top of the lift.
  • Perform the exercise with both arms at the same time for added difficulty.

Regressions:

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Perform the lift without attempting to raise your hand as high, focusing on smaller lifts.
  • Support the arm on a small towel or cushion to decrease the range of motion.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Massage Ball: Spiky and Smooth

Massage balls, both spiky and smooth, are versatile tools that can help release muscle tension, improve circulation, and enhance mobility. Spiky balls provide a deeper, more intense massage due to their pointed texture, which stimulates blood flow and targets knots or trigger points. Smooth massage balls offer a gentler pressure and can be used for larger muscle areas, providing a broader release. These tools are commonly prescribed to alleviate muscle tightness, improve flexibility, and aid in recovery from injury. They can be used for various parts of the body, including the back, glutes, feet, shoulders, and calves.

Instructions:

  • Lower back release:
    • Lie on your back with knees bent and feet flat on the floor.
    • Place the ball between your back and the floor, positioning it on one side of your spine (avoid placing it directly on the spine).
    • Slowly roll your body over the ball to find areas of tension.
    • Hold on any tight spots for 20-30 seconds or until the muscle relaxes.
    • Repeat on the other side.
  • Glute and hip release:
    • Sit on the floor with legs bent, leaning on your hands for support.
    • Place the ball under one glute and slowly move your body around to target tight spots.
    • Adjust the intensity by lifting or lowering your body.
    • Hold pressure on any sore spots until the tension releases.
    • Switch sides and repeat.
  • Foot massage:
    • Stand or sit with one foot on the ball.
    • Roll the ball under your foot, from heel to toes, applying as much pressure as comfortable.
    • Focus on any tight or tender areas, holding the pressure for a few seconds before continuing to roll.
    • Repeat on the other foot.
  • Shoulder and upper back release:
    • Stand against a wall with the ball between your shoulder blade and the wall.
    • Gently roll the ball up, down, and side to side, focusing on areas of tension.
    • Maintain steady pressure on tight spots for 20-30 seconds, then continue rolling.
  • Calf massage:
    • Sit on the floor with legs extended.
    • Place the ball under your calf muscle and roll your leg over it, moving slowly to find areas of tightness.
    • Hold pressure on any sore areas, or roll the ball back and forth for a deeper massage.
    • Repeat on the other leg.

Hold/maintain pressure or complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Spiky Ball:

Smooth Ball:

Common Errors

  • Placing the ball directly on bony areas or joints.
  • Using too much pressure too soon, leading to discomfort or bruising.
  • Holding your breath during the massage instead of breathing deeply to aid in muscle relaxation.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Use a spiky ball for deeper pressure on areas like the glutes or back.
    • Increase the amount of body weight on the ball for more intense pressure.
    • Perform the release for a longer duration or on multiple areas.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Use a smooth ball instead of a spiky one for gentler pressure.
    • Support more of your body weight with your hands or feet to decrease the intensity.
    • Perform the release against a wall rather than the floor for lighter pressure.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Step Down

Instructions

  • Step both feet onto the step.
  • Keeping your affected leg on the step, slowly step down with your unaffected side until your heel gently taps the floor.
  • On your affected side, ensure your knee is in line with your second toe and hips remain level.
  • Modify as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface at an appropriate height prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • It should be performed carefully at home using a rail or wall for support if needed.  

Strength: Hamstring (Prone) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Lie on your stomach
  • Bend the knee of your affected side and gently bring your heel up towards your bottom
  • Slowly lower the heel back down

Instructions: Progression

  • Tie your prescribed Theraband in a loop and place over ankles
  • Lie on your stomach
  • Bend the knee of your affected side and gently bring your heel up towards your bottom
  • Slowly lower the heel back down being careful to control the recoil of the Theraband

Precautions

  • Complete and modify as per physiotherapist instructions.
  • Maintain control of the hips throughout the movement.
  • If any of these exercises cause pain, please cease and speak to your physiotherapist.

Strength: Seated Hip Abduction (Theraband)

Seated hip abduction with a theraband is a great exercise to strengthen the gluteus medius, the muscles on the side of your hips, and stabilise the pelvis. It’s commonly prescribed for improving hip stability, addressing knee pain, and enhancing lower limb control. This exercise is often used in rehabilitation settings for individuals with hip, knee, or lower back issues.

Instructions

  • Sit upright on a chair or bench with your feet flat on the floor, hip-width apart.
  • Wrap a theraband around both thighs, just above your knees. Make sure the band is secure but not too tight.
  • Engage your core and keep your back straight throughout the movement.
  • Press your knees outward against the resistance of the theraband, keeping your feet flat and your torso stable.
  • Hold the end position briefly, feeling the muscles on the outside of your hips engage.
  • Slowly bring your knees back to the starting position with control.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing your torso to lean or shift sideways during the movement.
  • Moving your feet off the floor or lifting your heels.
  • Letting the theraband slide up or down the legs, affecting the resistance.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Use a stronger theraband with higher resistance.
    • Perform the exercise while lifting one foot slightly off the ground to increase balance demands.
    • Add a small pause (2-3 seconds) at the end of the outward movement.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Use a lighter resistance band or no band at all to start with.
    • Perform the movement with smaller ranges of motion.
    • Place a pillow or towel under your thighs to provide more support and stability.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Banded Squat (Theraband)

The banded squat is an excellent way to engage the hip muscles, particularly the gluteus medius, while also strengthening the quadriceps, hamstrings, and gluteus maximus. By using a theraband around the knees, you promote proper knee alignment and hip stability, which can help prevent inward knee collapse (valgus) and improve overall squat form. This exercise is commonly used in injury prevention programs and lower body strengthening routines.

Instructions

  • Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart, toes pointing slightly outward.
  • Place a theraband around your thighs, just above your knees. Make sure it is secure but not overly tight.
  • Engage your core and keep your chest lifted and back straight.
  • Begin the movement by pushing your hips back as if sitting into a chair, while bending your knees.
  • Focus on pressing your knees outward against the band to keep them aligned directly over your toes, resisting the inward pull.
  • Lower yourself down until the height recommended by your Physiotherapist, or as far as is comfortable, ensuring your weight remains through your heels.
  • Push through your heels and squeeze your glutes as you rise back up to a standing position, maintaining the outward pressure on the band.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors

  • Allowing your knees to collapse inward (valgus) during the squat.
  • Dropping your chest forward or rounding your back.
  • Failing to keep the theraband engaged by not pressing your knees outward.
  • Lifting your heels off the ground instead of keeping your weight distributed through your heels.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
  • Use a stronger theraband with higher resistance.
  • Squat deeper while maintaining form and knee alignment.
  • Add weight, such as a dumbbell or kettlebell (goblet squat), to increase intensity.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
  • Use a lighter resistance band or no band initially.
  • Perform a partial squat, stopping before your thighs reach parallel.
  • Hold onto a stable surface like a wall or chair for balance support.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

parkour physio rehabilitation injury prevention

Knee-Saving Physio Tips for Parkour

Parkour, the sport of moving fluidly through urban landscapes, is as physically demanding as it is thrilling. But for many athletes, this fast-paced, energy-intensive discipline can take a toll on the body, particularly the knees. The explosive jumps, precision landings, and rapid changes in direction can lead to a frustrating injury known as patella tendinopathy, or jumper’s knee.

This article explores how you can prevent and manage this common overuse injury with smart physiotherapy practices, proper load management, and effective warm-ups. After all, keeping your body strong and healthy is key to mastering parkour and pushing your limits.

Read more

Mobility: Hip Open the Gate (Standing)

The Hip “Open the Gate” exercise is a dynamic mobility drill used to warm up and activate the muscles around the hips, including the hip flexors, glutes, and inner thighs. This exercise is commonly prescribed to improve hip joint range of motion, stability, and flexibility, making it useful for athletes and anyone preparing for lower body exercises such as squats, lunges, or running. It’s also a great way to enhance coordination and hip control.

Instructions:

  • Stand tall with your feet hip-width apart, hands resting on your hips or extended out for balance.
  • Lift your right knee up towards your chest, creating a 90-degree bend at the knee and hip.
  • Keeping your torso upright and your core engaged, slowly rotate your right knee outward, as if you’re “opening a gate,” while keeping your standing leg stable.
  • Once your hip is fully rotated outward, lower your foot back down to the ground.
  • Repeat on the left side.
  • Continue alternating legs for the duration prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Rotating your torso or shifting your upper body to compensate for limited hip mobility.
  • Moving too quickly, which can reduce the effectiveness of the exercise.
  • Letting the standing leg lose stability by shifting the weight unevenly or allowing the knee to collapse inward.
  • Not lifting the knee high enough to get a full range of motion in the hip joint.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Perform the movement while balancing on a soft surface like a foam pad to increase the difficulty of stabilisation.
    • Add ankle weights to further engage the muscles.
    • Increase the speed of the movement once you have mastered control, turning it into a more dynamic warm-up.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Perform the movement while holding onto a stable surface (such as a wall or chair) for balance.
    • Reduce the height to which you lift your knee if you find the range of motion too difficult.
    • Slow down the movement and focus on controlled, smaller rotations to gradually increase hip mobility.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Stretch: Lunge with Weighted Soleus Stretch

The Lunge with Weighted Soleus Stretch is a mobility exercise designed to target the soleus muscle, a deep calf muscle located underneath the gastrocnemius. This stretch improves ankle dorsiflexion, which is essential for squatting, running, and other lower body movements. By adding a weight, the stretch becomes more effective, encouraging greater range of motion. It is often prescribed to improve ankle flexibility and reduce tension in the lower legs, especially for those recovering from lower limb injuries or dealing with tight calves.

Instructions:

  • Begin in a forward lunge position with one foot flat on the ground and the other leg extended behind you, with the back knee resting gently on the floor.
  • Hold a weight (e.g., a dumbbell or kettlebell) and place it on your front thigh, just above the knee.
  • Keeping your front heel flat on the ground, bend your front knee and shift your body weight forward to deepen the stretch.
  • Make sure your back is straight, and your hips are square as you lean into the stretch.
  • Hold this position, feeling the stretch deep in your lower calf (soleus) while keeping the weight stable on your thigh.
  • Hold/maintain as prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Switch legs and repeat on the other side.

Common Errors:

  • Allowing the front heel to lift off the ground, which reduces the effectiveness of the stretch.
  • Using too much weight, causing strain or discomfort in the knee or ankle.
  • Leaning forward excessively at the waist, which reduces the focus on the soleus muscle.
  • Not maintaining proper alignment by letting the knee collapse inward or outward during the stretch.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Increase the weight on your front thigh.
    • Hold the stretch for a longer duration to improve flexibility.
    • Perform the stretch on a slightly elevated surface, such as a small step, to increase the range of motion.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Reduce or eliminate the weight and perform the stretch using only your body weight.
    • Place a towel or mat under the back knee for extra cushioning and comfort.
    • Reduce the depth of the lunge to decrease the intensity of the stretch.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Plyometrics: Broad Jump

The broad jump is an explosive plyometric exercise designed to improve lower body power, coordination, and agility. It primarily targets the quadriceps, hamstrings, glutes, and calves, while also engaging the core muscles to stabilise the body throughout the movement. The broad jump is often prescribed to enhance athletic performance, particularly in sports requiring sprinting, jumping, and quick changes in direction. It also helps in improving overall body control and proprioception.

Instructions:

  • Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart, toes pointing forward, and your arms relaxed at your sides.
  • Bend your knees and hips into a quarter squat position, keeping your chest up and core engaged.
  • Swing your arms back as you load your legs by shifting your weight into your heels.
  • Explosively extend through your legs, hips, and arms, jumping forward as far as possible.
  • Land softly on both feet, with knees slightly bent to absorb the impact. Ensure your hips are back and chest is lifted to maintain balance.
  • Reset and repeat the movement.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Not using the arms effectively to generate momentum.
  • Landing with stiff or straight legs, which increases the risk of injury.
  • Allowing the knees to cave inward during the jump or landing.
  • Failing to absorb the impact by landing on the toes or heels instead of the whole foot.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Add distance markers to increase the length of your jump.
    • Perform consecutive broad jumps without resetting between jumps.
    • Hold a light weight plate or medicine ball to increase resistance.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Start by performing a smaller jump, focusing on technique rather than distance.
    • Reduce the depth of the squat during the takeoff.
    • Perform the jump from a seated or half-squat position to reduce the load on the legs.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Lateral Lunge (Standing)

Instructions

  • In a standing position, step the feet out wide with both feet facing forward
  • Ensure both feet remain flat as you gently shift your weight toward your target side by bending the knee
  • Ensure your knee is in line with your second toe and that your trunk remains upright throughout
  • Gently shift your weight back to the opposite side by driving through the foot of your bent leg to come back into standing
  • Only use a depth that is comfortable for you
  • Complete and modify as per physiotherapist instructions

Precautions

  • If you are aware that you are unsteady or feeling weak in your legs, please use your hands on a stable surface throughout
  • Ensure to complete the exercise slowly and controlled  
  • If you feel pain or are unsure of the technique, please stop and speak to your physiotherapist

Thank You

Form Submitted

Your form was submitted successfully. We look forward to seeing you in the clinic soon!

If you have any questions, don’t hesitate to contact us.

Strength: Hip Adduction / Coppenhagen Progressions (Concentric)

Here are three progressive concentric hip adduction exercises, commonly referred to as “Copenhagen adductions.” These exercises target the inner thigh (adductor) muscles and are typically used for strengthening, injury prevention, and rehabilitation, especially for groin strains. Each progression increases the demand on the adductor muscles and core, starting from a more supported position and gradually increasing the load on the working leg.

Progression 1: Side-Lying Concentric Hip Adduction (Unaffected Side Resting on Ground)

This exercise serves as the starting point for building adductor strength with minimal load on the working leg.

Instructions:

  • Lie on your side, with the affected leg (working leg) on top and your unaffected side resting on the ground.
  • Place your top leg (working leg) on the bench so that your foot or calf is resting on it, with the leg extended.
  • Support your upper body by propping yourself up on your elbow, ensuring your body is in a straight line from shoulders to hips.
  • Bend your bottom (unaffected) leg at a 90-degree angle and rest it on the ground for stability.
  • Extend your top (working) leg straight and slightly in front of your body, keeping it in line with your hips.
  • Using the adductor muscles of your working leg, lift your hips off the ground, bringing your body into a side plank position.
  • Slowly lower your hips back down toward the floor but do not let them touch the ground.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Letting the hips rotate backward or forward.
  • Bending the top leg, reducing adductor engagement.
  • Allowing the torso to sag or slouch.

Progression 2: Copenhagen Hip Adduction (Unaffected Side Resting on Working Leg)

This version increases the load by having the unaffected leg supported by the working leg, requiring more strength from the adductors.

Instructions:

  • Position yourself lying sideways on the floor next to a bench or sturdy surface.
  • Place your top leg (working leg) on the bench so that your foot or calf is resting on it, with the leg extended.
  • Your bottom leg (unaffected leg) should be resting on top of the working leg.
  • Support your upper body by propping yourself up on your forearm, maintaining a straight line from your shoulders to your hips.
  • Using the adductor muscles of your working leg, lift your hips off the ground, bringing your body into a side plank position.
  • Keep the unaffected leg passive while allowing it to rest on the working leg.
  • Slowly lower your hips back down toward the floor but do not let them touch the ground.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Allowing the hips to sag or rotate during the lift.
  • Poor alignment, such as bending at the hips or knees.

Progression 3: Advanced Copenhagen Hip Adduction (Unaffected Side Lifted in the Air)

This is the most challenging progression, requiring both legs to be off the ground, demanding maximum strength and control from the adductors and core.

Instructions:

  • Lie on your side beside a bench or sturdy surface.
  • Place your top leg (working leg) on the bench so that your foot or calf is supported, ensuring your leg is extended straight.
  • Your bottom leg (unaffected leg) should hover underneath the bench, not touching it.
  • Support your upper body by propping yourself up on your forearm and maintain a straight body line.
  • Engage your core and adductors to lift your hips off the floor into a side plank position.
  • Hold briefly at the top, then slowly lower your hips and bottom leg without letting them touch the floor between repetitions.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Allowing the hips to drop or rotate.
  • Over-relying on the upper body for stability instead of engaging the core and adductors.

Progressions Across All Exercises:

  • Increase the number of repetitions or the time spent holding the plank position at the top.
  • Add ankle weights to increase resistance.
  • Elevate the bench height to increase the intensity and range of motion.

Regressions Across All Exercises:

  • Reduce the range of motion by lifting the leg only partway or lower the height of the support.
  • Shorten the hold time at the top.
  • Perform the exercise on a softer surface for added comfort and stability.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Long Lever Hip Adduction / Groin Squeeze Options (Isometric)

The long lever isometric hip adduction is not only beneficial for strengthening the inner thigh muscles (adductors) but is also commonly used for pain relief, particularly in individuals recovering from groin strains or hip-related injuries. The isometric nature of the exercise allows for muscle engagement without movement, which can help reduce muscle tension and discomfort while promoting circulation to the area. This makes it a gentle yet effective method for pain management during rehabilitation phases.

Option 1: With a Ball

Instructions:

  • Lie flat on your back with your legs extended and your arms resting comfortably by your sides for stability.
  • Place a soft ball or small Pilates ball between your feet, ensuring it is securely held.
  • Lift your legs slightly off the floor, keeping them straight and hovering a few centimetres above the ground. Make sure your lower back remains flat against the floor by engaging your core muscles.
  • Gently squeeze the ball with your feet, engaging your inner thigh muscles (adductors) to create a controlled isometric contraction.
  • Focus on holding the squeeze, making sure not to over-exert but just enough to feel the muscles activate and provide relief.
  • Breathe steadily, ensuring the core remains engaged and your lower back does not arch.
  • Hold the squeeze for as long as prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Gently release the squeeze and lower your legs back to the ground to rest before repeating.
  • Hold/maintain as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Arching the lower back or allowing the pelvis to tilt, which can increase strain on the lower back.
  • Allowing the ball to slip or shift during the squeeze.
  • Over-squeezing, which may cause unnecessary discomfort in the groin or hips.
  • Holding your breath during the exercise; keep your breathing smooth and steady.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Use a firmer or smaller ball to increase the intensity of the adductor contraction.
    • Increase the duration of the hold to challenge muscle endurance.
    • Lift your legs higher off the ground, engaging the core more intensely.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Use a larger, softer ball for a gentler squeeze.
    • Bend your knees slightly, reducing the strain on your core and lower back.
    • Perform the exercise with your feet resting on the ground, which lessens the load on your lower body.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Option 2: Against a Stationary Object

Instructions:

  • Stand next to a sturdy stationary object, such as a table leg or door frame.
  • Position yourself with the inside of your ankle resting against the object, so that your legs are straight and feet together.
  • Shift your weight slightly onto the opposite leg for balance, keeping your standing leg straight but not locked.
  • Press the inside of your ankle against the stationary object, engaging your inner thigh muscles (adductors). Maintain an upright posture, ensuring your hips stay level and your core is engaged.
  • Hold the contraction steadily, focusing on a controlled isometric squeeze against the object.
  • Keep your breathing regular and your body still, preventing any movement from the hips or torso.
  • Hold for the duration prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • Gently release the pressure and relax before repeating.
  • Hold/maintain as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Leaning too much to the opposite side, causing improper posture.
  • Allowing your hips to rotate or tilt during the contraction.
  • Pressing with your foot instead of engaging the inner thigh (adductor) muscles.
  • Holding your breath; remember to breathe calmly throughout the hold.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Increase the duration of the isometric hold.
    • Stand further away from the object to increase the lever length, making the contraction harder.
    • Use a more challenging object to press against, such as a wall, which provides more resistance.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Stand closer to the object, reducing the length of the lever and the intensity of the contraction.
    • Place a cushion or padding between your ankle and the object to reduce pressure on your joint.
    • Hold the contraction for a shorter period initially.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist

Mobility: Pelvic Floor Down Training

The pelvic floor muscles are responsible for maintaining continence and supporting the organs within the pelvic cavity. There are times when the coordination of these muscles is reduced affecting your bladder, bowel or sexual function. The goal of downtraining is to create awareness of the pelvic floor and promote relaxation by focusing on controlled breathing and muscle release.

Instructions:

  • Find a comfortable position, either lying down with your knees bent, sitting, or supported on your side.
  • Take a deep breath in through your nose, allowing your belly and rib cage to expand.
  • As you exhale, gently focus on releasing and relaxing the pelvic floor muscles. Imagine letting go of any tension, like you’re softening the muscles at the base of your pelvis.
  • Visualise your pelvic floor as a hammock, lowering and widening as you breathe out.
  • Avoid tensing any other muscles (such as your buttocks, thighs, or abdominals) during the relaxation phase.
  • Continue to take slow, deep breaths, ensuring each exhale is paired with a conscious release of the pelvic floor muscles.
  • Hold/maintain as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Holding tension in the pelvic floor throughout the exercise.
  • Contracting the abdominals or gluteal muscles instead of focusing on pelvic floor relaxation.
  • Shallow breathing or rushing through the breaths.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Practise the relaxation in more upright postures, such as sitting or standing.
    • Increase awareness of your pelvic floor in different activities like walking or gentle stretching.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Practise in a more supported position, such as lying down with a pillow under your knees.
    • Use visual or audio cues, like guided relaxation, to help focus on letting go of tension.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Thank You

Booking Confirmed

Your online booking was successful. You’ll receive a confirmation email shortly. We look forward to seeing you at Peak Physio!

New Clients

You’ll be sent online forms via SMS once our team has reviewed the booking. These forms can be easily completed on your mobile device. Doing so will save you time at the clinic and ensure that your physio has all relevant information available for your consultation.

If you have any questions, don’t hesitate to contact us.

Cancellation Policy

We have a firm 24-hour cancellation policy. Our team works hard to help as many people as possible, so please be respectful of their time. Please call as soon as possible if you need to change your appointment!

Release: Pelvic Floor

Our pelvic floor plays a crucial role in core stability and movement. Pelvic floor fascial release helps ease restrictions in the fascia, supporting better urination, defecation, sexual function. Regular care of this area can assist in reducing pelvic girdle pain, and even lower back pain. Your body will thank you for taking care of this essential area!

Instructions

  • Find a comfortable sitting position on a towel, cushion or bolster
  • You can use a sock for a softer feel, a tennis ball, or hard ball based on your level of comfort
  • Place the ball on your perineum, the space between your vagina and anus for women, or scrotum and anus for men
  • Sitting in a comfortable sitting position, rest your hands on your knees, shoulders relaxed
  • Bring awareness to you pelvic floor, taking slow deep breaths
  • Bring awareness to the front of your pubic bone and relax this area as you exhale
  • Breathe to the back of the pelvic triangle (anus) and relax
  • Breathe and focus on your sit bones, allowing them to gently part
  • Use your inhalation to expand
  • Use your exhalation to release the pelvic floor allowing a feeling of softness around the ball
  • Lean forward to remove the ball
  • Sit back in a comfortable position and stay for a few more minute to breath and relax the pelvic floor, brining your awareness to the different sensations you might feel without the ball.

Pilates: Pilates Class 6

Notes:

To increase the challenge of this class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetions
  • repeat each exercise multiple times eg. 2-3 sets
  • repeat whole program multiple times eg. 2-3 times

Precautions

  • If any of these exercises increases pain, please cease.

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Pilates: Pilates Class 5

Notes:

To increase the challenge of this class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetitions
  • repeat each exercise multiple times eg. 2-3 sets
  • repeat whole program multiple times eg. 2-3 times

Precautions

  • If any of these exercises increases pain, please cease.

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Strength: Scapula Stability (Standing | Ball)

Instructions:

  • Come into standing with a ball between the palm and the wall.
  • Position the wrist just below shoulder height.
  • Gently draw the shoulder blade towards the spine.
  • Keeping the shoulders and chest level and the hips stable, begin tracing the alphabet with the target limb.
  • Complete the alphabet from A-Z unless otherwise directed from your Physiotherapist.

Precautions:

  • If you experience any discomfort please alert your Physiotherapist and cease.

Mobility: Lumbar Flexion (Seated | Towel) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Sitting upright in a chair.
  • Use the long edge of a towel and sit it across the affected level as indicated by your therapist, with one edge of the towel/pillow case in either hand.
  • Apply a comfortable but firm pressure over the low back by pulling the ends of the towel/pillow case whilst keeping your thumbs pointed upward. You may add a gentle elbow bend to increase the level of pressure.
  • Ensure you are ulling in an upward diagonal.
  • Whilst maintaining this pressure, gently lean forward in your chair.
  • Once at the ned of your comfortable range, slowly rise back up.
  • Complete and modify as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • Ensure your feet are firmly planted on the floor throughout
  • If you experience an increase in pain, cease the exercise and contact your physiotherapist

Strength: Hip Internal Rotation (Side-Lying)

Instructions

  • Position yourself in side-lying with a soft bend in the knees.
  • Ensure the target side is on top.
  • Ensure your ankles are in line with the buttocks and that your hips and shoulders are stacked.
  • Maintaining this position, keep your knees together and slowly lift and lower the top heel.
  • Modify as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • Ensure your hips remained stacked throughout
  • Cease if this exercise brings on any pain and advise your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation (Side-Lying)

Instructions:

  • Come to a side-lying position with the affected side on top
  • Using the prescribed weight/dumbbell, let your hand rest across the stomach with the elbow in a 90 degree position
  • Keep your arm tucked into the side of the body
  • Bring the back of your hand up towards the roof as we work into external rotation of the shoulder
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Precautions:

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain.
  • Speak to your physiotherapist prior to performing this exercise if you have had a history of shoulder dislocations prior to attempting this exercise.

Strength and Balance: Class 2

Progressions and Regressions:

There are plenty of ways to make this class harder or easier, some ideas are:

  • Progressions:
    • Try some more balance exercises with your eyes closed.
    • Increase the number of repetitions and sets with the strength exercises.
  • Regressions:
    • Only do what feels safe. Repeat some of the lower level balance exercises if you don’t feel confident with the more difficult ones.

Precautions:

  • Make sure you do your balance exercises near the kitchen bench or something safe.
  • Before you start, make sure there are plenty of objects nearby that you could use to help yourself off the ground incase you fall. Also ensure you have a phone nearby to call for help if needed.

Feedback:

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Neural Mobility: Peroneal Slider

Instructions

  1. Lie down on your back.
  2. Whilst keeping your knee straight, lift the foot up until you feel restriction.
  3. Turn your foot inwards to bias the Peroneal Nerve.
  4. Whilst slowly lowering the leg and returning the foot to neutral, lift your head up.
  5. Slowly lower the head back down whilst lifting the leg back up and turning the foot inwards.
  6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to slide the peroneal nerve back and forth.

Precautions

  • Only do this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed, as you can overdo this and further irritate the nerve.
  • This should cause some symptoms, however overall should make your pain better, not worse.
  • Contact your Physiotherapist for any questions.

Exercises: Hip Abduction Long Lever (Supine | Theraband) [Isometric]

Instructions

  1. Tie a theraband into a circle or fasten a belt around the ankles.
  2. The band should be tight enough to feel some tension when your feet are shoulder width apart.
  3. Pull the target limb outwards, keeping the knee straight. until you feel sufficient resistance on the band.
  4. Sustain for 5s or as specified by your Physiotherapist.
  5. Relax the tension for the rest period.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist recommends.

Precautions

  • This exercise should feel hard, but not painful. If you’re feeling pain, contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Thoracic Rotation/ Drawing Bow ( Theraband)

Insrutctions:

  • Start standing in a staggered stance.
  • Raise your arms out in front of you with a resistance band in both hands.
  • Imagine you are holding a bow and arrow and pull back your arm as if you are drawing back on the bow.
  • As your pull your arm back your body should twist in the same direction.
  • Return to the start position.
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist guidelines.

Open Chain Exercises Post ACL Reconstruction

Open Chain Knee Extension can be used safely from 12 weeks post op – and likely earlier.

Earlier use of Open Chain Knee Extension can be considered if clinically indicated, with the following restrictions:

  • Restricted ROM (45 – 90 degrees)
  • Isometrics at 60 degrees and 90 degrees

Evidence has shown

  • no increased ACL laxity with the introduction of Open Chain Knee Extension at 6 weeks.
  • no increased ACL laxity with using full range Open Chain Knee Extension at 12 weeks

Open Chain Knee Extension exercises are recommended in multiple ACL Reconstruction rehabilitation guidelines

  • Janssen, van Melick, van Mourik, Reijman, & van Rhijn, 2018
  • van Melick et al., 2016
  • Wright et al., 2015

Summary

  • Consider starting supervised Open Chain Knee Extensions between 45-90 degrees from 6 weeks
  • Consider starting full range Open Chain Knee Extensions from 12 weeks

Strength and Balance: Class 1

Progressions and Regressions:

There are plenty of ways to make this class harder or easier, some ideas are:

  • Progressions:
    • Try some more balance exercises with your eyes closed.
    • Increase the number of repetitions and sets with the strength exercises.
  • Regressions:
    • Only do what feels safe. Repeat some of the lower level balance exercises if you don’t feel confident with the more difficult ones.

Precautions:

  • Make sure you do your balance exercises near the kitchen bench or something safe.
  • Before you start, make sure there are plenty of objects nearby that you could use to help yourself off the ground incase you fall. Also ensure you have a phone nearby to call for help if needed.

Feedback:

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Pilates: Pilates Class 4

Progressions and Regressions:

There are plenty of ways to make this class harder or easier, some ideas are:

  • Progressions:
    • Increase number of reps, or sets.
    • Add a resistance band around the ankles or knees for hip abduction and clamshell exercises.
    • Incorporate the side-plank into more exercises.
  • Regressions:
    • Decrease number of reps or sets.
    • Decrease heigh of hip abduction and clamshell exercises.
    • Remove side-plank, or try a modified side-plank.

Feedback:

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Falls Prevention Program

Falls are a major public health problem to the elderly population in Australia. They are one of the leading causes of injury for people over the age of 65 years. At Peak Physio, we are committed to the ongoing education and awareness around falls and falls risks. Exercise and education is highly recommended for falls prevention to improve cognition, balance, strength, bone density and cardiovascular health. In a supervised environment, we are able to support and empower our clients to improve their current health status and minimise falls risks.

Common Falls Risk Factors:

The following are some important examples discussed during the course that can increase risk of falling:

  • Current health
  • Medications
  • Eye health
  • Continence
  • Walking aids
  • Environment
  • Fear of falling

Peak Physio Falls Prevention Program

Program Structure

Peak Physio Falls Prevention program is a five week structured course delivering evidence based recommendations and strategies in a small group environment. Led by a Physiotherapist, our aim is to provide a solid foundation to regain your confidence with everyday function and improve your current baseline. The program will include education on health, balance, strength, upper limb control and recovery from falls.

The course is run twice a week for five consecutive weeks. At the initial session, objective outcome measures will be taken to assess your baseline. These measures are directly associated with falls prevention and risk assessments. At the cessation of the course, we will reassess these measures to monitor for improvement and change.

Each class will consist of a new module where you will receive new exercises specifically targeted to your goals and areas for improvement. The small group settings allows for catering to each participants learning style and create a collaborative learning environment that is positive and engaging. You will learn specific exercises to gain strength, balance and improve your confidence. Participants will learn to view falls and fear of falling as controllable.

What to Bring?

Please bring comfortable clothes and proper shoes for exercise. You might want to bring a note book for note taking.

Our Falls Prevention Program has been designed by our Physiotherapists who are passionate about making sure you stay connected to your community and make some new friends along the way.

‘It takes a child one year to acquire independent movement and ten years to acquire independent mobility. An older person can lose both in a day from a single fall’ – Professor Bernard Isaacs (1924–1995)

How to start?

Please enquire within about our next group intake by calling our friendly team.

Our Physiotherapists would also be more than happy to discuss the program or any questions that you might have.

Pilates: Pilates Class 3

Notes:

Consider picking 4-5 of these movements to complete regularly

Feel free to repeat each exercise 2-3 times or repeat the entire class 2-3 times.

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Strength: Transverse Abdominis Leg Extension Bilateral (Supine)

Level 1 Instructions

  • Begin by laying on your back with your knees bent and engage abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Lift both legs up into the tabletop position
  • Maintain a neutral spine and keep your bent knee position throughout
  • Slowly lower both your legs down to the ground and back up into tabletop position
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist advice

Level 2 Instructions:

  • Begin by laying on your back with your knees bent and engage abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Lift both legs up into the tabletop position
  • Maintain a neutral spine
  • Slowly straighten your legs as you lower the towards the ground
  • Bend your legs as your float them back up into tabletop position
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist advice

Level 3 Instructions:

  • Begin by laying on your back and engage abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Start with your straight legs pointing towards the ceiling
  • Maintain a neutral spine
  • Slowly lower your legs towards the ground
  • Float your legs back up towards the ceiling
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist advice

Precautions:

  • Ensure that your lower back is flat to the floor
  • Complete the exercise slow and controlled
  • If you experience any pain, please stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Self-Taping: Ankle Ligament Tear (Strapping)

Strapping for Ankle Ligament Tears (Lateral OR Medial)

Key Points:

Taping differs slightly depending if lateral (outside) ligaments are damaged, or medial (inside) ligaments are damaged.

  • This video showcases taping for LATERAL (outside) tears. Medial (inside) tears are very similar.
  • LATERAL (outside) ligament tears:
    • As per video.
    • Hold the ankle with the toes pointed towards you, and to the outside.
    • Most layers of tape are pulled from inside to outside.
  • MEDIAL (inside) ligament tears:
    • Opposite of video.
    • Hold the ankle with the toes pointed towards you, and to the inside.
    • Pull in opposite direction, ie if video starts on the inside and pulls to the outside, then start on the inside and pull to the outside.

Allergies / Irritation:

  • You can use a tape underlay such as hyperfix, to improve the tape’s adhesiveness, but also prevent reactions or skin irritation.

Taping will only last for 2-3 days.

Level 1 – Figure 6

  1. Pull ankle towards you, and roll toes outwards. This places the ligament in a shortened position.
    • Roll toes inwards if your injury is on the inside of the ankle.
  2. Wrap a layer of tape around the leg, just above the ankle.
  3. 2-3 x stirrups: Start inside, pull down and back around up to the opposite side. Repeat 2-3 times, until the bony part of the ankle is covered.
  4. 2 x lateral figure 6’s: Start inside and pull down, underneath the foot. Once on the other side, pull the tape across the top of the foot, back to where you started.
  5. 1 x medial figure 6: Start outside and pull down, underneath the foot. Once on the other side, pull the tape across the top of the foot, back to where to started.
  6. Repeat step 2, to hold tape in place.
  7. If requiring more support, continue to video 2

Level 2 – Heel Lock / Figure 8

  • If you require more support than Level 1, complete Level 1 video and then progress to a heel lock to add more support.
  1. Start on the outside. Pull behind the ankle diagonally, across the Achilles. Continue pulling down diagonally, wrapping underneath the foot. Pull straight back up and place the tape down where you started.
  2. Start on the inside. Pull behind the ankle diagonally, across the Achilles. Continue pulling down diagonally, wrapping underneath the foot. Pull straight back up and place the tape down where you started.

Precautions

  • If you have any itchiness, redness or pain take the tape off as it could cause a reaction.
  • If you have access, place a layer of hyperfix underlay tape down first to protect the skin.

Strength: Scapular Retraction With Thoracic Extension/ Superman (Prone)

Level 1 instructions:

  • Lay on your stomach with your forehead on a pillow to allow for some breathing room
  • Squeeze the shoulder blades together and lift the palms up, in line with the hip
  • At the same time lift from your breastbone so you shoulders, head and neck lift off the ground while maintaining a neutral neck position.
  • Slowly lower back to the ground with shoulders rested
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist instructions

Level 2 instructions:

  • Lay on your stomach with your forehead on a pillow to allow for some breathing room
  • Repeat the same movement from above: squeeze the shoulder blades together, lift your arms up, lift from your breastbone so your shoulders, head and neck lift off the ground
  • Simultaneously lift both legs off the ground
  • Slowly lower back to the ground with shoulders and legs rested
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist instructions

Precuations:

  • If you experience any pain, please stop the exercise and speak to your Physiotherapist

Pilates: Pilates Class 2

Notes:

To increase the challenge of this class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetitions
  • complete 1 more set of 5 exercises to make it 3 sets total

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Strength: Transverse Abdominis Dead Bug (Supine)

Instructions Level 1:

  • Lie on your back with knees bent up
  • Bring one leg up into tabletop position while also raising the opposite arm to point to the ceiling
  • Lower both your arm and leg
  • Repeat on the opposite side
  • Make sure your core is engaged throughout the movement

Instructions Level 2:

  • Lie on your back with knees bent up
  • Bring one leg up into tabletop position while also raising the opposite arm to point to the ceiling
  • Lower both your arm and leg while simultaneously bringing your opposite arm and leg up
  • Repeat 10 times or as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Make sure your core is engaged throughout the movement

Instructions Level 3/ Extended:

  • Lie on your back with knees bent up
  • Slowly one leg at a time bring your legs into tabletop position
  • Extend both arms to the ceiling directly in front of your chest
  • Extend opposite arm and opposite leg away from your trunk breathing out as you do
  • Bring the arm and leg back to the start point while breathing in
  • Repeat on the opposite side
  • Complete 10 reps on each side

Precautions:

  • Ensure that your lower back is flat to the floor
  • Ensure to use your breathe to complete the exercise
  • Ensure to take the exercise slow and controlled
  • If you experience any pain, please stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Abduction (Theraband)[Isometric l Reactive]

Instructions

  • Anchor the band at elbow height and hold it next to your body with a straight arm
  • Take a small step away from anchor point while keeping your arm next to your body
  • Do not let your arm drift away from your body
  • Hold and repeat as per your physiotherapist instructions

Neural Mobility: Median Nerve Flossing (Standing)

Instructions:

  • Start with your head tilted away from the affected arm and and your elbow bent so your hand is touching your shoulder
  • Slowly start to straighten your arm until it is down beside your body with your wrist pulled back
  • Simultaneously move your head back to the centre and then turn it towards your moving arm until you are looking down at your hand.
  • Return to the start position by bending your arm and bringing your head back up until you head is tilted away from your arm again
  • Repeat this 10 times or as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Do not be tempted to perform more repetitions as this may irritate the tissue.
  • Complete all movements slowly
  • Do not push past a light stretch/ tension when performing these movements
  • If your symptoms become aggravated, stop immediately and notify your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Hip Flexor / Deadbug (Supine | Theraband)

Instructions

  • Place the prescribed Theraband over both feet
  • Starting in the tabletop position, ensure your hips and knees have a 90 degree bend
  • Maintain a neutral pelvic position
  • Keep the arms and shoulders relaxed by your side
  • Slowly extend the knee of one leg out so the toes are at the same level
  • Draw the knee back to the starting position and repeat on the opposite side

Precautions

  • Ensure that your lower back is flat to the floor
  • Ensure to use your breathe to complete the exercise
  • Ensure to take the exercise slow and controlled
  • If you experience any pain, please stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Neural Mobility: Femoral Nerve Flossing

Instructions: Prone

  • Lay on your stomach with your head resting on your forearms
  • Slowly bend your knee until you feel a stretch in your leg
  • As you lower your leg, raise your head up at the same time
  • As your bend you knee again, lower your head back onto your forearms
  • Repeat this 10 times or as directed by your physiotherapist

Instructions: Sidelying

  • Lay on your side and hug your bottom knee into your chest
  • Have your top knee bent at a 90 degree angle
  • Slowly extend your top leg backwards while keeping your knee bent
  • At the same time tilt your head backwards
  • Then tilt your head forwards as you bring your top leg forwards into hip flexion
  • Maintain a 90 degree knee bend in your top leg throughout the exercise.
  • Repeat x10 or as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Perform this exercise strictly as guided by your physiotherapist – do not be tempted to perform more repetitions as this may irritate the tissue.
  • Complete all movements slowly
  • Do not push past a light stretch/ tension when performing these movements
  • If your symptoms become aggravated, stop immediately and notify your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Hamstring Curl (standing) [concentric]

Instructions:

  • Stand hip width apart in front of a chair
  • Hold on to the chair for balance and keep your body upright throughout the movement
  • Bend your knee to bring your heel towards your bottom
  • Slowly lower your foot back to the ground
  • Repeat as per your physiotherapist instructions

Precautions:

  • Do not arch your back
  • Make sure your thighs stay in line with each other as your bend your knee

Strength: Scapula Retraction (Theraband) [Concentric] {Bilateral}

Retraction – “A” Stance Instructions

  • In a standing position, secure the prescribed Theraband around a sturdy pole just above waist height.
  • With a proud chest and thumbs pointing towards the roof, pull the hands back keeping the elbows straight
  • As you pull back, focus on squeezing the shoulder blades together.
  • Control the return.

Retraction – “T” Stance Instructions

  • In a standing position, secure the prescribed Theraband around a sturdy pole just below shoulder height.
  • With a proud chest and thumbs pointing towards the roof, pull the hands back keeping the elbows straight.
  • As you pull back, focus on squeezing the shoulder blades together.
  • Maintain tension between the shoulder blades as you control the return.

Retraction – “W” Stance Instructions

  • In a standing position, secure the prescribed Theraband around a sturdy pole just below shoulder height.
  • With a proud chest and thumbs pointing towards the roof, pull the hands back and gentle bend the elbows to 90 degrees and rotate your hands upward 90 degrees.
  • As you pull back, focus on squeezing the shoulder blades together.
  • Maintain tension between the shoulder blades as you control the return.

Precautions

  • Maintain proud chest as the band returns to the starting position.
  • Ensure that the shoulders do not roll forward or hitch upward.
  • This exercise should not be painful. If you are finding the exercise is increasing your symptoms, cease the exercise and speak to your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Ankle Eversion [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Start in sitting with a resistance band around the middle of your feet.
  • Gently pull your feet away for each other and hold for a period of time determined by your Physiotherapist.
  • Let your feet slowly come back together and relax.
  • Do not let your ankles turn inwards during the exercise.
  • Hold and repeat as per your Physiotherapist guidelines.

Variation 1 instructions:

  • Start sitting with your affected ankle next to the wall.
  • Have a ball or towel between your ankle and the wall.
  • Gently turn your foot outwards to press the outer edge of your foot into the ball or towel and hold for a period of time determined by your Physiotherapist.
  • Do not let your knee turn inwards during this movement.
  • Repeat as per your physiotherapist guidelines.

Stretch: Calf (Seated | Towel)

Instructions:

  • Sit on the ground or on your bed with your legs out straight in front of you.
  • Loop a towel or belt over the top end of your foot.
  • Keep your leg straight.
  • Gently pull on the ends on the towel/ belt to pull your ankle back.
  • Hold for 30-60 seconds or as advised by your Physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.

Vestibular: Cervical Joint proprioception

Instructions:

  • Place the laser on your head and stand arms length away from the wall
  • Move your head to trace the laser around a picture frame or other object such as a doorframe or along blinds
  • Complete this as slowly and accurately as possible
  • Complete 10 repetitions in each direction

Running Assessments & Gait Analysis in Newcastle NSW

What is Gait Analysis?

Running assessments and gait analysis can be helpful for all types of runners, whether you are just starting out, or an experienced runner looking to improve your performance. During the analysis your Physiotherapist will assess multiple parameters that affect your running economy. How efficient you are during your stride will determine how much load is taken on by the muscles, joints and tendons.

Areas assessed:

  • Foot strike – Do you land with your heel, midfoot or forefoot?
  • Knee valgus – Does the knee fall inwards during stance phase?
  • Pelvic drop – Do the hips fall side to side?
  • Knee flexion angle – How much does the knee bend during stance and swing phases?
  • Hip extension angle – How much does the hip extend during stance phases?
  • Over striding – Does the foot land under or in front of the body?

For more information on the running gait, read one of our articles here.

What Will The Appointment Look Like?

A running assessment is a 30 minute consultation that will begin with one of our Physiotherapists taking a subjective history, to gain some information surrounding your running history, your goals, any past injuries and your medical history.

From there, you will be asked to run on a treadmill for 2-3 minutes. Your Physiotherapist will film you from a back and side view to get the data required. This video will then be broken down frame by frame to look for any areas to improve your efficiency and identify modifiable movement patterns or abnormalities.

Your Physiotherapist will then extract relevant information and assess the angles at relevant lower limb joints, trunk position and running parameters such as step and stride length.

Your Physiotherapist will discuss the findings with you, provide you with advice and education, and finally develop an individualised exercise program with you to address any deficits that are found.

How Can A Running Gait Analysis Help?

Improving Performance and Injury Prevention

Addressing the deficits found during running gait will improve your performance, or “running economy”, as well as reduce your chance of getting injured in the future.

Certain patterns that are commonly seen in runners can lead to a misbalance in force creation and absorption, meaning certain areas experience more load than what they need to, and other areas might not be working hard enough.

An example of this might be running with increased knee valgus which can be a result of weakness in the hip, and lead to unnecessary loading at the knee. An individualised, functional exercise program that addresses weakness of the lateral hip muscles will assist in evening out the share of load when running.

Rehabilitation and Preventing Recurrence

Gait analysis can also be particularly useful in rehabilitation to prevent re-injury.

For example, someone who continually develops a patella tendinopathy might be running with too much of a forefoot strike, leading to increased load at the anterior knee.

Gait analysis will help confirm this, and with advice surrounding foot-strike patterns, as well as an exercise program aimed at improving strength and ankle dorsiflexion range, you can fix this recurring issue for good.

Booking an Appointment

You do not need a referral to see a Physiotherapist or to have a running assessment completed. Please call your nearest location or book an extended initial consultation online.

Strength: Wrist Flexion (Closed Chain)

Double Arm Instructions:

  • Locate a sturdy table or bench top at hip height.
  • Place both palms of your hands onto the bench and ensure weight distribution is equal on each side.
  • Ensure the amount of weight you put through your hands is appropriate to your wrist strength and does not provoke your symptoms.
  • From this position pull your finger down into the bed, whilst maintaining a straight hand position in order to elevate your palms off of the bed.
  • Slowly lower the palms of your hands back down to the bed.
  • Complete this exercise for the repetitions prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  • When completing this exercise ensure the appropriate weight is still being pressed through the hands throughout the entire movement.

Single Arm Instructions:

  • Locate a sturdy table or bench top at hip height.
  • Place one palm onto the bench and ensure weight distribution into the palm is at a level as to not provoke your symptoms.
  • From this position pull your finger down into the bed, whilst maintaining a straight hand position in order to elevate your palm off of the bed.
  • Slowly lower the palm of your hands back down to the bed.
  • Complete this exercise for the repetitions prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  • When completing this exercise ensure the appropriate weight is still being pressed through the hands throughout the entire movement.

Precautions:

  • If this exercise exacerbates your symptoms, cease immediately.
  • Ensure the table or bench you perform this on is sturdy and can support your bodyweight.

Strength: Finger Flexion(Weight Plate)

Instructions:

  • Find an appropriate weight to use that has been prescribed by your Physiotherapist given your symptoms.
  • Pinch the plate between your four fingers and thumb.
  • Hold for a time prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  • Rest and repeat for the number of times prescribed by your Physiotherapist.

Precautions:

  • When completing this exercise ensure your symptoms are not provoked. If this occurs cease the exercise immediately.
  • Ensure when completing this exercise not to let the weight drop onto any unsafe surfaces or onto your own body.

Strength: Wrist Flexion/Extension (Towel)

Wrist Flexion Instructions:

  • Find a towel that you can comfortably hold within both hands.
  • Stabilise the towel with one hand whilst griping the towel with the other.
  • Rotate the towel forwards with the gripping hand so that your knuckles will point towards the ground.
  • Release the towel with your gripping hand, ensuring the tension is maintained within the towel.
  • Grasp the towel again with your knuckles pointing towards the roof and complete the previous motion again twisting the towel forward and increasing tension within the towel.
  • Repeat this process as many time as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Wrist Extension Instructions:

  • Find a towel that you can comfortably hold within both hands.
  • Stabilise the towel with one hand whilst griping the towel with the other.
  • Rotate the towel backwards with the gripping hand so that your knuckles will point towards the roof.
  • Release the towel with your gripping hand, ensuring the tension is maintained within the towel.
  • Grasp the towel again with your knuckles pointing towards the floor and complete the previous motion again twisting the towel towards yourself and increasing tension within the towel.
  • Repeat this process as many time as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions:

  • Ensure symptoms are not provoked when completing this exercise. If this occurs cease exercises immediately.

Mobility: Self Knee Distraction (Towel)

Instructions

  1. Lie down on your back.
  2. Place a rolled up towel, small ball or foam roller in the crease of your knee.
  3. Bend your knee to keep the towel in place.
  4. Use your hands to pull your knee slightly further into flexion, and then release.
    • Tip: If you can’t reach your leg, use a towel or belt to bend the knee further.
  5. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • This exercise should reduce your pain, if it is increasing it then stop the exercise and contact your Physiotherapist.
  • Don’t push the knee too far, try to stay in a pain-free range.

Mobility: Self Elbow Distraction (Towel)

Instructions

  1. Rest your elbow on a table.
  2. Place a rolled up towel, small ball or foam roller in your elbow crease.
  3. Bend the elbow to keep the towel in place.
  4. Use your other hand to bend the elbow slightly further, and then release.
  5. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • This exercise should reduce your pain, if it is increasing it then stop the exercise and contact your Physiotherapist.
  • Don’t force the elbow further than it feels it can go, start in pain-free range.

Pilates: Pilates Class 1

Notes:

To increase the challenge of this class consider:

  • completing more repetitions of each exercise eg. 15 or 20 repetions
  • repeat each exercise multiple times eg. 2-3 sets
  • repeat whole program multiple times eg. 2-3 times

Feedback

We are always looking to improve our content and would value any feedback regarding this class

Please send any feedback to [email protected]

Stretch: Hip Flexor (Standing)

Instructions:

  • Start in a split stance by stepping one foot forwards with your feet hip width apart
  • Tuck your tailbone while keeping your chest up
  • Keep your back leg straight
  • Slowly lunge forwards through the front leg
  • You should feel a stretch in the back leg at front of the hip
  • You can do this next to a chair and hold on for balance if required
  • Hold for 30-60 seconds or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist

Strength: Cervical Rotation (4-Point Kneeling)

Instructions

  • Start in a 4 point kneeling position with your hands under your shoulders and knees under your hips
  • Have your chin slightly tucked and look straight down at the bed
  • Slowly turn your head to look at your little finger on one side and then the other side
  • Repeat 10 times or as instructed by your therapist

Precautions:

  • Do not let your head drop down throughout the movement
  • Keep your jaw relaxed
  • If this is painful on your wrists try making a fist with your hands instead

Strength: Gluteal Step Up (Step)

Instructions

  1. Place the leg you are wanting to train on a step.
  2. Hinge at your hips, leaning forward so that your knee is above your ankle.
  3. On a count of roughly 3 seconds, step up with other leg.
  4. As you step up, focus on activating the muscles in your thigh, and try to keep your knee over the middle of your toes, don’t let it wobble side to side or fall inwards. This targets your quadriceps.
  5. As you step up, also focus on driving forward with the hips, and standing all the way up. Doing this will target your gluteal muscles.
  6. Reverse this movement, and slowly step back down again on a 3 second count. Remember to hinge at the hips, and keep your knee stable.
  7. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Ensure your step is at a safe height. Do this near a rail or wall that you can hold onto for balance if you need.
  • This exercise might feel hard but should not feel painful, if it is aggravating your pain contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Hamstrings [Isometric](roller)

  • Lie comfortably on the floor with. your ankles over the roller
  • lift your hips off the floor and hold
  • The length and number of holds will be determined by your physiotherapist

Vestibular: Modified Self Epley Right

Useful for:

  • Treatment of right posterior canal BPPV

Instructions:

  • Start in long sitting with a pillow behind your back
  • Turn your head 45 degrees to the right side
  • Slowly lay backwards over the pillow until your head touches the bed while maintaining your head turn. This will put you into 30 degrees of neck extension.
  • Hold this position for at least 1 minute
  • Keep your head in contact with the bed and slowly turn your head to the left side until you head is facing 45 degrees to the left.
  • Hold this position for at least 1 minute
  • Tuen onto your left side and turn your head another 90 degrees until your nose is pointing into the bed and gently tuck your chin.
  • Hold this position for 1 minute
  • Slowly sit up on the left side of the be and keep your head turned until you are upright
  • Hold this position for another 1 minute
  • Repeat this again and do this twice a day

Vestibular: Modified Self Epley Left

Useful for:

  • Treatment of left posterior canal BPPV

Instructions:

  • Start in long sitting with a pillow behind your back
  • Turn your head 45 degrees to the left side
  • Slowly lay backwards over the pillow until your head touches the bed while maintaining your head turn. This will put you into 30 degrees of neck extension.
  • Hold this position for at least 1 minute
  • Keep your head in contact with the bed and slowly turn your head to the right side until you head is facing 45 degrees to the right.
  • Hold this position for at least 1 minute
  • Tuen onto your right side and turn your head another 90 degrees until your nose is pointing into the bed and gently tuck your chin.
  • Hold this position for 1 minute
  • Slowly sit up on the right side of the be and keep your head turned until you are upright
  • Hold this position for another 1 minute
  • Repeat this again and do this twice a day

Stretch: Cervical Traction (towel assisted)

  • Lie down on your back
  • Bring the towel behind your neck just under your skull
  • Relax your shoulders as you gently pull away
  • Sustain as per physiotherapy guidelines

Strength: Supported Shoulder Internal Rotation (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Sit next to a table with your hand raised towards the ceiling and elbow resting on the table surface inline but below your shoulder height
  • Holding a theraband tied behind you, press your hand down towards the table surface
  • Return your hand slowly back to the start position
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain
  • Speak to your physiotherapist prior to performing this exercise if you have had a history of shoulder dislocations prior to attempting this exercise

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation in Abduction

Instructions Supported: Theraband

  • Sit next to a table with your elbow and hand resting on the table surface inline but below your shoulder height.
  • Holding a theraband tied in front of you, lift your hand up towards the ceiling while keeping your elbow in contact with the table.
  • Return your hand slowly to the table surface.
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Instructions Supported: Dumbbell

  • Come into sitting with the chest open and head stacked above the pelvis
  • Position the target limb on a bench at 90 degrees with the wrist on a forward diagonal
  • Utilise a hand weight prescribed or a theraband anchored in front of you
  • Pull the weight back to position the wrist above the elbow
  • Return to the start position with control
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Instructions Supported: Dumbbell Seated

  • Come to a semi – seated position as shown in the video, with the arm you are wanting to train on the same sided knee
  • Hold onto the weight/dumbbell prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • The elbow should not move off from leaning on the knee
  • From this position, keep your elbow in a 90 degree angle
  • Bring the back of your hand and weight up towards the roof, this will perform the external rotation movement
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions Unsupported: Theraband

  • Anchor the resistance band in front of you at the level of the shoulders
  • Take the band with the target limb and step to the side- towards the band
  • Hold the shoulder in a 90 degree angle, with the elbow bent so the wrist is in front of the elbow
  • Pull the resistance band back so the wrist moves from chest height to directly above the elbow
  • Return to the start position with control
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Instructions Unsupported: Dumbbell

  • Using a hand weight at a load that has been prescribed, come into the above position
  • The weight will stack directly above the elbow with the elbow in line with the shoulder
  • To move into external rotation: move from the above position back using the muscles through the shoulder blade
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain.
  • Speak to your physiotherapist prior to performing this exercise if you have had a history of shoulder dislocations prior to attempting this exercise.

Strength: Row with Rotation / Lawn Mower (Theraband)[Single Arm]

The single-arm row with rotation using a theraband is an excellent exercise for strengthening the back while also improving thoracic mobility and core stability. It is commonly prescribed to improve posture, enhance functional pulling strength, and promote coordinated movement between the upper and lower body.

Variation 1 – Upright

Instructions:

  • Anchor the theraband securely at approximately chest height, ensuring it won’t slip. Hold the band in one hand with a firm grip.
  • Step into a split stance with the opposite foot forward (e.g., if rowing with your right arm, place your left foot forward). Keep a slight bend in both knees and distribute your weight evenly between your front and back foot. Engage your core to maintain stability.
  • Extend your working arm in front of you, keeping slight tension in the band. Your torso should remain upright with a neutral spine.
  • Begin the movement by pulling your elbow back, keeping it close to your body, as if performing a rowing motion.
  • As you pull, rotate your upper back and chest towards the working arm, ensuring the movement comes from the thoracic spine rather than the lower back. Your hips should remain relatively stable.
  • At the end of the movement, squeeze your shoulder blade back and pause briefly before slowly returning to the starting position with control.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Variation 2 – Lawn Mower / Bent Over

Instructions:

  • Start in a split stance with your back foot turned out and hips facing forwards
  • Place the resistance band under your foot and hold the band in the opposite hand
  • Start with your hand close to your opposite foot 
  • Slowly start to straighten up and twisting towards your back foot as you pull your elbow back
  • You will end up facing 90 degrees to how you started
  • Slowly return to your starting position and repeat

Common Errors

  • Shrugging the shoulders instead of keeping them relaxed.
  • Allowing the hips to twist excessively, reducing core engagement.
  • Standing too narrow in the split stance, compromising balance.
  • Letting the band snap back instead of maintaining control throughout the movement.

Progressions

To make the exercise more challenging, you can:

  • Use a heavier resistance band.
  • Perform the movement more slowly to enhance control and muscle activation.

Regressions

To make the exercise easier, you can:

  • Use a lighter resistance band.
  • Shorten the range of thoracic rotation to focus on control.
  • Perform the exercise in a seated position if balance is a challenge.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Swimmers Shoulder

Swimmers Shoulder is an umbrella term for shoulder pain incurred from greater training demand, inappropriate load or impaired joint biomechanics during the swim stroke. Pain will typically present in the anterolateral shoulder as a result of impingement, rotator cuff tendinopathy or tear, labral injuries or neurological impingement. Each stroke varies in the musculoskeletal demands which can be refined to ensure performance optimisation.

Read more

Mobility: Finger Flexor Tendon Glides

Instructions:

  • Have your arm supported on table and start with your fingers straight
  • Bend at the large knuckles while keeping the rest of your joints straight to make a table top
  • Bend at your middle set of knuckles to touch your palm while keeping the end joints straight
  • Curl your fingers and make a full fist
  • Uncurl your fingers into the hook position
  • Straighten your fingers back into the start position

Variation: Hook Fist

  • Have your arm supported on table and start with your fingers straight
  • Bend your fingers into a hook position
  • Curl your fingers and make a full fist
  • Uncurl your fingers into the hook position again
  • Straighten your fingers back into the start position

Variation: Straight Fist

  • Start with your fingers straight
  • Bend at the large knuckles while keeping the rest of your joints straight to make a table top
  • Bend at your middle set of knuckles to touch your palm while keeping the end joints straight
  • Come back up into table top position
  • Straighten your fingers back into the start position

Vestibular: VOR / Gaze Stability Stage 3

Instructions

  • Hold 2 targets arms length away
  • Look at one target first and then turn your head towards that same target. Then look at the other target before turning your head to face this same target 
  • Repeat by first looking and then turning your head towards each target
  • Continue for 1 minute and then rest for a minute, complete this twice in a row. Repeat 3 times a day

Vestibular: VOR / Gaze Stability Stage 2

Horizontal Instructions

  • Hold the target card with an “x” arms length away
  • Slowly move your arm in one direction while you shake your head in the opposite direction and then come back to the centre and repeat in the opposite direction
  • Continue to keep with “x” in focus throughout 
  • Continue for 1 minute and then rest for a minute, complete twice in a row. Repeat 3 times a day

Vertical Instructions:

  • Hold the target card with an “x” arms length away
  • Slowly move your arm up while tilting your head down and then move your arm down while tilting your head up.
  • Continue to keep with “x” in focus throughout the exercise
  • Continue for 1 minute and then rest for a minute, complete twice in a row. Repeat 3 times a day

Vestibular: Pen Push Up

Instructions

  • Hold a pen arms length away and focus on the top of the pen
  • Slowly bring the pen towards your nose until you start to see double
  • Hold it at this point and focus on trying to bring 1 pen back into focus before slowly moving the pen away again
  • Repeat 10 times

Vestibular: Smooth Pursuit (Horizontal)

Instructions:

  • Hold the pen arms length away and slowly move it side to side
  • Follow the pen with your eyes and don’t move your head
  • Keep the pen in focus throughout the exercise

Vestibular: VOR / Gaze Stability Stage 1

Instructions: Horizontal/ Head Shaking

  • Begin by sitting or standing in front of a plain wall.
  • Hold a target card with the letter “x” arms length away at eye level. Alternatively, you can stick this to the wall in front of you.
  • Keep your eyes focused on the letter and shake your head side to side.
  • The letter MUST stay in focus.
  • Continue for 1 minute and then rest for a minute, complete twice in a row. Repeat 3 times a day

Instructions: Vertical/ Head Shaking

  • Begin by sitting or standing in front of a plain wall.
  • Hold a target card with the letter “x” arms length away at eye level. Alternatively, you can stick this to the wall in front of you.
  • Keep your eyes focused on the letter and nod your head up and down.
  • The letter MUST stay in focus.
  • Continue for 1 minute and then rest for a minute, complete twice in a row. Repeat 3 times a day

Progressions:

  • Stand in front of a busier background. For example: A picture frame, a patterned wall and then television screen
  • Challenge your balance by progressing to standing, then standing with feet together and then tandem stance

Precautions:

It is normal to have some symptoms associated with this exercise however this should settle within a few minutes of completing the exercises. If your symptoms worsen please consult with your treating physiotherapist.

Strength: Decline Squat (Incline Board)

Double Leg

Instructions

  1. Stand on an incline board, facing downwards.
  2. Make your feet shoulder width apart, and your toes pointing straight ahead.
  3. Bend your knees and move your hips behind you, going down to the depth you feel comfortable with.
  4. Try to keep your knees over your middle toe. Try to keep your back straight.
  5. Slowly return to standing straight up.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Single Leg Down, Double Leg Up

  1. Stand on an incline board, facing downwards.
  2. Have one leg in the middle of the board, and take the other one off the ground.
  3. Bend your knees and move your hips behind you, going down to the depth you feel comfortable with.
  4. Try to keep your knees over your middle toe. Try to keep your back straight.
  5. Bring the other foot back to the board, and use both legs to slowly return to standing straight up.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Single Leg

Instructions

  1. Stand on an incline board, facing downwards.
  2. Have one leg in the middle of the board, and take the other one off the ground.
  3. Bend your knees and move your hips behind you, going down to the depth you feel comfortable with.
  4. Try to keep your knees over your middle toe. Try to keep your back straight.
  5. Slowly return to standing straight up.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • This is an advanced exercise, make sure your Physiotherapist is happy for you to start this.
  • If you experience any increases in pain during this exercise, contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Ankle Plantarflexion With Toe Extension (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Start in a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Place the theraband around the top of your foot and toes
  • Slowly point your ankle and toes towards the ground while maintaining tension on the theraband
  • Return to a comfortable resting position and repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Sitting:

  • Sit on the chair with the affected limb out long.
  • Place the theraband around the top of your foot and toes
  • Slowly point your ankle and toes towards the ground while maintaining tension on the theraband.
  • Keep your leg slightly bent throughout
  • Return to a comfortable resting position and repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Flexion (Standing | Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions

  1. Anchor a theraband by stepping on top of it.
  2. Hold the other end of the theraband in your affected sides hand.
  3. Whilst keeping the elbow straight, raise the arm.
  4. Hold at the end of the range for as long as prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  5. Return the arm down by your side.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Ensure the band is properly anchored to the ground and you have a firm step on it.
  • This should not increase your pain, if it does, speak with your therapist.

Strength: Soleus Heel Raise (Concentric)

Variation 1: Standing

Double Leg Instructions:

  1. Stand with your hand on a wall or a sturdy object for balance.
  2. Bend both knees to 45°.
  3. Lift both heels off the ground, trying to keep your knees at the 45° angle.
  4. Slowly lower back down.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Single Leg Instructions:

  1. Stand with your hand on a wall or sturdy object for balance.
  2. Lift the resting foot off the ground.
  3. Bend the working legs knee to 45°.
  4. Lift the heel off the ground, trying to keep your knee at the 45° angle. Keep the resting leg still, try not to use it’s momentum to help.
  5. Slowly lower back down.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Variation 2: Wall Sit

Instructions

  1. Position the back flat against the wall
  2. With straight knees, extend the legs away from the wall so you are leaning back
  3. Bend the knees to a 90-degree position
  4. Slowly lift and lower the heels

Strength: Heel Raise on A Step Progressions (Standing | Step)

Variation 1: Double Leg

Instructions

  1. Stand on a step with your heels off the edge.
  2. Slowly lift your heels up.
  3. Slowly lower your heels down, going lower than the step.
  4. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Variation 2: Single Leg

Instructions

  1. Stand on a step with one foot, hanging your heel over the edge.
  2. Slowly lift your heel up.
  3. Slowly lower your heel down, going lower than the step.
  4. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Variation 3: Double Leg – Fast Concentric, Slow Eccentric

Instructions

  1. Stand on a step with your heels off the edge.
  2. Slowly lower your heels down, going lower than the step.
  3. Quickly lift your heels up.
  4. Going up should take less than 1 second, and going down should take 2-3 seconds.
  5. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • These are all strength exercises. Be careful not to go overboard, only do the amount and frequency prescribed by your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Hip External Rotation / Clam (Side-Lying | Theraband)

Instructions

  1. Lie on your side with the affected leg up.
  2. Tie a band around your knees.
  3. Bend the knees and hips to about 30 degrees.
  4. Keep your feet together, and lift the top knee up, applying tension to the band.
  5. Return the knee down.
  6. Try not to rotate through the back, this movement should be with your hips.
  7. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Don’t move your upper body much. This exercise should be done with the hips. If you cannot do this, the exercise may be too difficult and you should speak to your Physiotherapist.
  • This is a strength exercise, meaning your muscles need time to recover. Don’t do more than your Physiotherapist has prescribed, as you might risk overdoing it.

Strength: Hip Abduction (Side-Lying and Standing | Theraband)

Variation 1: Side-Lying

Instructions

  1. Lie down on your side with the affected leg up.
  2. Tie a theraband around your ankles / lower leg.
  3. Ensure your aligned, by making your shoulders, hips, knees and feet all in one straight line.
  4. Lift the top leg up, putting tension on the band.
  5. Return to the start.
  6. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Variation 2: Standing

Instructions:

  1. Stand near a chair or wall to give yourself support.
  2. Tie a theraband around your ankles.
  3. Extend one leg out towards the side, putting tension on the theraband.
  4. Return the leg to the starting position.
  5. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Try not to move too much with your upper body. If you cannot, this means you might be compensating for weakness and this exercise could be too difficult for you.
  • This is a strength exercise, and your muscles need time to recover. Don’t try to do more of this than your Physiotherapist has prescribed, as you could over do it.

Neural Mobility: Sciatic Nerve Slider (Seated)

Instructions

  1. Sit on a chair with your feet hanging freely.
  2. Slouch through your back and drop your shoulders towards the ground.
  3. Look down towards your feet, bend your knee back, and point toes to the ground.
  4. This is the starting position.
  5. Slowly straighten your knee, look up to the ceiling and point your toes back towards you.
  6. Then slowly bend your knee, look down to the ground and point toes downwards to return to the starting position.
  7. Repeat this movement as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Instructions: Chair

  • Sit upright in a chair
  • Extend your affected leg in front of you and rest it on a comfortable surface, keeping your knee straight
  • Maintaining an upright posture, slowly bend your ankle back towards you
  • From this position, simultaneously point your toes away while bending forward from your hips
  • Once your reach the end of your range, slowly return to the start position by now sitting back upright while simultaneously bending your ankle back towards you
  • Repeat this sequence as guided by your physiotherapist
  • It may help imagining there is a rope tied to your toes to the top of your head
  • Once your point your toes away, your head and body will follow and vise versa

Precautions

  • Do not try to overdo this exercise as it could irritate your symptoms. Stick to the repetitions prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  • It is okay to feel some symptoms, however they should reduce as you complete each repetition. If you find symptoms are getting worse, then stop doing this exercise and contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Scapula Clocks Strength Version (Standing | Theraband)

Instructions

  1. Tie a theraband in a circle and place both hands inside.
  2. Place your hands against a wall.
  3. Pull outwards with both hands to apply appropriate tension to the theraband.
  4. Squeeze your shoulder blades backwards and maintain this position.
  5. Thinking of numbers on a clock, begin by moving the affected arm upward towards 12 O’clock.
  6. Return to the starting position.
  7. Repeat this in a clockwise direction, by moving the hand to 1:30, then 3 O’clock, then 4:30 and finally 6 O’clock.
  8. Maintain the shoulder blades retracted throughout all of these movements.
  9. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Plyometrics: Hopping to A Step Progressions

Level 1: Double Leg Jump

Instructions

  1. Begin standing with a step in front of you.
  2. Jump onto the step using both legs.
  3. Land with both legs.
  4. Jump back down to the start.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Level 2: Double Leg Jump with Single Leg Landing

Instructions

  1. Begin standing with a step in front of you.
  2. Jump onto the step using both legs.
  3. Land with only one leg
  4. Jump back down to the start, landing with both legs.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Level 3: Single Leg Jump

Instructions

  1. Begin standing with a step in front of you.
  2. Jump onto the step using just one leg
  3. Land with the same leg.
  4. Jump back down to the start, using just one leg.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Level 4: Single Leg Jump Progression

Instructions

  1. Begin standing with a step in front of you.
  2. Jump onto the step using just one leg
  3. Land with the same leg.
  4. Jump forwards off the step using the same leg. Try make this one continuous movement, without much of a pause on top of the step.
  5. Step back over the step, or walk around the step to repeat.
  6. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Level 5: Single Leg Jump with Direction Change

Instructions

  1. Start standing facing the step in front of you.
  2. Use one leg to hop onto the step, turning as you hop so that you land facing 90 degrees from your starting position.
  3. Land on the same leg you hopped with.
  4. Hop back down, landing back in the position that you began in.
  5. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Level 6: Single Leg Lateral Hop

Instructions

  1. Start standing facing side on to the step.
  2. Using one leg, hop sideways onto the step, landing with the same leg you hopped with.
  3. Hop back down from the step with the same leg, landing back in the starting position.
  4. Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Plyometric exercises are high load on joints and tendons, make sure to do a proper warmup before starting, and get clearance from your Physiotherapist before beginning plyometric training.
  • These are high level plyometrics, make sure you are comfortable hopping on the spot before beginning these.
  • Allow sufficient time for the body to recover after plyometric training (48-72 hours).

Plyometrics: Hopping with Direction Changes {Unilateral}

Option 1: Lateral Hopping

Instructions

  1. Set up two points on the ground roughly 30cm apart.
  2. Begin in the middle of the two marks.
  3. Hop on one leg over one of the points, then back over the other point.
  4. Try not to land on the points, make sure you jump all the way over.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Option 2: Direction Changes

Instructions

  1. Set up two points on the ground, roughly 30cm apart.
  2. Begin standing 30cm behind one the points.
  3. Hop forwards to the point in front of you, then hop sideways over the other point.
  4. Repeat this going in the opposite direction.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Option 3: Quadrant

Instructions

  1. Set up 4 points as seen in the below video. Each point should be 30-50cm from the centre.
  2. Begin in the centre of the 4 points.
  3. Start by hopping forwards over the point in front of you, and then back to the middle.
  4. Continue in a clockwise direction, jumping over each point until you are back to the start.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Plyometric exercises are high load on joints and tendons, make sure to do a proper warmup before starting, and get clearance from your Physiotherapist before beginning plyometric training.
  • These are high level plyometrics, make sure you are comfortable hopping on one leg before beginning these.
  • Allow sufficient time for the body to recover after plyometric training (48-72 hours).

Strength: Biceps Curl [Eccentric]

Instructions

  1. Put a weight in your affected hand.
  2. Use your other arm to help lift the weight up towards your shoulder.
  3. Slowly lower the weight downwards, controlling the movement.
  4. Use your other arm to lift the weight back up.
  5. Repeat as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Patella Tendinopathy

Patella Tendinopathy, also known as Jumper’s Knee, is a common overuse injury affecting the patella tendon which connects the base of the patella (knee cap) to the tibia (shin bone). This condition is predominantly activity related and as per its name sake, commonly affects athletes that perform repetitive jumping.

What is the Patella Tendon?

The patella tendon acts as a pulley for the quadriceps muscle which acts to extend or straighten the knee. When you run, jump and bend the knee, the patella tendon works to absorb and redistribute the force in a spring like action. This elastic nature of the tendon helps to protect the knee joint and facilitate movement.

What happens during Patella Tendinopathy?

Tendons have a high capacity for load. However, if the demand on the tendon becomes greater than the current tendon tolerance, then the tendon may become painful and symptomatic.

As repeated stress is placed on the tendon, micro tears may develop over time. As the volume of stress increases, the tears in the tendon accumulate and can lead to tendon degeneration.

The Tendinopathy Continuum

Tendon pathologies occur as part of a 3 stage continuum.

  • 1. Reactive:
    • Short-term response where the tendon thickens to reduce stress and increases in stiffness.
    • Usually occurs acutely from a sudden increase in load on the tendon
  • 2. Tendon Disrepair:
    • Can occur when the tendon is not offloaded and cannot return to its normal state
    • The tendon has begun to change in structure (becoming increasingly stiff), but these changes are still reversible.
    • These changes may now be visible on Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and Ultrasound scans
  • 3. Degenerative Tendinopathy:
    • Can occur when a tendon is chronically overloaded
    • Structural changes are now irreversible

As tendinopathies may progress over each of these stages, it is important to de-load and manage pain and inflammation as soon as possible. This is to prevent the onset of long-term structural changes to the tendon. These changes can result in complications such as:

  • Decreased knee range of motion
  • Decreased functional capacity
  • Everyday movements may become painful
  • Deformities may develop in the muscle

Common Causes

Patella Tendinopathy is a condition where pain develops gradually overtime, and is typically unrelated to a specific traumatic injury. Patella Tendinopathy arises as a result of an increase in load and/or inadequate rest between sessions.

Some examples of load increases include:

  • Starting a new activity/ rapidly increasing load
  • A one off high-intensity training session or activity that places high demand on the knee
  • Inadequate rest between training sessions

Contributing factors may include:

  • Muscle tightness over the quadriceps and hamstrings
  • Decreased ankle mobility
  • Decreased knee bend when landing

Signs and Symptoms

Common signs and symptoms include:

  • Pain at the front of the knee
  • Morning stiffness
  • Pain with squatting
  • Pain with prolonged sitting
  • Pain with jumping, hopping
  • Pain with going up and down stairs

Symptom Characteristics

  • Pain and stiffness usually improve with warming-up prior to exercise
  • Pain is related to load

Diagnosis

Diagnosis is usually based on a thorough subjective and objective examination, with little emphasis placed on imaging. Many individuals will present with knee pain but have minimal changes present on imaging, whilst others will present without pain but show degenerative changes.

Therefore, diagnosis is based on clinical presentation as there is little correlation between tendon pain, and functional capacity with imaging findings.

Physiotherapy Management

Effective management of this condition occurs in stages. It is important to regularly check-in with your physiotherapist to ensure that the tendon is not being loaded too quickly, and is responding well to each graded increase in capacity. Where each individual starts will be based on their current level of pain and functional capacity.

Load Management

A period of de-loading consisting of rest and/or activity modification may be needed to settle inflammation and reduce pain.

Progressive Strengthening Program

A progressive strengthening program will help introduce load to the tendon in a progressive manner that minimises the risk of further inflammation and pain provocation. The stage and level of rehabilitation needed will be determined by your personal functional goals.

  • Isometrics: To improve pain and motor control
  • Eccentrics: To improve muscle strength
  • Slow-Heavy Concentrics: To improve tendon stiffness and muscle strength
  • Plyometrics: To introduce energy release to the tendon
  • Faster Loads: To improve capacity for return to sport

Stretching Program

Increasing muscle length through stretching can help to increase knee range of motion and reduce the amount of tension placed on the patella tendon during movement.

Adjuncts to Exercise

Depending on your level of pain and irritability, your physiotherapist may recommend the use of other strategies to help aid with recovery. These include:

  • Shockwave: A safe and non-invasive treatment which involves the delivery of high frequency shock waves (sound impulses) which can be effective in reducing pain and promoting soft tissue healing.
  • Dry Needling: The use of fine acupuncture-like needles which can be applied directly over the tendon to optimise healing by decreasing local inflammation and increasing blood flow to the area.
  • Deep Friction Massage: The use of deep tissue massage over the patella tendon can result to immediate pain relief.
  • Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs): Can be useful in short-term pain relief. Optimum dosage should be at the discretion of your general practitioner or pharmacist.

References

Charles, R., Fang, L., Zhu, R., & Wang, J. (2023). The effectiveness of shockwave therapy on patellar tendinopathy, Achilles tendinopathy, and plantar fasciitis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in immunology14, 1193835. https://doi.org/10.3389/fimmu.2023.1193835

Charnoff J, Ponnarasu S, Naqvi U. Tendinosis. [Updated 2022 Oct 17]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2024 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK448174/

Chaves, P., Simões, D., Paço, M., Silva, S., Pinho, F., Duarte, J. A., & Ribeiro, F. (2019). Deep Friction Massage in the Management of Patellar Tendinopathy in Athletes: Short-Term Clinical Outcomes. Journal of sport rehabilitation29(7), 860–865. https://doi.org/10.1123/jsr.2019-0046

Reinking M. F. (2016). CURRENT CONCEPTS IN THE TREATMENT OF PATELLAR TENDINOPATHY. International journal of sports physical therapy11(6), 854–866.

Santana JA, Mabrouk A, Sherman Al. Jumpers Knee. [Updated 2023 Apr 22]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2024 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532969/

Stania, M., Król, T., Marszałek, W., Michalska, J., & Król, P. (2022). Treatment of Jumper’s Knee with Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of human kinetics84, 124–134. https://doi.org/10.2478/hukin-2022-0089

Mobility: SIJ release

Instructions:

  • Come into lying on your back, you will need a stick (broom, golf) nearby
  • Tuck the stick behind the back of one knee and in front of the other
  • Lift the knees above the hips so they are directly above
  • At this point the stick should be held at both ends by the arms and wrapped over/under the knees
  • Simultaneously push/pull the legs into the stick
  • Hold for 5 seconds or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist. Repeat as guided.

Mobility: Hip Rotation (4 point-kneeling)

Instructions:

  • Come into a 4 point kneeling position with the wrists underneath the shoulders and the knees underneath the hips
  • Maintain a bent knee as you use the target hip to press the foot up towards the ceiling and circle the knee around to return to the start position
  • Repeat in the opposite direction
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your Physiotherapist

Mobility: Scapula Clocks (Seated) {Active}

Instructions

  • In a seated or standing position.
  • Start with your shoulders in a neutral, comfortable position.
  • Lift your shoulders up. Hold for 3 seconds. Return to neutral.
  • Bring your shoulders forwards. Hold for 3 seconds. Return to neutral.
  • Drop your shoulders downwards. Hold for 3 seconds. Return to neutral.
  • Pull your shoulders backwards. Hold for 3 seconds. Return to neutral.
  • Repeated these 4 movements as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.
  • This is a small movement, and should be felt at the shoulder blades.

Precautions

  • This exercise should not be painful. If it is painful, try to decrease how far you are moving in each movement.
  • If it is still painful, stop the exercise and contact your Physiotherapist.

Vestibular Physiotherapy in Newcastle, Budgewoi & Rutherford

Looking for Vestibular Physiotherapy in the Hunter or the Central Coast? You’ve come to the right place.

Our expert physios can treat a wide range of vertigo, dizziness, and balance issues. We have Vestibular Physiotherapists ready to help in Newcastle, Budgewoi, and Rutherford NSW.

What is Vestibular Physiotherapy?

Vestibular physiotherapy focuses on the assessment and treatment of vertigo, dizziness, and balance disorders. Research shows that 34% of people over the age of 50 experience dizziness and 85% of people over the age of 80 have some level of vestibular dysfunction.

Physiotherapist treating Benign Positional Paroxysmal Vertigo (BPPV) at Peak Physio Budgewoi on the Central Coast

Common Vestibular & Balance Disorders

  • Benign Positional Paroxysmal Vertigo (BPPV)
  • Neuritis / Labyrinthitis
  • Meniere’s Disease
  • Peripheral Hypofunction
  • Vestibular Migraines

What is BPPV?

Benign Positional Paroxysmal Vertigo (BPPV) is the most common cause of dizziness and is recognisable as short bouts of vertigo or spinning caused by changes to your head position. The name can be understood as follows:

Benign: Not dangerous.
Paroxysmal: Rapid onset that eases and then returns.
Positional: Triggered by head movement.
Vertigo: Spinning sensation.

The most common time to experience these symptoms is rolling over in bed and/or sitting up on the edge of the bed.

What Causes BPPV / Vertigo?

The inner ear is comprised of the semi circular canals that have endolymph fluid and hair cells inside them as otoconia or calcium carbonate crystals that are usually found in the utricle. The crystals are responsible for sending signals to your brain regarding head motion and position. When the crystals become dislodged and fall into one of the semicircular canals they send mismatched information about head movements to your brain resulting in a spinning sensation and involuntary eye movements.

Blausen.com staff (2014). “Medical gallery of Blausen Medical 2014”. WikiJournal of Medicine 1 (2). DOI:10.15347/wjm/2014.010. ISSN 2002-4436.

These episodes can be very distressing; however, the spinning usually eases quickly, within 1 minute. Your balance may continue to be affected, increasing your risk of falls, which is why it is important to get treated as soon as possible. Treatment involves manoeuvring your head and body around to move the crystals out of the affected canal.

Get Relief from Dizziness & Vertigo with the Help of an Expert Vestibular Physiotherapist

We will take you through an extensive assessment to determine the cause of your symptoms and then the appropriate management. Assessment may include: oculomotor, co-ordination, central testing, Vesticam, cervical and BPPV positioning tests.

Treatment will depend on your diagnosis but common strategies are:

  • Repositioning manoeuvres.
  • Balance exercises.
  • Adaptation exercises.
  • Cervical/neck treatments.
  • Vestibular-ocular rehabilitation exercises.

Please see below how Vesticam technology may be used in the clinic:

Preparing for Your Appointment

Please bring your referral if you have one, your medication list and any relevant documentation including CT or MRI brain results and hospital discharge summaries.

We strongly recommend having someone drive you on the day of the appointment.

If you are booking for vestibular rehabilitation, please let our team know, as not all physiotherapists have the same level of training in this form of treatment.

Medial Collateral Ligament Sprains

What is it?

A ligament is a strong, fibrous connective tissue that connects bone to bone. They help to increase the stability of the joint through limiting the movement between bones. In the knee joint, this is through restricting side to side movement of the femur (thigh bone)and tibia (shin bone) to allow the knee to move in a hinge like motion.  

The Medial Collateral Ligament (MCL) is found on the inside of the knee and runs from the bottom of the femur to top of the tibia. Its role is to provide support to the inside of the knee.

Causes

The MCL is the most frequently injured ligament in the knee. MCL sprains are often caused by abruptly turning, twisting or sustaining force to the outside of the knee. A “tearing” sensation or audible “pop” may be noticed immediately during or after injury. 

Common Signs and Symptoms

  • Pain and/or tenderness over the inside of the knee
  • Swelling 
  • Locking or catching with movement 
  • Instability and/or feeling the knee give way
  • Difficulty weight bearing
  • Decreased knee movement

Diagnosis

Diagnosis can be determined by a Physiotherapist who will complete a thorough subjective and objective assessment. This will involve a hand-on assessment comprising of palpation to locate areas of tenderness, range of motion, ligament testing and functional strength testing. Evidence suggests that the most accurate time to complete an assessment is immediately post-injury.

Investigations such as Ultrasound and X-Ray are not necessary for diagnosis, however, may be indicated to rule out fractures and assist in grading the degree of injury severity. The injury may be categorised as Grade I (mild sprain), Grade II (moderate sprain) or Grade III (severe sprain).

Management

Most isolated MCL injuries are able to be managed conservatively through Physiotherapy and exercise. 

During the acute stage, treatment will aim to manage pain and inflammation, and restore knee movement. This may consist of: 

  • Equipping you with strategies or equipment such as a hinged knee brace or crutches to protect the area 
  • Elevating the knee above the level of the heart 
  • Avoiding anti-inflammatories unless at the discretion of your health provider 
  • Providing compression garments
  • Supporting you with education around aggravating activities and self-management strategies to help you become actively involved in your rehabilitation. 

Once pain-free movement and function are restored, your Physiotherapist will work with you to help strengthen the muscles around the knee and build joint stability. This will progress to a graduated resistance and functional retraining program which will aim to ensure that you return to your pre-injury level of function.

A full recovery may take anywhere between 1-4 weeks for low grade sprains, and up to 12 weeks for higher grade sprains, depending on your functional goals.

Risk of Re-Injury and Prevention

The best way to prevent re-injury is to engage in a progressive strengthening program alongside other strategies such as:

  • Performing a warm-up and cool-down prior to engaging in physical activity
  • Using a supportive knee brace
  • Wearing supportive footwear

Overall, Physiotherapy is associated with high rates of success and return to sport post MCL sprain. Engaging in a comprehensive physiotherapy rehabilitation program has been associated with low reports of long-term instability in Grade I and Grade II MCL sprains and a re-injury rate of as little as 3% in elite athletes.

References

Duffy, P. S., & Miyamoto, R. G. (2010). Management of medial collateral ligament injuries in the knee: an update and review. The Physician and sportsmedicine38(2), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3810/psm.2010.06.1782

Phisitkul, P., James, S. L., Wolf, B. R., & Amendola, A. (2006). MCL injuries of the knee: current concepts review. The Iowa orthopaedic journal26, 77–90.

Lundblad, M., Hägglund, M., Thomeé, C., Hamrin Senorski, E., Ekstrand, J., Karlsson, J., & Waldén, M. (2019). Medial collateral ligament injuries of the knee in male professional football players: a prospective three-season study of 130 cases from the UEFA Elite Club Injury Study. Knee surgery, sports traumatology, arthroscopy : official journal of the ESSKA27(11), 3692–3698. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00167-019-05491-6

Lavoie-Gagne, O. Z., Retzky, J., Diaz, C. C., Mehta, N., Korrapati, A., Forlenza, E. M., Knapik, D. M., & Forsythe, B. (2021). Return-to-Play Times and Player Performance After Medial Collateral Ligament Injury in Elite-Level European Soccer Players. Orthopaedic Journal of Sports Medicine9(9), 232596712110339. https://doi.org/10.1177/23259671211033904

Knee Ligament Sprains and Tears: Clinical Practice Guidelines Ensuring Best CareJournal of Orthopaedic & Sports Physical Therapy 2017 47:11, 824-824

Naqvi U, Sherman Al. Medial Collateral Ligament Knee Injury. [Updated 2023 Jul 17]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2024 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK431095/

Strength: Deep Neck Flexor (Supine)

Variation 1: Chin Tuck Activation

Instructions:

  • Lie down on your back.
  • Using the small, deeper muscles in your neck, draw your chin downwards.
  • Hold this position for 5 seconds.
  • Repeat 10 times, or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist.
  • Try not to use the large superficial neck muscles. Watch the video at the bottom of this page to know what this feels like.

Precautions:

  • Make sure your head can touch the ground and is supported.
  • This should not be painful, if it is worsening your pain then stop and contact your Physiotherapist.

Variation 2: Chin Tuck with Head Lift

Instructions:

  • Lie down on your back.
  • Using the small, deeper muscles in your neck, draw your chin downwards.
  • Whilst maintaining the position of your chin, lift your head slightly off the ground.
  • Hold this position for 5 seconds.
  • Repeat 10 times, or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist.

Precautions:

  • Between repetitions, make sure your head can touch the ground and is supported.
  • This should not be painful, if it is worsening your pain then stop and contact your Physiotherapist.

Variation 3: Chin Tuck with Head Lift and Turn

Instructions:

  • Lie down on your back.
  • Using the small, deeper muscles in your neck, draw your chin downwards.
  • Whilst maintaining the position of your chin, lift your head slightly off the ground and add a turn to look to each side.
  • Repeat 10 times, or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist.

Precautions:

  • Between repetitions, make sure your head can touch the ground and is supported.
  • This should not be painful, if it is worsening your pain then stop and contact your Physiotherapist.

Checking for Superficial Muscle Activation

  • Put your fingers below the side of your chin.
  • Lift your head off the ground.
  • You should feel the large superficial muscles contract under your fingers.
  • These are not the muscles that we want to train when completing deep neck flexor training.
  • You should not feel the activation of these muscles when completing the above chin-tuck exercises, however you may when adding the head-lift and turns.
  • If you are having trouble completing these exercises, contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Spinal Flexion (Kettlebell)

Also known as the Jefferson Curl, this resisted spinal flexion exercise is designed to increase the loading capacity of the spine. This exercise should be completed under the guidance of a Physiotherapist following an assessment to determine it’s suitability.

Instructions:

  • Come into standing on a step with the feet hip width apart
  • Soften through the back of the knees
  • Using a weight prescribed, slowly begin to roll down through the spine as if you were peeling yourself off a velcro wall
  • Allow the hips to move backwards as the spine rounds
  • The weight will pass down towards the floor
  • Slowly begin to roll back up through the spine to ‘re-stick’ onto the wall
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Hip Flexion (Seated) [Active]

Instructions

  • Sit on a chair or on the edge of a bed with your feet flat on the ground.
  • Put your hands next you on the chair/bed to help you balance.
  • Keeping your knee bent, lift up your leg and then lower it down.
  • Repeat this on the other side, as though you are marching on the spot.
  • Repeat this as many times or for as long as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Make sure your feet are firmly planted on the ground.
  • This exercise should not be painful, stop if you do feel pain.
  • If you are experiencing any issues, contact your Physiotherapist

Mobility: Lumbar Flexion (Seated) [Passive]

Instructions

  • Sit in a chair with your feet flat on the ground.
  • Point your hands towards the ground.
  • Slowly bend forwards, taking your hands closer to the ground.
  • Make sure to begin bending at your neck, and slowly roll down each segment of your back.
  • Continue until you reach a deep, yet comfortable point, do not push into pain.
  • Slowly return to sitting up straight.
  • Repeat this 5-10 times, or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • Make sure your feet are planted firmly on the ground.
  • This exercise should not be painful.
  • If you are experiencing pain, try not bending quite as deep. If pain continues, stop this exercise.
  • If you are unsure about this exercise, contact your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Shoulder Floor Press (Supine)

Instructions:

  • Lie on the floor or a wide bench
  • The floor will stop your elbows going past your body which limits the load on your shoulder
  • Start with the narrow grip version and progress to the wide grip if you feel comfortable

Narrow Grip:

Wide Grip

Rehabilitation Protocol: Low Level Lateral Hip Loading

Instructions:

  • Start with the Isometric version of each exercise
  • Isometric = press and hold
  • Move through the progressions within comfort
  • When you can complete 3 sets of 10 bridges with the band loop please speak to your physiotherapist about further progression

1. Hip Abduction/External Rotation – Isometric

  • Pull out against the band and hold

2. Hip Abduction/External Rotation – Concentric/Eccentric

  • Pull out against the band then return to the starting position. Repeat.

3. Hip Abduction – Isometric

  • Pull out against the band and hold

4. Hip Abduction – Concentric/Eccentric

  • Pull out against the band then return to the starting position. Repeat.

5. Hip Abduction/External Rotation + Bridge

  • Pull out against the band. Keep pressure on the band.
  • While pulling out against the band, push through your feet to lift your bum eg. bridge
  • Lower down while keeping tension on the band.
  • Repeat.

Strength: Bridge Progressions (Supine)

Instructions

  • Start with 1. and move through the progressions once your current version is painfree and no longer feeling challenging
  • Once you can complete 3 sets of 10 single leg bridges with arms across chest speak to your physio about the next level of progression

1. Bridge: Feet level with arms by sides

2. Bridge: Feet level with arms across chest

3. Bridge: Feet staggered with arms by sides

4. Bridge: Feet staggered with arms across chest

5. Bridge: Single leg with arms by sides

6. Bridge: Single leg with arms across chest

Neural Mobility: Modified Upper Limb Nerve Slider

Phase 1:

  • Increase tension by laterally flexing your neck away from the affected side
  • Decrease tension by elevating the shoulder girdle

Phase 2:

  • Decrease tension by laterally flexing your neck towards the affected side
  • Increase tension by depressing the shoulder girdle

Neural Mobility: Modified Upper Limb Nerve Tensioner

Phase 1:

  • Increase tension by laterally flexing the neck away from the affected side
  • Increase tension by depressing the shoulder girdle

Phase 2:

  • Decrease tension by laterally flexing the neck towards the affected side
  • Decrease tension by depressing the shoulder girdle

Neural Mobility: Median Nerve Tensioner

Instructions

Phase 1:

  • To increase tension laterally flex the neck away from the affected side
  • To increase tension extend the elbow, wrist and fingers

Phase 2:

  • To decrease tension laterally flex the neck towards the affected side
  • To decrease tension bend the elbow, wrist and fingers

Hypermobility Disorders

The term hypermobility is one easily conceptualised by the general population, there is increased movement beyond the ‘normal’ joint range of motion. Hypermobility has historically dominated the sphere of gymnastics, dance and acrobatics as advantageous skill acquisition. Outside of acquired hypermobility which is often used for performance gains, there is a spectrum of hypermobility disorders from asymptomatic to symptomatic hereditary syndromes. Across this scale there are varying symptoms which are not consistent across each categorisation. This varied presentation can increase time to diagnosis and often limit clients from receiving the care required.

Read more

Running Injuries: Common Training Volume Errors and How to Fix Them

New Run (City of Newcastle Running Festival) is fast approaching!

With approximately 2 months left until this event we thought it might be helpful to give you a timely reminder about the best ways to stay injury free as your running loads increase in preparation for your chosen event.

Read more

Online Physiotherapy (Telehealth) | Australia-Wide Virtual Physio

Online Physiotherapy & Telehealth Physio Services Australia-Wide

Peak Physio has been providing Telehealth Services to our clients on a local and international scale for years. Our expert practitioners utilise video call technology that facilitates real time diagnosis, education and treatment no matter the injury or concern.

This technology has allowed us to maintain a high level of patient care without limiting factors such as transport, location or mobility status.

Physiotherapist conducting an online telehealth consultation for a patient in regional Australia.

What does Telehealth Physio involve?

To complete a Telehealth Consultation you will need access to internet and either a computer or mobile device that has a microphone and camera.

Our administration team will provide a link to a call at your appointment time where you have a clear visual of your Physiotherapist. It is best to complete this in a space where there is minimal background noise and you have space around you.

Virtual Physio Consultation

Our Physiotherapists are highly skilled professionals who are qualified in the assessment, diagnosis, treatment and management of musculoskeletal injuries. Your Physiotherapist will initially conduct a subjective assessment. This is where you will discuss your primary concerns, pain patterns, medical and social history. During this assessment your Physiotherapist will guide you to work towards a diagnosis.

The objective assessment is where via video, you will complete a series of movements, actions or self-conducted strength assessments. Your Physiotherapist may ask you to perform a series of movements during this time to gain an understanding of your capacity.

Following this, your Physiotherapist will develop a comprehensive treatment program based on your assessment. This program will be designed to promote healing, restore normal range of motion and function, relieve pain, strengthen the area, and reduce risk of re-injury. 

Management techniques will include education around your diagnosis, healing and recovery, advice around hot/cold modalities and pharmacological intervention. The primary focus is on the prescription of mobility or strengthening exercises which may be used during the consultation and prescribed for independent completion. Manual therapy techniques will not be completed during a Telehealth consultation however self management strategies may be provided if appropriate.

Who is Online Physio useful for?

Telehealth consultations may be appropriate for the following population groups:

  • Elderly
  • Those without transport or mobility restrictions
  • Individuals living in rural or remote areas
  • Travellers
  • Acute injuries
  • NDIS clients
  • Chronic and persistent pain
  • Post-operative rehabilitation
  • Pre-operative rehabilitation
  • Neurodivergent

Having a resource such as Telehealth available, removes typical barriers for individuals requiring Physiotherapy intervention.

Who Can Access Our Telehealth Services?

We provide Telehealth Physiotherapy consultations to patients across Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, and all regional areas of Australia. We can even offer online physio consults internationally! 🌏

How to Book?

If you or someone you know would benefit from Telehealth, you can schedule an appointment by calling our friendly team or simply booking online (you can select any location for Telehealth!).

Neurological Physiotherapy

Our Physiotherapists are qualified and trained in the assessment, diagnosis, treatment and management of a variety of neurological conditions. These conditions include, but are not limited to, multiple sclerosis, functional neurological disorders, stroke, Parkinson’s disease, Guillain-Barre syndrome, cervical and lumbar radiculopathy, and peripheral neuropathies.

How does Physiotherapy treat Neurological Conditions?

Exercise

Neurological physiotherapy uses a variety of techniques to promote functional movement by training your brain and spinal cord (central nervous system), as well as the nerves throughout your body (peripheral nervous system) to communicate effectively with your muscles to help your body move. Our physiotherapists use specific exercises that stimulate these nervous systems to strengthen these neurological pathways and promote neuroplasticity (your brains ability to adapt and reorganise itself to help promote function).

Mobility Assessments & Mobility Aid Prescription

Our ability to safely move and get from A to B is essential. In the case of many neurological conditions, our ability to move and walk may be effected and can increase the risk of injury. For example, falling due to reduced lower limb strength or sensation.

Our physiotherapists are able to determine an appropriate mobility aid to meet your needs by assessing your ability to get in/out of bed, on/off a chair, walking on flat ground and up/down stairs. Depending on when and where you find it difficult to move, our physiotherapists can then advise you as to what strategies you may find helpful to mobilise, as well as prescribe necessary mobility aids to ensure you do this safely.

The mobility aids can include various kinds of crutches, walking sticks and four wheeled walkers to meet the needs of our clients.

Splinting & Orthoses

In addition to mobility aids, some neurological conditions require a splint to ensure our limbs are well supported and are not at risk of causing further injuries such as tripping over a paralysed foot, or contractures (when muscles tighten in a shortened position).

We have a variety of splints that we can prescribe to our patients depending on their needs. These include, but are not limited to:
– Ankle foot orthosis (AFO/foot drop splint)
– Resting night splint for both hands and feet
– Shoulder slings
– Various hand splints

Manual Therapy

Techniques involving manual therapy have strong evidence to suggest they are effective in reducing chronic pain associated with some neurological conditions, in addition to improving joint and muscle flexibility.

We use a variety of hands on techniques, including massage, trigger point dry needling, joint mobilization and stretching, in conjunction with exercise therapy to help reduce pain and improve function.

Strength: Roof Reaching Sit Up (Supine)

Instructions:

  • Lying on your back
  • Tuck your chin in and reach up to the roof, lifting your shoulders off the ground
  • Keep your chin tucked in throughout the movement

Strength: Transversus Abdominis/ Shoulder Flexion ( 4-point kneeling)

Instructions:

  • For all 3 variations of this exercise, imagine you have a glass of water balancing on the base of your spine and you want to avoid “spilling any water”
  • Aim for slow, controlled movement as you lift the arm in front of you.
  • Avoid moving through the pelvis or the lumbar spine.

Strength: Hollow Hold

Instructions:

  • Maintain good core control throughout
  • If you feel your lower back ‘arching’ excessively you may not be ready for this exercise

Strength: Mountain Climber

Instructions:

  • Aim to keep shoulders, hips and ankles in alignment eg. don’t let hips sag towards the ground or don’t stick your bum up in the air

Mobility: Bridge with segmental roll down (supine)

Instructions:

  • Push through your feet to lift your bum up in the air
  • When lowering down, try to roll your spine down one segment/vertebrae at a time
  • This is a great way to re-introduce flexion/bending in a safe and comfortable position

Mobility: Assisted Cervical rotation (supine)

Instructions:

  • Lying on your back with your neck relaxed
  • Push through your cheekbone to assist your neck to rotate/turn
  • Only push as far as you feel comfortable – don’t force it

Mobility: Knee to chest (supine)

1. Knee to chest – other knee bent

  • Start with both knees bent and your feet on the floor
  • Gently pull your knee towards your chest
  • Hold this position or gently move in and out

2. Knee to chest – other knee straight

  • Start with both knees straight
  • Gently pull your knee towards your chest
  • Hold this position or gently move in and out

Plyometrics: Continuous Jumping (Standing)

Instructions:

  • Jump up/down continuously
  • Try to feel ‘bouncy’
  • To make this exercise harder, try to limit your contact time with the ground

Plyometrics: Knee Pulsing (Standing)

Instructions:

  • Bounce or ‘pulse’ up and down through your knee
  • This exercise is used to prepare your knee for more dynamic loading like jumping and running

Plyometrics: Ankle Pulsing (Standing)

Instructions

  • Bounce or ‘pulse’ up and down through ankle
  • This adds a slightly more dynamic load through the ankle, calf and achilles tendon
  • This exercise is used to prepare your body for jumping, hopping and running

Strength: Shoulder Bottle Shake (Standing | Bottle) [Dynamic]

Instructions:

  • Fill a bottle of water 3 quarters full with water
  • Use the water in the bottle to create an oscillating resistance as you move between external rotation and internal rotation
  • Usually completed for at least 30 seconds per set as this is an endurance/control exercise
  • Usually you will start with your elbow by your side and move into higher/more challenging ranges as directed by your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation / Flexion (Theraband)

Wall Walk Instructions:

  • Place a band around your hands
  • Place your forearms flush against the wall
  • Pull out against the band keeping your forearms parallel
  • Walk your arms up/down the wall

Bilateral Flexion Level 1 Instructions:

  • Place your looped band around both wrists
  • Keeping elbows by side, press wrists away from each other
  • Keep the tension on the band and your elbows in the same angle
  • From this position, bring your hands up towards the roof, keeping tension on the band
  • Return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Level 2 instructions:

  • Place your looped band around both wrists
  • Keeping your elbows by your side and press your wrists away from each other
  • Keep the tension on the band as you slowly bring your hands forwards and away from your body up to shoulder height.
  • Return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Lumbar Extension (Standing | Wall) [Dynamic]

Extension in standing:

  • Stand with your hands in the small of your back
  • Arch backwards within comfort
  • Increase movement within comfort if you find this movement relieving

Wall Arches

  • Resting your forearms against the wall
  • Let your hips sink forward to create an arch in your lower back
  • Increase movement within comfort if you find this movement relieving

Mobility: Side Glide (Standing | Wall) [Dynamic]

Instructions:

  • Rest your shoulder against the wall with your arm straight for comfort
  • Gently push your hips towards the wall to create a ‘side glide’ through your lumbar spine
  • Your physiotherapist will specify which side should be against the wall depending on your pain location and postural presentation

Mobility: Thoracic Extension / Wall Angel (Standing)

Wall Angels

  • Stand with your back against the wall
  • Slide your arms up and down the wall to ‘open up’ your upper back
  • Can also be completed lying on your back = Floor Angel

Thoracic extension against wall

  • Stand with your back against the wall
  • Link your fingers together and take your arms up above your head
  • Reach to the sky with your arms while trying to flatten your lower back against the wall
  • You should feel a stretch/movement through your upper back

Strength: Knee Extension (Seated) [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Come into an upright sitting position
  • Position a swiss ball or foam roller as demonstrated below, in front of the target limb
  • The ankle should be directly underneath the working knee at 90 degrees
  • Begin to press out as if you were attempting to straighten the leg
  • The ball/roller should stop the leg from moving beyond 90 degrees
  • Sustain the contraction as prescribed by your Physiotherapist

Strength: Chair Squat

Instructions

Once you can complete one variation of this exercise comfortably and pain free, work your way through these progressions as instructed by your physiotherapist

Chair Squat: Double leg shallow

  • keeping your feet level with each other, squat down to touch your bum on the chair
  • a higher chair means a shallower squat which places lower load on your knees

Chair Squat: Double leg shallow with staggered stance

  • to increase the challenge, you can stagger your feet
  • whichever foot is closer to you will do more work
  • this is a great way to increase the load on an injured lower limb without going deeper into the squat

Chair Squat: Double leg deeper

  • to increase the challenge you may want to move to a lower chair which will mean a deeper squat
  • going lower into the squat increases the load on your knee

Chair Squat: Deeper with staggered stance

  • if you want to increase the load further, you may go deeper into the squat in addition to staggering your feet
  • remember, whichever foot is closer will do more work

Chair Squat: Single leg down, double leg up

  • now we are moving towards some single leg variations
  • this option is great if you are not yet able to complete a full single leg chair squat

Chair Squat: Single leg

  • the final chair squat progression is doing it on one leg
  • this requires a great deal of strength and control
  • aim to keep your knee still and don’t let it wobble or ‘fall in’ towards your midline

Precautions

  • If you experience an increase in symptoms during or after this exercise please contact your physiotherapist for advice

Mobility: Cervical Retraction Extension [Dynamic]

Instructions

  • Complete a chin tuck by retracting your head and tucking in your chin
  • A prompt which may be helpful is “imagine giving yourself a double chin”
  • Then slowly begin to tilt your head back
  • Move slowly and within comfortable limits
  • Return to starting position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

If you experience an increase in neck or arm symptoms please cease this exercise and contact your physiotherapist for advice

Inflammatory back pain

Back pain is a common complaint presenting in > 80% of adults. Low back pain can be classified into acute, subacute, and chronic dependent on the duration of symptoms. Your Physiotherapist will use your consultation to screen for serious pathology and categorise whether the pain is inflammatory in nature, structural, radicular, disocgenic or that of a chronic pain disorder. Inflammatory back pain is oftentimes misdiagnosed as chronic back pain or SIJ disorders. The aim of this article is to clarify the diagnosis of inflammatory back pain and outline the steps needed by both patient and primary care provider for management.

Read more

Strength: Hip Abduction (Supine | Belt) [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Come into lying on your back with a pillow underneath the knees
  • Fasten a belt / strap without any tension above the knees when the feet are together
  • Keeping your pelvis and lower back in a neutral position, press the legs out against the belt
  • This should activate the muscles through the outer hip
  • Sustain for 5-8s or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Variation 2: hip and knee flexion

  • Come into lying on your back with the knees bent to 90 degrees
  • Secure a belt above the knees and ensure it is secure
  • Press the knees out into the belt
  • Sustain for 5-8s or as prescribed by your Physiotherapist
  • Repeat as prescribed

PD Request Form

Strength: Upper Trapezius Down Training

We often blame our upper traps for being too tight. This might result in neck pain and possible cervicogenic headaches. The trapezius is divided into three parts; the upper part having descending fibres, the middle part across your shoulder blades, and the lower part starting at the lower thoracic junction going up to the shoulder blades. When your upper traps are tight, the lower fibres may not be working optimally. By learning to engage the lower portion helps relax the upper fibres around the top of your shoulders and neck.

Instructions

  • Comfortably lie down on your belly
  • Drop your shoulders down onto the bed/floor
  • Start by relaxing the muscles at the top of your shoulders (upper trapezius)
  • Slowly engage the muscle from your lower shoulder blade and pull it towards the spine
  • Hold for 5 seconds
  • Slowly lower back to the ground
  • Repeat as per your physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Make sure your neck is neutral and you feel comfortable

Neural Mobility: Median Nerve Slider (Sitting)

Nerve sliders or neural ‘flossing’ provide an effective strategy to alleviate neural tension within the muscle interface that is passes through. The anatomy of neural tissue varies greatly from that of a muscle therefore improving mobility is achieved differently to traditional stretching methods.

Instructions

  • Sit comfortably on a chair sideways from a higher surface such as a table our counter
  • Place your elbow comfortably over a pillow 90 degrees from the side body
  • Maintaining a bent elbow turn the palm up to the roof
  • Extend the wrist as if you’re holding a plate flat on the palm
  • Slowly extend the hand to the point of resistance either felt at the upper arm, elbow, or forearm
  • Tilt your head towards the extended arm
  • Return starting by bending the wrist, elbow until the fingers point towards the head
  • Allow your head tilt to the opposite shoulder
  • Return the head to neutral as you recommence extending the arm
  • Repeat this ‘flossing’ motion as per Physiotherapists instructions

Precautions

  • Make sure your shoulder does not lift while doing the movement
  • You should sense a gentle stretch
  • Stop if this flossing movement is increasing nerve irritation

Strength: Biceps (Wall) [Eccentric]

Instructions:

  • Come into standing close to the wall holding onto the pole or door frame with the target limb
  • Keeping the chest square to the wall, begin straightening the elbow
  • Once completely extended, use the opposing arm to grab onto the pole or door frame to return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Biceps Slider (Theraband) [Eccentric]

Instructions:

  • Anchor the theraband at wrist height and come into standing
  • Hold the band with the target limb and position the thumb forward
  • Maintaining a straight elbow, pull the band to line the wrist up with the hip
  • Slowly control the return of the band to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Curl and Overhead Press (Dumbbells)

Instructions:

  • This exercise can be completed in a seated or standing position
  • Hold onto weights prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Hold the dumbbells with the ends up and bring up towards shoulders
  • Then press up towards the roof
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Bench Press (Dumbbell)

Instructions:

  • For this exercise use weight as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Come to a position on the bench, lying down flat with head rested on the bench and feet on the ground
  • From here, push weights up towards the roof to straighten elbows
  • Return to starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Shoulder Horizontal Abduction (Dumbbell)

Instructions:

  • Hold a weight as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Place the other hand on a bench with a split stance to create the bent over position
  • From here, keep your arm straight by your side
  • Bring the weight up towards the roof until it is inline with your shoulder
  • Return to starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guideline

Strength: Hip Internal Rotation (4-point)

Instructions:

  • Come to a 4-point kneeling position with hands stacked underneath shoulders and knees under shoulders
  • Place the looped band ends of the band around both ankles
  • From this position, hover one foot just above the ground
  • Bring the foot out away from the body to internally rotate the hip
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Wrist Extension [Isometric]

Instructions: elbow flexion, neutral wrist

  • Come into sitting or standing with the elbow bent to 90 degrees
  • With the palm facing downward, resist the upward movement of the hand
  • This can be completed using your own hand, a flat firm surface such as a table or a dumbbell (see videos below)
  • Hold for a period of time determined by your Physiotherapist, this will usually be in seconds
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: elbow flexion, wrist extension

  • Complete as per the above instructions with the wrist in extension
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapists instructions

Instructions: elbow extension

  • Come into sitting holding a dumbbell palm down
  • Keep the wrist in neutral
  • Extend the elbow and hold for the period of time determined by your Physiotherapist

Strength: Triceps Extension (Supine)

Instructions:

  • Come into lying either on the floor or using a bench as shown
  • Using a weight prescribed, bend the elbow to move the weight towards the head
  • Extend the elbow by taking the wrist straight up towards the ceiling
  • The movement is only occurring at the elbow joint
  • Try and keep the shoulder steady throughout the movement
  • This exercise can be completed either double arm or single arm, your Physiotherapist will discuss the appropriate option for you
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

The Power of Magnesium

Magnesium is one of the body’s seven essential minerals that is crucial for overall health. It enables over 300 chemical reactions that are indispensable for cellular health and function. Minerals help with building bone strength, moderate fluid transfer in and out of cells and transforms the food you eat into energy. Magnesium also works to maintain function of our muscles, heart and brain.

Magnesium is a precursor to the regulation of neurotransmitters by controlling the release of hormones through the body. This in return aids in proper muscle function, synthesises of protein, regulation of blood pressure, blood sugar, as well as reducing the risk of osteoporosis.

Read more

Medicare Enhanced Primary Care (EPC) Programs

An Enhanced Primary Care (EPC) plan is a service whereby your GP can refer you for up to 5 physiotherapy sessions per calendar year. The sessions are partially funded by Medicare.

Medicare EPC Physiotherapy

If your GP has provided you with an EPC referral:

  • You can still book an appointment as normal (including online).
  • Please bring your referral paperwork to your appointment.
  • Please be aware that we do not bulk bill. Sessions are charged at our normal rates and you will receive a partial rebate from Medicare. 
  • Rebates can be processed for you at the time of assessment. Please bring your medicare card and a debit card for on-the-spot rebates. You can also claim the rebate at a later time by contacting medicare.
  • We will liaise with your treating GP and provide updates regarding your progress.

Pelvic Organ Prolapse

The diagnosis of pelvic organ prolapse (POP) can be overwhelming. It can make you question how your pelvic floor will function, child-bearing plans, continence and the impact on physical activity and sex. This article aims to explain the pelvic floor, its function, what prolapse is and what treatment options are available.

Read more

Strength: Shoulder Flexion / Shelf Exercise (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Stand with a theraband tied around your wrists
  • Add tension to the band by moving your wrists away so they are inline with your elbows
  • Pretend that you are holding onto a box and place the box on the designated shelf as prescribed by your physiotherapist while simultaneously stepping forward (it does not matter what leg you step with)
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Middle Shelf Instructions:

Top Shelf Instructions:

Precautions

  • If this exacerbates your pain, please stop the exercise and notify your physiotherapist

Strength: Lunge with External Rotation (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Stand in a lunge position with a theraband tied around your front knee with the resistance pulling across your body
  • Bend both knees, lowering your back knee to the ground with resisting the pull of the theraband
    • Your front knee should track inline with your second and third toe
  • Slowly return to a standing position

Precautions

  • Support yourself using a bench/chair/etc if you find it difficult to balance
  • Avoid your front knee deviating across your body
  • Avoid your front knee bending further ahead from your toes
  • If this exacerbates your pain, stop the exercise and notify your physiotherapist

Mobility: Lumbar Flexion (Standing) [Passive]

Instructions

  • Stand in front of a bench and place your hands on top of it to help lightly support your weight
  • Keeping your hands on the bench, walk slowly backwards within a comfortable range and return
  • Your centre of mass should remain over your feet
  • You should feel a gentle stretch near the base of your spine
  • Complete this exercise as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • If this exacerbates your pain, stop this exercise immediately and speak to your physiotherapist

Release: Masseter / TMJ

Trigger point release instructions:

  • Clench your back teeth to feel for the muscle belly
  • Using your knuckle find the muscle, relax the jaw
  • Move the knuckle around on the muscle to locate an area of tension
  • Gently apply pressure to the muscle
  • Sustain for 10s whilst deep breathing into the belly
  • The muscle should soften off/release
  • You may need to sustain the pressure for > 30 seconds

Self-massage

  • Using the knuckle of the first and second digit follow the line of the jaw towards the ear
  • Continue using this action to cross the muscles above the jaw towards the ear

Stretch: Sternocleidomastoid

Instructions:

  • Come into a comfortable upright position
  • Take your ear towards the shoulder opposite to the target side
  • Rotate your nose and chin towards the roof
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapists guidelines and repeat on the other side

Precautions:

If you experience any pins and needles, burning or tingling please stop immediately.

Strength: Hip Abduction (Standing) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Stand close to a kitchen bench or a pole/support
  • Lift one leg out to the side while keeping the other supported on the ground
  • Make sure you don’t externally rotate the leg out (pointing toe outwards)

Budgewoi Physiotherapy, NSW 2262

Our Budgewoi practice (formerly ‘Budgewoi Physiotherapy’) has been assisting the local community for more than 40 years.

Address: 1/56 Tenth Ave, Budgewoi NSW 2262
Phone: (02) 4390 0299

Taping: Patellofemoral Joint

Precautions:

  • If the tape makes your skin, red itchy or hot please remove the tape

Strength and Mobility: TMJ or Jaw Pain

What is Temporomandibular Dysfunction?

The Temporomandibular Joint (TMJ) is located where the jaw bone, known as the mandible, meets the temporal bone of the skull. It is involved in breathing, chewing, making facial expressions, yawning and talking and is therefore the most used joint in your body. Signs of TMJ dysfunction can include pain and tenderness, jaw clicking and popping or even grinding, inability to fully close the mouth or alternatively, limited mouth opening. There is also an intra-articular disc within the joint capsule which can be a source of pain due to either inflammation or degeneration. Other symptoms linked to TMJ dysfunction can include pain on chewing, headaches, waking up with jaw soreness, tinnitus or ringing ears. During a dental check-up, the dentist may point out excess wearing of the teeth from clenching or grinding.

Instructions:

These 6 exercises are completed 6 times per day. Please discuss with your Physiotherapist if they are appropriate for you.

  1. Breathing control: sitting with good posture, position the tongue at the roof of the mouth with the mouth closed and breath through the nose. x 6 breaths
  2. Jaw depression: place the tongue at the roof of the mouth and open the jaw x 6
  3. Stabilisation exercises: maintain the position of the tongue on the roof of the mouth
    • Place the hand under the chin and attempt to depress the jaw as above, provide resistance to restrict this movement. Hold for 2-3 seconds and repeat x6
    • Place the hand either side of the jaw to restrict jaw deviation left and right. Complete on one side x 6 with a hold for 2-3 seconds.
  4. Upper cervical lengthening: interlace the hands behind the back of the upper neck near the hairline. Using the edge of the hands, gently glide up and over as the chin draws towards the chest. This should elicit a stretching sensation. Repeat x 6.
  5. Chin tuck: sitting with good posture, draw the chin down/back as if you are taking the base of the skull backwards. Your head should maintain an upright position without the chin drawing down the chest. Think a horizontal movement back. Hold for 2-3 seconds and repeat x 6.
  6. Scapula setting: sitting with good posture, squeeze the shoulder blades together and hold for a few seconds. Repeat x 6.

Video demonstration:

Stretch: Shoulder External Rotation (Supine | Standing)

Beach Chair Instructions:

  • Lye down on your back with a pillow under the head
  • Bring your hands around the back of the neck and let the elbows flare out towards your side
  • Gently press down into the pillow with the elbows until you feel a stretch

Standing instructions:

  • Come to a standing position facing the edge of a door frame
  • From here, place the affected palm against the side of the door, keeping elbow and arm tucked into the side of your body
  • Gently turn away from the affected limb until you start to feel a stretch through the shoulder
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Precautions:

  • Stop this exercise if it exacerbates your pain
  • If you have trouble completing this exercise talk to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Shoulder Abduction (AAROM | Sliding | Table)

Instructions:

  • Place your self beside a table with arm on top of the table
  • Make sure the surface is easy to slide along, you can wear sleeves or use a tea towel
  • Slide the arm out sideways as you lean into the movement
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines


Precautions:

  • Stop this exercise if it exacerbates your pain
  • If you have trouble completing this exercise talk to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Shoulder Flexion (AAROM | Sliding | Table)

Instructions:

  • Place your self beside a table with arm on top of the table
  • Make sure the surface is easy to slide along, you can wear sleeves or use a tea towel
  • Slide the arm forwards as you lean into the movement
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Stop this exercise if it exacerbates your pain
  • If you have trouble completing this exercise talk to your physiotherapist

Neural Mobility: Peroneal Nerve Slider (Supine | Towel)

Instructions

  • Lying on your back interlace use a towel to help keep your leg in a comfortable position.
  • Start by letting your ankle turn inwards till you feel a stretch up the side of the leg.
  • Then bring the ankle back to neutral and bring the neck and shoulders off the bed and repeat
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Perform this exercise strictly as guided by your physiotherapist – do not be tempted to perform more repetitions as this may irritate the tissue
  • If your symptoms become aggravated, stop immediately and notify your physiotherapist

Constipation

Constipation can oftentimes be difficult to discuss, even with a health professional. It is a defecation disorder that can significantly impact daily life and should not be neglected. Normal bowel movements occur up to 3 times per day or 1 to every 3 days. If your bowel movements occur less than twice per week, continue reading.

Read more

Strength: Spanish Squat (Theraband) [Isometric]

Instructions

  • Stand into a band that is securely placed around an object that is not going to move when you lean away
  • Walk backwards creating a tension in the band
  • Standing with your feet hip distance apart
  • Have both feet facing forward
  • Think about leading the movement from your sit bones  
  • Gently bend your knees and then swing your sit bones behind you and let the band counter balance you
  • Let your trunk lean forward while trying to keep your spine aligned
  • Keep the back of your neck nice and long
  • Go to the depth that feels comfortable for you but not below 90 degrees – you should feel tightness at the back of the thigh
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • If you are aware that you are unsteady or feeling weak in your legs, please use your hands on a stable surface throughout
  • You may want to position yourself with a surface in front of you to help with balance that you can place your hands on if needed
  • You may find having a chair behind you works better to try to squat to this height for feedback
  • Ensure to complete the exercise slowly and controlled
  • Stop if you feel pain or are unsure of the technique
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Knee Flexion (Standing | Chair)

Instructions

  • Allow the knee to bend to the point of resistance while lunging forward and slowly transfer weight backwards to return to the start position.
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines.

Precautions

  • Lean into knee flexion as tolerated, only bend into a slight stretch/discomfort.
  • If you’re experiencing pain or are unsure of the movement please speak to your physiotherapist.

Strength: Thoracic Extension (Prone) [Bosu]

Instructions:

  • For this exercise, place a Bosu ball or similiar on the floor
  • Come to a position lying face down with the Bosu directly under your hips and stomach
  • From here, place your hands together in front and rest your head on top
  • Lift through your upper back and neck so your head, hands and elbows come off the floor
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Hamstrings (Plyometric)

Instructions:

Supine:

  • Come to a position lying on your back
  • Place your ankles on either a Swiss or Bosu ball, keeping your knees at a 70-90 degree angle
  • From this position alternate lifting each ankle up and down into the ball
  • This should be performed quickly and for the duration prescribed by your physiotherapist

Prone:

  • For this variation, you will need a partner to assist the position of the Swiss ball
  • Lie on your tummy and have the Swiss ball placed over your tail bone and gluteals
  • From here, bend both knees so that your ankles are pressing against the ball and your knees at roughly a 90 degree angle
  • From this position alternate lifting each ankle up and down into the ball
  • This should be performed quickly and for the duration prescribed by your physiotherapist

Strength: Tibialis Anterior (Dorsiflexion) [Standing/Wall leaning]

Instructions

  • Lean yourself up against a wall with straight legs
  • Bring your weight onto your heels and lift the toes up performing ankle dorsiflexion

Precautions

  • If you are unsure of the exercise or are experiencing pain whilst performing the movement, please speak to your physiotherapist

Plyometrics: Skater Step (Banded)

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position with a band around your trunk
  • From this position you are going to jump to to your side trying to stick the landing with your knee bent
  • Complete the same movement to the opposite side and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction.

Strength: Shoulder Carry (Unilateral)

Instructions:

  • Hold onto a weight prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • From here walk up and down the prescribed distance, carrying the weight in one arm by your side
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Plank / Commando

Instructions:

  • Come to a full plank position, with hands under shoulders and legs out straight on your toes
  • From this position, bring one arm at a time to lean onto your elbow and forearm.
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guideline.
  • Ensure you maintain a plank position throughout the entirety of the movement

Plyometrics: Shoulder Throws (Ball)

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position holding a ball in your affected limb
  • Bring your arm up into an abducted position so your elbow is in line with your shoulder
  • Keep the ball close to the wall and throw the ball against the wall
  • Catch the ball, keeping the arm in the same position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Row to Overhead Press (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • In a standing position, hold onto a handled band or cable machine
  • Bring your shoulder into a abducted position with your elbow in line with your shoulder
  • From here, externally rotate the shoulder so your hand is directly above the elbow joint
  • Then press the hand up towards the roof to the end range position
  • Return to the starting position by reversing the movements
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Shoulder Stability Plank Walk (Banded)

Instructions:

  • Place your TheraBand around your wrists.
  • Come into a full plank position
  • From this position, step your hands and feet out one side at a time so you end up in the same position.
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Stability (4-Point) [Ball]

Instructions:

  • Come to a 4-point kneeling position, with hands under shoulders and knees under hips
  • Hold the a tennis ball in one hand, and take your weight through the other arm
  • From here, bounce the ball
  • While the ball is in the air, place your other hand back onto the floor and catch the ball in the opposite hand
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Triceps Dip

Instructions:

  • To perform this exercise, you will need a bench/chair/table to complete it
  • Place both hands on the bench with fingers pointing towards your body
  • Bring your feet out in front of your heaps to a stable position
  • Keep your hands in the same position and bend through your elbows, your hips should dip down towards to floor
  • From the end range position, push through your hands to straighten your elbows and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Elbow Extension [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • This exercise can be completed in sitting, standing or lying on your back
  • Bring the unaffected side underneath the wrist of the affected limb
  • Press the affected limb into the unaffected limb, keeping the elbow at the same angle
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Mobility: Lumbar Deep Breathing

Instructions:

  • Come to a position lying on your back with your feet towards a chair/bench/table
  • From here bring your legs on top of the chair so that your knees and hips are at a 90 degree angle
  • In this position, focus on deep breathing in through the nose and out through the mouth
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Cervical Lateral Flexion [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • In either standing or sitting, position yourself next to a wall with the affected side
  • From here, bring your ear down towards your shoulder until your head rests against the wall
  • Press the side of your head into the wall and hold for 5 seconds
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Hamstrings [Isometric]

These two videos demonstrate the same style of contraction in supine and prone lying positions. Your Physiotherapist will determine which is appropriate for you. There are varying ranges also demonstrated, you and your Physiotherapist will determine which range to work into dependent on pain levels and rehabilitation goals.

Instructions: Supine

  • Come into lying on your back with the target limb bent. Initially these exercises commence at 90 degrees as demonstrated at the start of the video.
  • Dig the heel down and back towards your sit bone. You should feel your hamstring active during this contraction.
  • Sustain the contraction for 5s or as designated by your therapist.

Instructions: Prone

  • Lying on your stomach, bend the target knee to 90 degrees and apply resistance or a ‘block’ with the opposing limb.
  • Sustain for 5s or as designated by your therapist.
  • Continue to reduce the amount of knee bend as determined appropriate with your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Rear Deltoid – Face Pull (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Position yourself in front of the band
  • Using both arms slowly pull the band towards both cheeks with elbows slightly upward
  • Think about squeezing your shoulder blades together while relaxing your neck and the top of your shoulders

Precautions:

  • If you are unsure of the movement please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Triceps Extension (Standing | Dumbells)

Instructions:

  • Keep the arms by the side holding 2 dumbells
  • Lean slightly forward from the hips
  • Extend the elbows out straight while keeping the middle of the elbows by the side of the body and repeat

Precautions:

  • If you are unsure of the exercise or are experiencing pain whilst performing the movement, please speak to your physiotherapist

Plyometrics: Pogo Jump

The Pogo Jump varies from skipping or jumping as the movement is completed on ‘stiff’ legs. The goal is to generate the movement with the ankle exclusively. The following videos demonstrate a bilateral and unilateral variation, your Physiotherapist will prescribe one that is appropriate for you.

Bilateral Instructions:

  • With straight knees, bring the weight forward onto the toes as you push your heels off the ground
  • Land on stiff legs and propel immediately again through the ankle
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Unilateral instructions:

  • Using a step, place the unaffected limb onto the step
  • Stand at the top with the target limb off the step
  • As you bend through the knee of the leg on the step, lower the target limb to the floor on a stiff leg
  • Keep the target knee straight and propel yourself into a jump with the ankle only
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Single Leg Heel Raise [Isometric]

Isometrics involve the target limb being put under load without moving through range. This is a great way to introduce load to tendons and muscles without provoking painful symptoms. The following three videos demonstrate a single leg isometric heel raise through bottom-mid and end-range. Your Physiotherapist will prescribe which exercise is appropriate for you and for what duration.

Instructions:

  • Stand with the heels coming off the edge of the step/ledge
  • With straight knees maintain the heels in a bottom-mid-end range position
  • Once in position, take the unaffected limb off the step and maintain contact with the forefoot of the target limb
  • Keep the heel in a neutral position without inward/outward rotation
  • Maintain for the duration as per Physiotherapist guidelines
  • Ensure there is something stable to maintain balance

Seated variation:

  • Sitting on your bottom extend the legs out against a wall or step
  • With the target limb, press the forefoot into the step without letting the ankle joint move
  • Keep the knee pressing into the ground to maintain a straight leg
  • Relax the pressure from the forefoot and repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines
  • Ensure you’re sitting upright on the sit bones and not collapsing through the chest

Strength: Great Toe Extension (Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Place a band around something thats sterdy
  • Wrap the band around the big toe
  • Bring/extend the toe upwards towards you while controlling the movement on the way down

Precautions:

  • If you’re unsure of the movement please consult your physiotherapist

Strength: Toe Flexion – FHL (Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Take a band and place it under and around the big toe
  • Let the band bring you up into extension then push down against the band with the big toe

Variation 1: Standing

Variation 2: Long lie

Precautions:

  • If you are unsure of the exercise, please consult your physiotherapist

Strength: Hamstrings (Unilateral | Prone) [Eccentric]

Instructions:

  • Lie on your tummy
  • Bend both knees up and hook one leg around the other at the ankle at the back
  • Slower lower the leg to the bed while pushing against the other foot as you lower down

Precautions:

  • If you are unsure of the exercise or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch: Quadratus Lumborum Variations

Stretch 1: Banana stretch

Instructions:

  • Find a wall/doorway that can be gripped with the hands
  • Stand close to the doorway and grab with both hands
  • Draw the side of the body thats furthest away for the wall outwards until you feel a stretch up the side of the body

Precautions:

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.
  • If you are unsure of the stretch or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch 2: Variation of Banana

Instructions:

  • Find a wall/doorway
  • Stand half a metre to a metre away from the wall and either cross one foot behind or have your feet together
  • Draw the side of the body thats furthest away for the wall outwards until you feel a stretch and reach the hand towards the wall making a banana shape

Precautions:

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.
  • If you are unsure of the stretch or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch 3: Kneeling stretch

Instructions:

  • Find yourself near a chair or bench
  • Kneel down and place the arm above the head and reach over towards the surface your leaning on

Precautions:

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.
  • If you are unsure of the stretch or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch 4: Childs pose with Lateral Flexion

Instructions:

  • Lye in childs pose
  • walk hands out to the corner of the room and repeat

Precautions:

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.
  • If you are unsure of the stretch or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch 5: sidelying stretch

Instructions:

  • Start by sitting on the edge of the bed
  • Lay down onto the unaffected side while keeping your legs over the edge of the bed
  • You can raise your top arm over your head to increase the stretch in your side body if required
  • Maintain this position for 1-2 minutes

Precautions:

  • The sensation should be a strong stretch, not pain.
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise or reduce the movement.
  • If you are unsure of the stretch or experiencing discomfort, speak to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Cervical Flexion (Prone | 4-Point Kneeling)

Prone Instructions:

  • Lie on your tummy propped up on your elbows
  • Activate through your core and thoracic spine so your drawing your ribs to the roof and pushing down through your elbows
  • The movement you are aiming for is a horizontal translation of the neck towards the ceiling
  • You will feel a gentle activation of the muscles in the anterior and posterior aspect of the neck

4 point kneel instructions:

  • Start in a 4 point kneeling position with your hands under your shoulders and knees under your hips.
  • Have your chin slightly tucked and then slowly bend your neck to look down towards your feet.
  • Start to straighten by rolling up from the base of your neck to return to the start position.

Precautions:

  • Think about lifting and lengthening through the back of the neck instead of bringing the chin forward
  • Avoid clenching the jaw 
  • If you’re unsure of the movement please consult your physiotherapist

Mobility: Wrist Distraction

Instructions

  • Place on hand around the other and grasp onto the surface of the hand while making a fist
  • Gently pull and distract the hand away from the wrist
  • This can be done as a sustained hold or in repetitions, please follow guidelines from your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Only a gentle/firm pull is used to distract the wrist
  • If you are feeling pain or unsure of the movement, please consult your physiotherapist

“Good” vs “Bad” Posture – An Outdated Paradigm?

Posture has become a contentious topic to discuss as conflicting information can be spread from the media, workplace and different health professionals. This article aims to debunk posture myths and challenge the age old paradigm of ‘good posture’.

Read more
Dance physiotherapy assessment at Peak Physio

Common Dancing Injuries: Foot & Ankle

This article will discuss some of the most common pathologies presenting in dancers that involve the foot and ankle joint. Injuries to the lower extremity in dancers are more common than upper limb injuries due to the amount of range and force required to perform particular movements.

Common Dance-Related Injuries

  • Posterior ankle impingement
  • Base of 5th metatarsal fractures
  • Flexor hallucis longus tendinopathy
Read more

Strength: Hip Extension (Standing | Slider ) [Dynamic]

Instructions

  • Standing on the target limb, bend the knee as you slide the opposing leg out behind you
  • Keep the knee of the sliding leg straight and maintain a firm contact with the ground the entire time
  • Return to an upright position by straightening your bent knee and sliding your leg forward

Front View

Mobility: Ankle Dorsiflexion (Standing | Knee to Wall)

Instructions

  • Stand next to a wall and place one foot in front of the other, its best to start closer to the wall approx. 5cm away
  • Whilst keeping your foot flat on the ground bend the knee with the aim of touching the wall
  • If you can touch the wall, move the foot back a centimetre each time until you find it difficult to reach the wall and feel a light stretch
  • Repeat/perform the exercise as instructed by your therapist as there is a few variations
  • Holding the stretch for 30 seconds up to a minute can be of benefit for people with stiffness in their ankle

Precautions

  • If you are unsure of the stretch or are experiencing pain whilst performing the movement, please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Ankle Inversion [Isometric]

Instructions

  • In sitting, push one foot into the other and hold for however long your therapist has instructed you to
  • Once pushing the feet shouldn’t move while pressing until the exercise is repeated or finished
  • Sustain as per your physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • If you are unsure of the exercise or are experiencing pain whilst performing the movement, please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Extension (Bilateral)

Instructions

  • Secure the resistance band to a high position or use a cable machine.
  • Extend your arms so your hands are above shoulder height
  • Keeping your elbows straight, pull the band down past your hips and slowly return
  • Continue as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Cable Pull Down Instructions:

  • Connect a straight bar to the cable machine and then position cable above head height
  • Hold onto the bar with both hands overhead, keeping the arms straight
  • Bend the knees to brace your lower limb and slightly lean forward.
  • Select an appropriate weight, as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • From here, bring your arms straight down towards your body
  • Control the arms back to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Large Range Shoulder Extension:

  • Position yourself in front of the cable machine
  • Standing firm with feet hip width, core engaged
  • Pull cable down past midline with arms straight towards the back of the room
  • Control the return
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Keep within a range that is comfortable
  • Avoid over arching your back during this exercise (the weight may be too heavy if this occurs)
  • If you experience any pain please notify your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Theraband) [Isometric | Reactive]

Instructions

  • Secure a theraband at elbow height and grasp it with the hand closest to the band so the resistance pulls away from your body
  • Bend your elbow to 90 degrees with your forearm pointing directly away from you (this is the pistol position)
  • While maintaining the pistol position and step away from the theraband and return – DON’T LET YOU HAND DRIFT AWAY FROM YOUR BODY
  • Continue this as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Arching your lower back
  • Hand drifting across or away from your body

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation (Theraband) [Isometric | Reactive]

Instructions

  • Secure a theraband at elbow height and grasp it with the hand furthest away so the band is drawn across your body
  • Bend your elbow to 90 degrees with your forearm pointing directly away from you (this is the pistol position)
  • While maintaining the pistol position and step away from the theraband and return – DON’T LET YOU HAND DRIFT ACROSS YOUR BODY
  • Continue this as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Arching your lower back
  • Hand drifting across or away from your body

Fibromyalgia

What is Fibromyalgia?

Fibromyalgia (FM) is a condition defined by generalised, chronic musculoskeletal pain for more than three months duration. It is present in four or more different areas of the body (widespread pain) with hyperalgesia (heightened sensation) and psychosomatic symptoms such as fatigue, non-restorative sleep, anxiety/depression, cognitive deficits, headaches, and digestive disturbances. Fibromyalgia primarily affects women between the ages of 20 to 50 years old. It is estimated that 3-6% of Australians suffer with fibromyalgia, as many as one million people.

Read more

Osteoporosis: A Physiotherapist’s Guide

What is Osteoporosis?

Derived from the Greek terms “osteo” (meaning bone) and “poro” (meaning porous), osteoporosis is a disease which occurs when bone becomes weak and brittle as a result of bone density loss. Bone density is an important factor when it comes to bone health and strength, and when this is significantly reduced it places the bone at risk of being fractured with relatively little force. For example, vertebrae affected by osteoporosis lack the capacity to withstand normal strain or forces of everyday tasks such as bending forward or lifting a window. These tasks are known to be a common mechanism of causing a vertebral fracture of osteoporotic bone.

Read more

Strength: Cervical Rotation [Hold/Relax PNF]

Instructions:

  • Place your hand against the side of your head
  • Push against your hand into rotation of the neck and sustain as per physiotherapist guidelines
  • Then relax into rotation after each push against resistance until you reach full range
  • Repeat on other side if indicated by your physiotherapist

Precautions:

  • If your are unsure of the movement or are experiencing pain talk to your Physiotherapist

Stretching: Effectiveness of Different Stretching Methods

Stretching is a great way for our bodies to keep moving and prevent stiffness in joints and muscles. Stretching can increase our range of motion (ROM), maintain our activities of daily living and preserve muscle length for sports/activities. Stretching has been debated in regards to its efficacy and who it is most appropriate for. This article aims to discuss the idea of dynamic stretching vs static stretching for warm-ups before sport or exercise.

There are 4 different types of stretching including; dynamic, static, proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation and ballistic.

Read more

Osteoporosis

OSTEOPOROSIS

What is Osteoporosis?

Derived from the Greek terms “osteo” (meaning bone) and “poro” (meaning porous), osteoporosis is a disease which occurs when bone becomes weak and brittle as a result of bone density loss. Bone density is an important factor when it comes to bone health and strength, and when this is significantly reduced it places the bone at risk of being fractured with relatively little force. For example, vertebrae affected by osteoporosis lack the capacity to withstand normal strain or forces of everyday tasks such as bending forward or lifting a window. These tasks are known to be a common mechanism of causing a vertebral fracture of osteoporotic bone.

Osteopenia is a condition similar to osteoporosis, where the bone density is significantly reduced, however not to the point where the bone is at risk of being easily fractured. Osteopenia is the precursor to osteoporosis and is therefore as important to treat to stop the disease progression towards osteoporosis.

Causes

Osteoporosis is caused by rapid reabsorption of bone tissue, which is much faster than the rate the bone tissue is being replaced. This causes the bony matrix to become porous and brittle.

Research has now identified multiple risk factors in relation to developing osteoporosis. These include:

  • Family history of osteoporosis
  • Calcium and Vitamin D deficiencies
  • Medical conditions such as coeliac disease, diabetes, low hormone levels, menopause, anorexia/bulimia nervosa, overactive thyroid or parathyroid, rheumatoid arthritis, chronic liver or kidney disease
  • Certain medications such as immunosuppressants for breast or prostate cancer, epilepsy, depression or HIV medications or corticosteroids
  • Smoking
  • Poor diet
  • Sedentary Lifestyle

Why do we need to manage it?

Research has indicated that osteoporotic fractures can cause chronic pain, loss of functional independence and at times premature death. Additionally, osteoporotic fractures place a large strain on societies and healthcare systems due to increasing life expectancies and a global ageing population.

Osteoporosis Australia, alongside Deakin University and Melbourne University, published a new burden of disease analysis, investigating the national impact osteoporosis has on Australian individuals, societies, healthcare systems and economy. Below are some of the key findings from the study:

  • In 2012, 4.74 million Australians over the age of 50 (i.e. 66% of people over 50 years) have poor bone health.
  • Of the 4.74 million Australians with poor bone health, 22% have osteoporosis and 78% have osteopenia
  • It was estimated that by 2022, there will be 6.2 million Australians over the ago of 50 with osteoporosis or osteopenia. This is an increase of 31% from 2012.
  • Fracture rates are estimated to rise by 30% annually from 2013 figures resulting in 183, 105 fractures per year. This equates to 1 fracture every 2.9 minutes, leading to 501 fractures per day or 3,521 per week.
  • Additionally the overall cost of osteoporotic fractures is quite alarming to the individual, community and Government.
  • It is predicted that in 2022, the total direct and indirect cost of osteoporosis, osteopenia and associated fractures is $33.6 billion. These costs include ambulance services, hospitalisations, emergency department and outpatient services, rehabilitation, aged care and community services.

In light of these statistics, it is essential that osteoporosis prevention and management strategies are implemented in both a national and global scale.

How is it diagnosed?

Osteoporosis and osteopenia is diagnosed with a bone density scan (different to a bone scan), known by the medical name of a DEXA scan. This scan measures the bone mineral density at different sites within your bone, commonly assessing your hip, spine and forearms. The test itself takes about 10 to 15 minutes while you lie flat on a padded table, fully clothed. The arm of the machine passes over your bone scanning the aforementioned area’s, with the results interpreted and returned to your referring doctor.

Staging of Osteoporosis

A bone density scan will determine the course of treatment necessary to maintain or improve bone health. The result will commonly refer to a ‘T-score’ and will indicate if your bones are:

  • Normal = T-score: between +1 and -1
  • Low bone density (osteopenic) = T-score: between -1 and -2.5
  • Osteoporotic = T-score: -2.5 or lower

If your bone health is normal then maintaining adequate calcium, vitamin D and exercise still remains important. If the result indicates osteopenia or osteoporosis then it is essential to intervene to stop the disease progress. Improvements in bone density and your bone health can be achieved over time with appropriate intervention.

How is it treated?

Osteoporosis requires prescribed treatment to protect bone health. Your medication will be prescribed by a GP or specialist. In Australia there are a range of treatment options available. You and your doctor will determine the best treatment for you, taking into consideration other medical conditions and medications. Your doctor can also advise if your medication is subsidised by the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme (PBS).

Exercise is an important adjunct to medical treatment to improve overall bone health and for fracture prevention. Resistance based exercise including weight bearing and impact activities have the strongest evidence supporting good bone health. Unfortunately walking, cycling and swimming activities have little evidence in improving bone mineral density, however they do help with improving cardiovascular endurance.

Resistance and weight bearing exercises are found to be the most effective in improving bone mineral density due to mechanotransduction. This theory suggests if a load to a bone is increased then that bone will adapt to the repeated loads under which it is placed and bone remodeling will occur so that the bone can withstand resist such loads.

It is equally important to incorporate balance exercises safely as falls are a common mechanism of causing an osteoporotic fracture.

Unfortunately, many people living with osteoporosis have other comorbidities to consider prior to prescribing exercise. This can complicate exercise prescription as it is important to treat osteoporosis however it is equally important for the exercise not to compromise another condition the same patient may have. For example, a patient may have an osteoporotic hip and an arthritic knee. Providing jumping based exercises may aggravate the patient’s knee pain, even though it involves resistance, weight bearing and impact properties to treat their osteoporosis.

Your physiotherapist can help you devise an appropriate exercise program to help treat your condition alongside your doctor and other healthcare professionals.

Resources

  • Beck BR, Daly RM, Singh MA, Taaffe DR. Exercise and Sports Science Australia (ESSA) position statement on exercise prescription for the prevention and management of osteoporosis. J Sci Med Sport. 2017 May;20(5):438-445.
  • Pinheiro et al. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity (2020) 17:150
  • Koshy F, George K, Poudel P, et al. (June 16, 2022) Exercise Prescription and the Minimum Dose for Bone Remodeling Needed to Prevent Osteoporosis in Postmenopausal Women: A Systematic Review. Cureus 14(6): e25993.
  • Osteoporosis costing all Australians A new burden of disease analysis – 2012 to 2022 (Healthy Bones Australia)

Strength: Hip Flexion (Concentric) [Standing] {Theraband}

Instructions:

  • To start with, anchor the TheraBand directly behind you and place one end around the front of your ankle
  • From here, place your hands against a wall or chair to act as a support
  • Keep your torso and hips in a straight line like a plank
  • Bring one knee up towards your chest, without losing control of the plank position
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Hip Flexion (Concentric) [Theraband]

Instructions:

  • Come to a position lying on your back and place TheraBand around the tops of your feet
  • From here, slowly bring one knee up towards your chest
  • Return to the starting position, ensuring you control the movement back down
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Stretch: Biceps (Standing)

Instructions

  • Stand to the side of a table and turn palm to face towards the table
  • As the hand is placed against the table slightly lean into the stretch until you pull it stretching not pushing into pain
  • Hold for 30 seconds to one minute to make sure you get the benefit of the stretch

Precautions

  • If you are unsure of the stretch or are experiencing pain whilst performing the stretch, please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Step Up [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Position the target limb onto a step with the ankle directly underneath the knee
  • Push off the back leg as if you are initiating a step up
  • Ensure the knee on the step doesn’t move
  • Sustain this hold as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Metatarsal Doming (Dynamic | Towel Scrunch)

Instructions

  • Sit down on a chair with a towel spread in front of you
  • Place the targeted foot on the towel
  • Keep your heel in contact with the towel and curl your toes to scrunch the towel under your foot
  • Continue this action until your foot reaches the end of the towel

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Supported | Theraband)

Instructions

  • Sit next to a table with your hand raised towards the ceiling and elbow resting on the table surface inline but below your shoulder height
  • Holding a theraband tied behind you, press your hand down towards the table surface
  • Return your hand slowly back to the start position
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain
  • Speak to your physiotherapist prior to performing this exercise if you have had a history of shoulder dislocations prior to attempting this exercise

Strength: Shoulder Flexion (Short Lever| Theraband)

Instructions:

  • In a standing position, relax shoulders, bend elbow to bring fist close to body
  • From here, bring your arm up keeping close range to body while going up to overhead in a range that is comfortable and through full available range
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instructions

Theraband

  • Place band under foot on same side as the working arm
  • Keep your elbow and hand close to your body (short lever)
  • Slowly reach up towards the ceiling
  • Repeat as per your physiotherapist instructions

Stretch: Cervical Extension (Supine | Roller)

  • Lie down on your back
  • Bring your head against roller
  • Lower to a comfortable position until you feel a stretch behind your neck
  • Sustain as per physiotherapy guidelines

The Ageing Shoulder

A healthy shoulder is an integral part of normal daily activities and overall independence. A functional shoulder allows you to wash your hair, put on a shirt, swing a golf club, lift groceries into your boot to name a few. Maintaining a healthy shoulder is an important part of having optimal quality of life.

Read more

Discogenic Low Back Pain

Lets start by breaking down the term ‘discogenic’. The disc is the structure that lies between the vertebrae, discogenic is pain that originates from this structure. Discogenic low back pain presents as pain in the lumbar spine with or without referral that is confirmed via X-ray, CT scan or MRI. Results are commonly reported as ” degenerative disc disease” or “multi-level disc degeneration”. This article aims to explain the role of the disc, what happens when they deteriorate and what it means for you if you have been diagnosed with disc disease or a disc herniation.

Read more

Neural Mobility: Sciatic Nerve Tensioner / Slump (Seated)

Instructions: Seated

  1. Sit on a chair with your feet hanging freely.
  2. Slouch through your back and drop your shoulders towards the ground.
  3. Look up towards the ceiling, bend your knee back, and point toes to the ground.
  4. This is the starting position.
  5. Slowly straighten your knee, look down to the ground and point your toes back towards you.
  6. Then slowly bend your knee, look up to the ceiling and point toes downwards to return to the starting position.
  7. Repeat this movement as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Instructions: Sustained

  • Sit upright in a chair
  • Extend your affected leg in front of you and rest it on a comfortable surface, keeping your knee straight
  • Maintaining an upright posture, slowly bend your ankle back towards you
  • From this position, slowly bend forward from your hips to a comfortable range
  • Once your reach the end of your range, slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat this sequence as guided by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Only perform this exercise strictly as guided by your Physiotherapist – do not be tempted to perform more reps/sets as this may irritate the tissue.
  • If your symptoms become aggravated or experience pins/needle/numbness, stop immediately and notify your Physiotherapist.

Mobility: Shoulder Flexion (Standing |  Pulley) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Stand under your shoulder pulley device and hold on to the handles, with both arms in front of you
  • Extend both arms in front of your chest
  • Pull down slowly on the handle in front of your chest to assist you raising your opposite arm above your head
  • Gently guide your arm back down by slowly raising your other hand back to the start position
  • Either alternate the side you raise by pulling down on the opposite handle, or repeat this action on the desired side as guided by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • You may need to perform this exercise in a pain free range to avoid aggravating your shoulder pain
  • If your experience any pins/needles, numbness in your hands or pain, while performing the exercise, please stop and notify your physiotherapist

Mobility: Shoulder Abduction (Standing |  Pulley) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Stand under your shoulder pulley device and hold on to the handles
  • Extend one arm out to your side with the other handle resting in front of your chest
  • Pull down slowly on the handle in front of your chest to assist you raising your opposite arm above your head
  • Gently guide your arm back down by slowly raising your other hand back to the start position
  • Complete this exercise as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Progression

  • Stand under your shoulder pulley device with one hand on one handle and your other hand grasping the rope above the other handle
  • Extend the arm holding the HANDLE out to your side with the other hand resting in front of your chest
  • Pull down slowly on the handle in front of your chest to assist you raising your opposite arm above your head (this now should be higher than the previous exercise)
  • Gently guide your arm back down by slowly raising your other hand back to the start position
  • Complete this exercise as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • You may need to perform this exercise in a pain free range to avoid aggravating your shoulder pain
  • If your experience any pins/needles, numbness in your hands or pain, while performing the exercise, please stop and notify your physiotherapist

Rutherford Physiotherapy, NSW 2320

Our Rutherford clinic has been serving the local community since 2015. We are located in West Mall, just opposite the Woolworths complex, next to Laverty Pathology.

Address: 1/15-17 West Mall, Rutherford, NSW, 2320
Phone: (02) 4932 5555

Newcastle West, NSW 2302

Our Newcastle West clinic opened in 2022 to accommodate our growing team. The clinic is located conveniently on the corner of Hunter St and Stewart Ave.

Address: Suite 2, 826 Hunter St, Newcastle West, NSW, 2302
Phone: (02) 4940 0401

Parking: 2-hour metered parking is available on Hunter St, Beresford St & King St. There is also a parking station next to the Newcastle Interchange.

Newcastle, NSW 2300

Our Newcastle CBD practice has been in operation for more than 10 years. The clinic is located just off Hunter St Mall.

Address: Level 1, 7 Newcomen St, Newcastle, NSW 2300
Phone: (02) 4929 3898

Posterior Tibialis Tendon Dysfunction

Posterior Tibialis Tendon Dysfunction (PTTD) is a common cause of medial ankle and foot pain affecting the tibialis posterior tendon, which – if not effectively treated – can have a detrimental impact on ankle/foot joint integrity and overall function.  The severity of this condition can vary, as the tibialis posterior tendon can become inflamed and painful, or it can continue to deteriorate causing splits/tears within the tendon itself, leading to further complications within the ankle/foot complex. Therefore, identifying and treating this condition early can significantly improve patient outcomes and reduce the need for more radical interventions such as surgery.

Read more

Warm Up: Is It Really Beneficial?

Have you ever been instructed or advised to complete a quick warm up? Or get ready for the game and not sure exactly what to do? Warming up is widely appreciated as a fundamental aspect of physical activity, exercise, and sport. This article aims to explain what, why and how we complete an effective warm up. It will also explore the current literature and evidence surrounding the effectiveness of warmups for performance enhancement and injury prevention.

Read more

Strength: Squat and Press

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position, holding an appropriate weight in both hands at chest level
  • From here, complete a mini squat by bending the knees as if you were sitting down
  • Hold this position and press your arms out forward at chest level
  • Bring the the hands back into the chest and stand up to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Incline Mountain Climber

Instructions:

  • Come to a plank position with your hands placed on a bench in front. Hands should be shoulder distance apart and hips should be in line with the trunk.
  • From this position, bring one knee up towards your chest whilst controlling the plank position.
  • Perform the same movement on the other side.
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction.

Strength: Plank Shoulder Taps

4-point Kneeling

Instructions:

  • Come to a kneeling position with your hands and knees on the ground. Your hands should sit directly under your shoulders and your knees under the hips.
  • From this position you are going to take one hand off the floor towards to opposite shoulder
  • Touch the shoulder and return the hand back to the ground.
  • Be careful of rotating through the back, trying to maintain our 4-point kneeling position.
  • Repeat on the other side and complete as per physiotherapist instruction

Plank

Instructions:

  • Come to a full plank with your hands and feet on the ground. Your hands should sit directly under your shoulders and your trunk and legs forming a straight line.
  • From this position you are going to take one hand off the floor towards to opposite shoulder
  • Touch the shoulder and return the hand back to the ground.
  • Be careful of rotating through the back, trying to maintain our plank position.
  • Repeat on the other side and complete as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Ankle (Dynamic) [Theraband]

Instructions:

  • Place a looped TheraBand around the tops of both feet.
  • Come to a standing position.
  • From here your affected leg is going to bend slightly through the knee and is going to be your stance leg.
  • The other leg is going to move against the resistance of the band out to the side tapping the ground, before returning to the start position.
  • Repeat in a range of directions such as forwards and back wards.
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction.

Strength: Sit to Stand (Theraband)

Instructions

  • Sit towards the front of your chair and tie your prescribed theraband above your knees
  • Widen your foot and knee position while sitting to add tension through the band
  • While maintaining the tension through the band, rock forward and press through your heels to come to a full standing position with your knees straight (with or without using your arms for support as advised by your physiotherapist)
  • After reaching a full standing position, slowly lower yourself to the chair returning to a seated position
  • Repeat this exercise as directed by your physiotherapist

Eccentric focus

  • Slowly lower down onto the chair whilst pushing out into the band with your knees

Precautions

  • Ensure your perform this exercise on a stable chair
  • If this exercise aggravates your pain please stop and notify your physiotherapist

Strength: Sit to Stand (Ball)

Instructions

  • Sit towards the front of your chair and place a ball/rolled towel between your knees
  • While holding this ball in place, rock forward and press through your heels to come to a full standing position with your knees straight (with or without the use of your hands as advised by your physiotherapist)
  • After reaching your full standing position, slowly lower your self back to the chair to return to a seated position
  • Repeat this exercise as directed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Ensure your perform this exercise on a stable chair
  • If this exercise aggravates your pain please stop and notify your physiotherapist

Mobility Sequence: Scapula (Seated)

Instructions

  • Sit in a comfortable position
  • Slowly roll your shoulders backwards in a circular motion
  • Repeat this as directed by your physiotherapist
  • You can also perform this in the other direction
  • Complete this sequence as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Mobility: Lumbar Flexion (Supine) [Passive | Unilateral]

Instructions

  • Lie on your back
  • Slowly draw one knee towards your chest
  • Draw that knee further towards your chest within a comfortable range
  • Lower your knee and repeat on your other limb
  • Continue this sequence as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • If your experience any pain, stop this exercise and contact your physiotherapist

Mobility: Lumbar Flexion (Supine) [Passive]

Instructions

  • Lie on your back
  • Raise both knees towards your chest
  • Using your hands, hug your knees further into your chest – as far as comfortable
  • You should feel a gentle stretch near the base of your spine
  • Complete this exercise as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • If this exacerbates your pain, stop this exercise immediately
  • Speak to your physiotherapist if this aggravates any hip/groin pain

Mobility: Cervical Rotation (Seated | Towel) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Sitting upright in a chair
  • Use the long edge of a towel or a pillow case and sit it across the affected level as indicated by your therapist, with one edge of the towel/pillow case in either hand
  • Apply a comfortable but firm pressure by pulling the ends of the towel/pillow case keeping the ends in-line with your eye level/height
  • Maintaining this pressure, lower one arm below your shoulder (this is the side you will turn to)
  • Turn your head to look over your shoulder as far as comfortable, towards the side of the arm you just lowered – your other hand should follow your line of sight, always maintaining the same pressure
  • Repeat this exercise as instructed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • If you experience any temporary symptoms regarding lightheadedness, dizziness, double vision or extreme pain stop the exercise immediately and contact your physiotherapist
  • If any of these symptoms persist, present to your nearest emergency department immediately

Mobility: Lumbar Rotation (Supine) [Dynamic]

Instructions

  • Lie on your back with your knees bent so your feet are flat on the gorund
  • Keeping your knees together, gently rock them to one side
  • Simultaneously look the other direction from where your knees are falling
  • Repeat this in the other direction for the prescribed amount or as otherwise instructed by your physiotherapist

Precaustions

  • Stop this exercise immediately if this aggravates your pain and contact your physiotherapist
  • If your movement is limited, you can complete this exercise reducing the overall range your knees are rocking

Strength: Scapula Retraction (Theraband) {Unilateral}

Instructions:

  • Come into standing and position the band as a sash over the target limb
  • Loop it under the arm pit and hold with the opposing hand
  • This will add a forward force to the shoulder
  • Draw the shoulder back against the band and then slowly allow it to return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Oblique Crunch

Instructions:

  • Come into lying with your knees bent, heels in line with sit bones and shoulders relaxed
  • Tilt your pelvis up to your chin to imprint your lumbar spine and move in the opposite direction to create an arch through your lower back
  • Find the middle ground between these two positions
  • Inhale and take one hand behind the head for support
  • Exhale and slide your head and shoulder blades off the ground as you come up and rotate to the opposite hip bone
  • You should feel this through your side abdominals
  • Inhale to lower and exhale to repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • Avoiding crunching the neck to the chest as you lift
  • Keep your lumbar spine neutral
  • Maintain a wide elbow position

Strength: Rectus Abdominis Crunch

Instructions:

  • Come into lying with your knees bent, heels in line with sit bones and shoulders relaxed
  • Tilt your pelvis up to your chin to imprint your lumbar spine and move in the opposite direction to create an arch through your lower back
  • Find the middle ground between these two positions
  • Inhale and take the hands behind the head for support
  • Exhale and slide your head and shoulder blades off the ground
  • You should feel this through your upper abdominals
  • Inhale to lower and exhale to repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • Avoiding crunching the neck to the chest as you lift
  • Keep your lumbar spine neutral
  • Maintain a wide elbow position

Mobility: Horizontal Abduction/Flexion (AAROM)

Instructions

  • Come to a seated position with the affected arm leaning against a surface
  • From here slide your hand on a diagonal away from the body
  • Lean into the stretch at the end of range and return to the starting position
  • Repeat/hold as per physiotherapist instruction

Mobility: Shoulder Internal Rotation (AAROM) [Towel]

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position and hold the towel with the unaffected limb
  • Bring the unaffected limb overhead so that the towel hangs straight down
  • Bring the affected arm behind the back as comfortable and hold onto the other end of the towel
  • From here, start to bring the affected limb up the back and use the unaffected arm to assist this movement
  • Complete this movement in a controlled manner and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Mobility/PNF: Hip External Rotation (Seated | Theraband)

  • Bring your heel to the opposite knee
  • Place a theraband around your knee
  • Move your knee towards the ground against the resistance band
  • Hold for 5 seconds, repeat as directed by your physiotherapist

Mobility/PNF: Hip External Rotation (Supine | Theraband)

PNF or Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation can be utilised to gain greater mobility through a contract relax technique. Your Physiotherapist may have completed this during a session by asking you to resist a movement for a period of time followed by greater movement into the range of restriction. This can also be achieved at home using an exercise band, chair or towel.  

Instructions:

  • Lie comfortably on your back
  • Bring the heel of the affected limb to the opposite knee
  • Place a strong theraband around your knee
  • Press the thigh into the band is if you are moving into a figure 4 position
  • Hold for 5 seconds and then allow the knee to move closer towards the bed/floor
  • Repeat as directed by your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Scaption (Standing | Concentric) [Dumbbell]

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position with the prescribed weight/dumbbell in your hand
  • From here, bring your arm up on a 30-45 degree angle up towards shoulder height
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Plyometrics: Drop Catches

Standing – Scaption

Instruction:

  • Come to a standing position and have the prescribed weight/dumbbell in your hand
  • Bring your arm up in line with the shoulder, on a slight angle away from the body
  • From here, drop and catch the dumbbell, aiming to keep the arm in the same starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Shoulder Abduction (Short Lever | Standing | Dumbbell) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Come to standing position, with the prescribed weight in your hand
  • Bend through the elbow to make a 90 degree angle
  • From here, lift the arm out to the side until the elbow is in line with the shoulder
  • Control the return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Stretch: Preacher

Instructions:

  • To complete this stretch, come to a kneeling position with a box/chair/bench in front of you
  • From here, place your elbows on the elevated surface
  • Gently, let your chest drop forward and your bottom fall towards your heels until you feel a stretch through the shoulders
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Hip Hitch (standing)

Instructions

  • Step on the block or a step with one leg
  • Bring the floating leg to the same level as the standing one
  • Slowly drop the floating leg towards the floor keeping the standing leg straight
  • Slowly bring the floating leg to the same level as the other one
  • Repeat as directed
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Version 1: Standing on Flat Ground

Version 2: Standing on a Step

Precautions

Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface. It should be performed carefully at home using a rail for support if needed.  

Release: Thoracic Spine (Massage Ball)

Instructions:

  • This can be completed both standing against a wall or lying on your back with a massage ball
  • Place ball under your back and gently lean into the ball creating a tolerable pressure
  • You can change the intensity by increasing your weight on the ball
  • If you find a sore spot you can hold and wait on that point until the tightness subsides
  • Complete for 3-4 mins

Precautions:

  • The spiky ball can be significantly sore when using it to release the fascia and muscles.
  • Exercise caution and use to the level of soreness you can tolerate
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Shoulder Abduction / Angel (Supine | Roller)

Instructions:

  • Lie on your back with the foam roller supporting your spine head to tailbone
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat
  • Let your arms rest by your side with palms facing the upwards
  • From here slide arms along the floor up towards above the head as able and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Hip Abduction / Side Kick (Side Lying)

Level 1 Instructions:

  • Come to a side lying position with the bottom arm outstretched and head resting on the arm
  • Hips are bent slightly and knees are bent to 90 degrees
  • Your top hand should be resting on the floor
  • From here, lift the top leg to hip height and glide forwards and backwards in a controlled motion
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Level 1 variation:

  • Lie on your side with your hips, knees and ankles stacked on top of one another
  • Raise your top leg so that your knee and foot align with your top hip
  • Keeping this alignment, bend your knee towards your chest and then extend away from your down towards your toes
  • Repeat this exercise for the desired number of reps/sets as guided by your physiotherapist

Level 2 Instructions:

  • Lie on your side with your hips, knees and ankles stacked on top of one another
  • Raise your top leg so your knee and foot align with your top hip
  • Keeping this alignment, extend your top leg away from your towards your toes
  • Maintaining your alignment and keeping your leg straight, sweep your leg in front of you as far as comfortable
  • Follow this by then sweeping your leg back towards your feet, again maintaining the alignment
  • Repeat this exercise for the desired number of reps/sets as guided by your physiotherapist

Precautions:

  • Seek guidance from your physiotherapist before you progress to level 2
  • You may need to perform this on a bed or with a pillow/cushioned surface under your lower hip if it’s uncomfortable performing this exercise on the floor/mat
  • If you experience any pain during the exercise, please stop the exercise and notify your physiotherapist

Strength: Transversus Abdominis / Toe Taps (Supine)

Instructions Level 1:

  • Begin by laying on your back with knees bent
  • Engage your abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Keep the arms relaxed by your side
  • Bring one leg up into tabletop position and slowly lower it back down to the floor
  • Repeat this on the same leg 10 times OR complete with alternating legs if advised by your Physiotherapist

Instructions level 2

  • Begin by laying on your back with knees bent
  • Engage your abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Bring one leg up into tabletop position and then bring the other leg up into tabletop position
  • Slowly lower one leg back to the floor and then the other leg back to the floor
  • Maintain your abdominal contraction and neutral pelvic position throughout
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapist instructions

Instructions Level 3:

  • Starting in the tabletop position, connect to the abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Maintain a neutral pelvic position
  • Keep the arms by your side and relax your shoulders
  • Maintain the amount of knee bend whilst you lower the toes of one leg down to the mat and return to the starting position
  • Repeat on the opposing side maintaining the abdominal contraction

Instructions Level 4:

  • Begin by laying on your back with your knees bent and engage abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Lift one leg into the tabletop position
  • As your lower this leg, raise the opposite leg into tabletop position
  • Repeat this movement by continuing to swap your legs
  • Maintain your abdominal contraction and neutral pelvic position throughout

Instructional video: activation

Strength: Transversus Abdominis Leg Extension (Supine)

Level 1 Instructions:

  • Lay on your back with your knees bent and engage your abdominal muscles
  • Float one leg up into the tabletop position so the knee is directly above the hip and the ankle in line with the knee
  • Slowly straighten your leg towards the ceiling and then float your leg back up to the tabletop position
  • Lower the foot back to the starting position
  • Repeat on the opposite side

Level 2 instructions:

  • Lay on your back with your knees bent and engage your abdominal muscles
  • Float one leg up into the tabletop position so the knee is directly above the hip and the ankle in line with the knee
  • Slowly straighten your leg as your lower it towards the ground and then float your leg back up to the tabletop position
  • Lower the foot back to the starting position
  • Repeat on the opposite side

Level 3 Instructions:

  • Lay on your back with your knees bent and engage your abdominal muscles
  • Float one leg up into the tabletop position so the knee is directly above the hip and the ankle in line with the knee
  • Slowly straighten your leg 45 degrees towards the ceiling and then lower your leg towards ground
  • Raise your leg back up towards the ceiling and then float your leg back up to the tabletop position
  • Lower the foot back to the starting position
  • Repeat on the opposite side

Level 4 instructions:

  • Starting in the tabletop position, connect to the abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Maintain a neutral pelvic position
  • Keep the arms by your side and relax your shoulders
  • Slowly extend the knee of one leg out so the toes are at the same level
  • Draw the knee back to the starting position
  • Repeat on the opposite side

Level 5 Instructions:

  • Starting in the tabletop position, connect to the abdominal muscles by drawing the belly button towards the spine
  • Maintain a neutral pelvic position
  • Slowly straighten your leg as your lower it towards the ground and then float your leg back up to the tabletop position
  • Repeat on the opposite side

Precautions:

  • Ensure that your lower back is flat to the floor
  • Ensure to use your breathe to complete the exercise
  • Ensure to take the exercise slow and controlled
  • If you experience any pain, please stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Theraband)

Due to the inherently unstable joint structure of the shoulder, it relies heavily on the rotator cuff and surrounding musculature. The following exercises involve both external and internal rotation of the shoulder. Under the guidance of your treating Physiotherapist these can be advanced as strength improves.

Instructions

  • Position yourself with the elbow tucked into the side body
  • Open through the chest
  • Thumb directed towards the roof
  • Position the affected arm closest to the resistance band
  • Maintaining the above position, move the forearm towards the belly
  • Control the return to neutral
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Do not allow the band to pull you back to the start position
  • Maintain a proud chest
  • Limit movement through the wrist

Variation: Supported

  • Sit next to a table with your hand raised towards the ceiling and elbow resting on the table surface inline but below your shoulder height
  • Holding a theraband tied behind you, press your hand down towards the table surface
  • Return your hand slowly back to the start position
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain
  • Speak to your physiotherapist prior to performing this exercise if you have had a history of shoulder dislocations prior to attempting this exercise

Variation: Unsupported

  • Secure the theraband to a high object
    • You can do this by tying a knot in the end, then tossing over the top of a door frame and closing the door
  • While holding onto the theraband raise your elbow to you side so it sits just below your shoulder
    • The resistance from the theraband should be coming from above your elbow and the line of pull should be in line with your forearm
  • Maintain the height of your elbow, lower your wrist down to the level of your elbow
  • Slowly raise your wrist back to the start position
  • Repeat this exercise as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Stop this exercise if this exacerbates your pain, and notify your physiotherapist
    • Depending on your strength, your physiotherapist may recommend to perform this exercise with your elbow at a lower height

Strength: Wrist Extension [Eccentric]

The wrist extensors are the group of muscles coursing from the outside of the elbow, along the top of the forearm to the fingertips. These muscles are responsible for extending the wrist. Common with conditions such as ‘Tennis Elbow’ these muscles can become weakened and play a vital in our upper limb function.

Variation 1: Dumbbell

Instructions:

  • Position yourself with the affected limb positioned on a bench or as shown below or resting on the knee
  • The elbow should be bent to approximately 90 degrees
  • Hold the weight with the wrist in a flexed position
  • Using the unaffected arm lift the wrist into an extended position
  • Remove the support of the unaffected arm and slowly lower to the starting position
  • The unaffected arm must be used each time to elevate the wrist into the extended position
  • Control the return and repeat

Precautions

  • Relax the shoulders and neck
  • Avoid forcefully gripping the hand weight
  • Keep the palm facing the ground, avoid rotating the wrist up or down

Resisted extensor exercise is an excellent exercise to increase lateral elbow strength. It is used for injuries such as tennis elbow where pain is typically on the outside of the elbow, or while you grasp any objects.

Variation 2: No Equipment

Instructions:

  • Sit comfortably by a table or bench
  • Place your forearm on a table with the elbow extended
  • Your arm should be at elbow level, palm facing the table
  • Extend the wrist back towards you
  • With the opposite hand press the hand towards the table while resisting
  • Raise the back of the hand again without resistance, and repeat
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions:

Exercise with mild pain. Stop if pain becomes disabling.

Menopause and Training

Menopause discussions are often centred on weight gain and hot flashes, however there are many varying symptoms experienced through this life stage. Removing the stigma around menopausal ‘changes’ provides an opportunity to understand and implement meaningful strategies for overall health. This article aims to break-down menopause, the associated physical and psychological changes and interventions available.

Read more

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation [Isometric]

Theraband Variation

Instructions:

  1. Anchor one end of a theraband to something stable.
  2. Face side on, with the band tied on the far side of the affected arm.
  3. Start with the band in your hand. Tuck your elbow into the side of your body, and rest your hand across your stomach.
  4. Keeping your elbow tucked in at your side, slowly pull your hand away from the bands anchor.
  5. You should feel tension on the band and muscles working, but not significant pain. If you feel significant pain, do not pull quite as far/hard.
  6. Hold for the time prescribed by your Physiotherapist, and repeat.

Wall Variation

Instructions:

  • Bend the elbow of the target limb to a 90 degree angle
  • Open the chest by slightly drawing the shoulder blades together
  • Position the back of the hand against a firm surface and push as if trying to push the hand away from the body
  • Keep the elbow tucked into the side body
  • Sustain for period of time designated by Physiotherapist

Mobility: Wrist Extension (Standing | Bench) [Assisted]

Instructions:

  • Place the affected wrist on the edge of a bench
  • Position your legs into a small lunge and bring your trunk into a forward leaning position
  • With the other hand, create a C-Shaped grip and apply pressure across the wrist joint where the forearm meets the base of the hand.
  • From here, gently rock forward onto your front leg and bring your body forward
  • This will assist in bringing your wrist into extension
  • Ensure the movement is slow, controlled and the pressure across the wrist is maintained
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Heel Raise [Isometric]

Isometrics involve the target limb being put under load without moving through range. This is a great way to introduce load to tendons and muscles without provoking painful symptoms. The following three videos demonstrate a double leg isometric heel raise through bottom-mid and end-range. Your Physiotherapist will prescribe which exercise is appropriate for you and for what duration.

Instructions:

  • Stand with the heels coming off the edge of the step/ledge
  • With straight knees maintain the heels in a bottom-mid-end range position
  • Keep the heel in a neutral position without inward/outward rotation
  • Maintain for the duration as per Physiotherapist guidelines
  • Ensure there is something stable to maintain balance

Soleus variation:

  • Stand with the heels coming off the edge of the step/ledge
  • Bend the knees and maintain the ankle position relevant to the step
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist instructions
  • Ensure there is something stable to maintain balance

Strength: Hamstrings Curl (Supine)

The following exercise is to be completed on a slippery surface. Tiles or floorboards in combination with socks are recommended. Ensure that you utilise a mat underneath the back for comfort and support.

Instructions:

  • Lying on your back with the knees bent and the feet flat on the ground.
  • Lift the hips up to the roof and slowly extend the knees out.
  • As the legs straighten, bend the knees and return to the start position maintaining elevation through the hips.
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapists recommended

Swiss ball variation:

  • Lie on your back with the swiss ball positioned underneath the heels.
  • Lift the hips up to the roof maintaining a level pelvis and a neutral spine.
  • Slowly extend the knees maintaining pressure in the ball via the heels.
  • Following full extension of the knees, keep the hips elevated and slowly bend the knees to the start position.
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapists recommended dosage.

Precautions:

  • Losing control in this hips and swaying side to side.
  • Dropping the hips as you continue through the repetitions.

Mobility: Shoulder External Rotation (Standing)

Instructions:

  • In a standing position, relax shoulders and keep elbow by your side with thumb pointing towards roof
  • Keeping your elbow tucked into your side, bring the back of your hand away from the body creating a rotation movement through shoulder that is comfortable through full available range
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Warm Up

This warm up is suitable to prepare for running related activities or sport. To set up find a flat, 10m area that you will complete the exercises below between. Please only complete exercises that have been prescribed by your physiotherapist. After you complete each exercise, walk back to the starting position and continue with the next exercise.

The following is a summary of the exercises to be completed and corresponding videos are below.

Summary:

  • Jog
  • High Knees
  • Bum Kicks
  • A-Skip
  • B-Skip
  • Side-to-Side
  • Grapevine
  • Open Gate
  • Close Gate
  • Walking Lunges
  • Walking Squats
  • 50% Run Through
  • 75% Run Through
  • 90% Run Through

Jog

High Knees

Bum Kicks

A-SKip

B-Skip

Side-to-Side

Grapevine

Open Gate

Close Gate

Walking Lunges

Walking Squats

Run Through – 50%

Run Through – 75%

Run Through – 90%

Mobility Sequence: Lumbar spine

Low back pain is experienced by millions of people around the world. It is the number one cause of disability worldwide. This video sequence aims to reduce stiffness and pain and should only be completed within pain free limits. Only complete under the guidance of your Physiotherapists in a safe environment with adequate space.

Mobility Sequence: Cervical and Thoracic (Seated)

Neck and thoracic stiffness are very common in the working population who spend many hours sitting at a computer. This may present as headaches, poking chin, and rounded shoulders which some would consider as poor posture practices. This short video demonstrates some mobility exercises to activate the surrounding muscles. Breaking up long sitting time with movement promotes better overall circulation and increased energy. Please use this video as a guide to better movement following your Physiotherapists recommendations. Only move within comfortable limits and do not complete if you feel dizzy or unwell.

Strength: Shoulder Adduction

Theraband instructions:

  • Anchor TheraBand to a higher point
  • Hold band with the affected limb out to side
  • From this position pull the band down towards your hip and then control the movement of the arm back up to the starting position.
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction
  • Stand to the side of the cable machine
  • Position your feet hip width apart with core engaged
  • Press the handle towards the side body
  • Control the return towards the machine
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Do not let the band fling back towards the starting position uncontrolled
  • Do not allow the band to pull you back to the start position
  • Maintain your core engagement
  • Limit movement through the wrist

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Abduction | Theraband | Dumbbell)

The following exercises isolate the rotator cuff in a position of shoulder abduction. The variance is the resistance which is shown with a theraband or with a free hand weight. Your Physiotherapist will determine which resistance is appropriate for you and your rehabilitation needs.

Internal Rotation:

  • Anchor the resistance band behind you at the level of the shoulders or shoulder blades
  • Take the band with the target limb and step to the side- away from the band
  • Hold the shoulder in a 90 degree angle, with the elbow bent so the wrist stacks above the elbow
  • Pull the resistance band down so the wrist moves forward whilst maintaining a bent elbow
  • The movement mimics hitting a nail with a hammer
  • Return to the start position with control
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions.

Free weight instructions:

  • Using a hand weight at a load that has been prescribed, come into the above position
  • The weight will stack directly above the elbow with the elbow in line with the shoulder
  • To move into internal rotation: lower the weight in front of you as shown above and return to start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Pre-Pointe Assessments

Dancers effortlessly combine strength, mobility and control within extreme ranges of motion. This high physical demand on the body however can result in up to 70% of the population experiencing injury within a given year. With most dancers transitioning en-pointe between age 9-12, a pre-pointe assessment is often recommended for clearance and early detection or predisposition to injury.

En-pointe translates to ‘on the tip of the toes’. This position involves complete weight bearing through the big toe in alignment with the ankle lower leg and thigh. The stiffness, width and length of the shoe varies and should be correctly fitted within the dance school or through a specific retail outlet.

It is at the discretion of the dance school to determine when the dancer should commence pointe work. This may be based on years of training, training volume and injury history.

What is a pre-pointe assessment?

A pre-pointe assessment is conducted by a qualified Physiotherapist. The examination aims to review posture, strength and most importantly the control and strength of the foot and lower limb. The testing protocol reviews control in neutral and in first position whilst moving through the repertoire. Joint range of motion of the spine and lower limb are also completed as part of the assessment.

The aim of the test is to identify any strength imbalances, technical errors or flag any concerns that may be exacerbated by commencement of pointe training. At the cessation of the test your Physiotherapist may provide some recommendations for specific training and which may warrant a follow up session alongside liaising closely with your dance school.

How to prepare for the pre-pointe assessment

The dancer will be required to wear a leotard, stockings with hair neatly tied off the neck. The assessment will predominately be completed bare-foot however the slippers may be worn. It is encouraged that minors are joined by a parent or caregiver during the assessment.

What happens next

Once the assessment is completed, the documentation will be forwarded through to the client/caregiver and the dance school. If there are any concerns with the recommendations following the assessment the dance school is encouraged to directly contact the treating Physiotherapist. It is important to remember that the outcomes and measurements taken are objective and do not reflect the dancers capacity for future opportunities. The testing may identify areas for improvement which ultimately aim to reduce injury.

It is encouraged to continue working with your Physiotherapist for the development of specific rehabilitation specific to the student’s needs. In our clinic we have access to reformer pilates equipment which are used frequently in this population.

Rehabilitation protocol: Cervical and Thoracic

Pain or stiffness in the neck, shoulder or upper back region is a very common musculoskeletal presentation, particularly in office workers or jobs that require substantial computer based work. Patients will often present with a poked chin and rounded spine from this prolonged positioning. The following exercises aim to address mobility through the cervical/thoracic region, strengthen weakness in muscles particularly at the anterior neck and around the shoulder blades, whilst lengthening through front of the chest. Please use these exercises as a guide and complete as per physiotherapist guidelines.

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/book-openings/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-chin-tuck-cervical-flexors-standing/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-scapula-retraction/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-shrug/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-standing-row/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/thoracic-and-lumbar-extension-passive/

Strength: Shoulder Elevation (Shrugs)

Instructions:

  • In a standing or sitting position, let arms rest naturally by your side
  • From here, bring the top of your shoulders up towards your ears
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction
  • Your physiotherapist may also utilise TheraBand or dumbbells for this exercise

Weighted Instructions:

  • Your physiotherapist will instruct you on the weight of the dumbbells or TheraBand to use for this exercise
  • Come to a standing position with arms relaxed by side
  • Bring your hands up by your side in line with your hips
  • From this position, bring your shoulders up towards your ears by squeezing the muscles at the base of your neck
  • Your arm and elbow position should not change during the movement
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Using band

  • Place the band under feet holding the ends in each hand
  • Gently direct the lifting of shoulder towards the back of your ears
  • Slowly lower to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instructions

Stretch: Downward Dog

Instructions:

  • From a standing position, fold forward bringing your hands to the floor
  • From here, step one leg back at a time, keeping a straight line from heels to hips
  • Your upper limp should form a straight line from hands to your trunk, forming a V shaped position
  • Ensure your lower back maintains a neutral position and core is engaged
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Wrist Radial Deviation [Eccentric]

Instructions:

  • Come to a seated position with your affect wrist over the edge of a bench, with thumb facing upwards
  • Hold a weight that has been prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • From this position, slowly lower your wrist down towards the floor
  • Once you have reached the end of range, use your other hand to assist you back to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Wrist Flexion (Dumbbell | Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions:

  • Position yourself with your affected wrist at the end of a bench
  • Have your palm facing the roof.
  • From this position, with a weight prescribed by your physiotherapist, bring the palm of your hand up towards your arm
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Wrist Extension (Standing | Bench)

Instructions:

  • Place the affected wrist on the edge of a bench
  • Position your legs into a small lunge and bring your trunk into a forward leaning position
  • From here, gently rock forward onto your front leg and bring your body forward
  • This will assist in bringing your wrist into extension
  • Ensure this movement is slow and controlled
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Plyometrics: Jump Squat

Instructions:

  • Stand with the feet slightly wider than the feet
  • Lower down into a squat position and as you rise, press through the toes to shoot off the ground
  • Bring the chest forward as you extend the legs
  • Control the landing by allowing the knees to bend whilst maintaining a strong squat technique
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Stretch: Knee Extension (Prone)

Instructions:

  • Come into lying on your stomach
  • Position yourself so that the knee is supported by the bed and the lower leg hanging off
  • The goal is to relax the leg in this position to increase the knee extension
  • Maintain this position for the specified time period by your Physiotherapist

Plyometrics: Triple Extension

Instructions:

  • Using a block stand about 1m from the edge
  • Step the unaffected leg forward onto the block as if you were stepping up
  • As you do so, lift the heel off the ground of the target limb
  • Lower the heel as you bring the leg off the block
  • The goal is to push firmly off the heel as if you were running with the leg that remains on the ground
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength Sequence: Arm Series (Seated | Dumbbells | Swiss Ball)

Instructions:

  • Come into sitting on a swiss ball or on a chair/bench
  • Using hand-weights that are appropriate for your skill level lift the arms in the following series:
    • Bicep curl: elbows bent in by the side, palms facing up draw the wrist towards the shoulder
    • Lateral raise: with a bent elbow, take the arms up in line with the shoulders and lower down
    • Overhead press: elbows in line with the shoulders, straighten the arms overhead and slowly lower to the start position

Precautions:

It is vital that your Physiotherapist has cleared that these exercises are appropriate and safe for your completion. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strength: Hip Extension (Seated | Swiss Ball)

Instructions:

  • Using a swiss ball come into sitting
  • Slowly move the ball to the mid back as you step the feet away from the ball
  • Maintain a long neck position to ensure you do not collapse through the head
  • Equally pressing through both feet, lift the hips high as you squeeze the buttock
  • Maintain a neutral spine as you lower to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

It is vital that your Physiotherapist has cleared that these exercises are appropriate and safe for your completion. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Antenatal Exercises

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised during your pregnancy. It is vital that your Physiotherapist has cleared that these exercises are appropriate and safe for your completion. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-pelvic-mobility-sitting/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-pelvic-circles/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/childs-pose-swiss-ball/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-antenatal-wall-squat/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-clams/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-4-point-kneeling-core-stability/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-antenatal-arm-series/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Strength: Wall Squat (Swiss Ball)

Instructions:

  • Position the swiss ball between your lower back and the wall
  • Widen the feet to a comfortable position
  • The feet should not be underneath the hips, instead further from the wall
  • Bend through the knees, maintaining the pressure between the back and the wall
  • Go as low as comfortable and return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • Maintain a neutral spine
  • Ensure there is no pain during this movement
  • The intensity should be low to maintain a steady temperature and heart rate

Mobility: Pelvic Rotation (Seated | Swiss Ball)

Instructions:

  • Come to a seated position on a stool or Swiss ball with hips slightly above knees
  • Bring hands onto hips as a feedback tool and move pelvis in a clockwise direction
  • Repeat in an anti-clockwise direction
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Anterior Posterior Pelvic Tilt (Seated)

Instructions:

  • Come into a seated position either on a chair or Swiss ball
  • From here the first movement is an anterior tilt – bringing pelvis forward, creating a slight arch in the lower back
  • From here the pelvis is moving posteriorly – tucking tail bone under
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

Avoid using the upper back and shoulders to assist the degree of movement

Rehabilitation Protocol: TKR phase 3

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised post-operatively in conjunction with your Orthopaedic Surgeon’s recommendation. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility:

Continue prior mobility exercises as needed

Strengthening: 3 x /week

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/static-lunge/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-single-leg-bridge/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/single-leg-heel-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-step-up/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg-stance-pillow/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: TKR Phase 2

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised post-operatively in conjunction with your Orthopaedic Surgeon’s recommendation. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility: daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-knee-flexion-assisted-rom-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/stretch-knee-extension-in-lying/

Complete any mobility videos from phase 2 that you feel comfortable with https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/total-knee-replacement-rehabilitation-phase-1/

Strengthening: 3 x / week

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/squat/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/double-leg-heel-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-seated-resisted-knee-extension/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-seated-resisted-hamstrings/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/bridging/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: TKR Phase 4

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised post-operatively in conjunction with your Orthopaedic Surgeon’s recommendation. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strengthening: 3 x /week

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-reverse-step-up/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-goblet-squat/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-compass-star-reach/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/plyometric-hopping/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Strength: Squat (Kettlebell)

Instructions:

  • Hold the weight prescribed at the level of the chest. You may use a kettlebell as shown or dumbells
  • Position the feet underneath the hips
  • Bending the knees and hips at the same time, send the hips back like you are sitting down
  • Maintain an upright posture
  • To stand, push through the feet to straighten the knees and tuck the tailbone
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Sit To Stand {Unilateral}

Instructions:

  • Position yourself in front of the chair of choice without the back of the leg contacting the chair
  • Shift the weight onto the target leg and lower down so your bottom contacts the chair
  • During the lowering phase, ensure the hips stay level and square to the front
  • Bend the knee and simultaneously send the hips back behind you
  • Stand from the chair using the target limb
  • Straighten the knee and tuck the tailbone under at the end of the movement
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • The amount of contact made with the chair may vary dependent on the goal of the exercise
  • The height used may also differ dependent on your ability level

Rehabilitation Protocol: Post Natal

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised following your pregnancy. It is vital that your Physiotherapist has cleared that these exercises are appropriate and safe for your completion. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/book-openings/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/cat-cow-stretch/

Strength

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-pelvic-floor-activation/
Level 1: https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-transversus-abdominis-toe-taps-supine/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-rectus-abdominis/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-4-point-kneeling-core-stability/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-clams/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/bridging/

Precautions:

These should always be taught by your Physiotherapist to ensure correct technique. It should not feel like the pelvic floor is bearing down or like there is any heaviness through the pelvic floor whilst completing these exercises.

Strength: Pelvic Floor

Instructions:

  • Perform lying on your back with the knees gently bent and feet firmly planted
  • It is best to complete this exercise without any distractions and in a calming space
  • Contract the pelvic floor as if you were trying to stop yourself from passing wind
  • Other cues: picking up a blueberry with your back passage, zipping from vagina to anus, walking into ice cold water.
  • Completely relax after the contraction
  • When contracting ensure that the muscles of the thigh and buttocks don’t activate
  • Complete these 3 variations in contraction:
    • 10x fast reps 
    • 8-12 reps of 6-8 second maximum voluntary contraction
    • 60 seconds submaximal 30-50% contraction 

Precautions:

These should always be taught by your Physiotherapist to ensure correct technique. It should not feel like the pelvic floor is bearing down or like there is any heaviness through the pelvic floor.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Low Back Pain

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate following your first consultation for low back pain. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-pelvic-tilt-and-tuck-lying/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/childs-pose-swiss-ball/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/stretch-lumbar-rotation/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/cat-cow-stretch/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-transversus-abdominis-core-training/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-clams/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Shoulder Post Op Phase 2

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the second phase of rehabilitation post shoulder operation. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility: Daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-flexion-assisted-rom-supine/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-abduction-assisted-rom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-external-rotation-assisted-rom-supine/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-internal-rotation-assisted-rom/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-scapula-retraction/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-grip-strength/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Shoulder Post Op Phase 1

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for your first phase of rehabilitation post shoulder operation. During this phase your physiotherapist will provide passive range of motion during consultations and expect you to complete a home exercise program. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility: Daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-pendulum/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/elbow-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/wrist-arom/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-grip-strength/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-scapula-retraction/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Shoulder Post Op Phase 3

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the third phase of rehabilitation post shoulder operation . The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strengthening: Daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-isometric-shoulder-flexion/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-isometric-shoulder-abduction/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-isometric-rotator-cuff/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-shoulder-flexion-wall-crawl/

Mobility: Daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/arom-shoulder/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Shoulder Post Op Phase 4

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the fourth phase of rehabilitation post shoulder operation. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strengthening:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-shoulder-forward-flexion-with-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-shoulder-lateral-raise-with-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-rotator-cuff-exercises/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-standing-row/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-scapula-control-wall/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Following this phase of rehabilitation your physiotherapist will prescribe specific strengthening and mobility exercises targeted towards your needs and goals.

Achilles Tendinopathy Recovery: Expert Physiotherapy Tips & Treatment Guide

The Achilles is the largest and thickest tendon in the body. It is made up of Type 1 collagen fibres, tenocytes, and proteoglycans which are responsible for the tendon’s tensile strength. These complex interwoven fibres merge from the calf muscles, gastrocnemius and soleus to form the tendon that inserts into the heel bone, the calcaneus. The Achilles is involved in 93% of the plantar force in flexion of the foot. When healthy, this tendon can handle up to nine times the body weight and has a pivotal function in transmitting forces, such as explosive power and control of movements.

Read more

Strength: Single Leg Squat

Instructions:

  • Stand on the target limb with a straight knee
  • Ensure the hips are square and the chest proud
  • Keeping the hips level, bend the knee and send the hips back
  • Maintain an upright body position
  • Press through the foot to return to the start position by straightening the knee
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guideline

Step Instructions:

  • Position the feet directly under the hips on a step
  • Standing on the affected limb, slowly take the opposing leg down and back
  • Sending the hips back, allow the trunk to come forward in a straight line
  • The supporting knee softly bends without collapsing inwards

Precautions

  • Ensure the supporting limb doesn’t collapse inwards
  • Watch the movement of the knee over the ankle
  • Maintain a straight line from the head to the tailbone as the trunk moves forwards
  • Utilise a wall for balance if required however this should be avoided If possible
  • Maintain level pelvis from left to right

Strength: Shoulder Flexion [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Come to a standing position, with a wall in front
  • Using a pillow or towel, place directly in front and push fist forward
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Shoulder Flexion and Abduction (Standing)

Flexion:

  • In a standing position, relax shoulders and have thumb facing forwards
  • From here, bring your arm straight up overhead in a range that is comfortable and through full available range
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Abduction

  • In a standing position, relax shoulders and have thumb facing up towards roof
  • From here, bring your arm up sideways overhead in a range that is comfortable and through full available range
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Mobility: Wrist Flexion & Extension

Instructions:

  • Rest elbow on a pillow in a comfortable position with thumb pointing up towards the roof
  • From this position, gently move the palm of your hand in a forward direction in its full available range
  • Then repeat in the opposite direction, extending your wrist backwards in its full available range
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Elbow Flexion and Extension

Instructions:

  • In a seated or standing position keep your arm by your side
  • From this position, bring the palm of your hand up towards your shoulder in its full available range
  • Control the back of your hand back down to a straightened position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instructions

Rehabilitation Protocol: TKR Phase 1

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised post-operatively in conjunction with your Orthopaedic Surgeon’s recommendation. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility: daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-knee-swing-flexion-extension-seated/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-knee-flexion-assisted-rom-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-knee-flexion-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/stretch-knee-extension-in-lying/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/hamstring-stretch-lying/

Strengthening: 3 x / week

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-straight-leg-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-seated-inner-range-quadriceps/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-knee-extension-seated/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/sitting-to-standing/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-tandem-balance/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg/

Rehabilitation Protocol: TKR Pre-rehabilitation

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be utilised pre-operatively in conjunction with your Orthopaedic Surgeon’s recommendation. The completion of pre-operative rehabilitation exercises have been shown to reduce length of hospital stay, range of motion and sit to stand testing. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Mobility: daily

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-knee-flexion-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/hamstring-stretch-lying/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/calf-stretches/

Strengthening: 3 x / week

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-straight-leg-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-seated-resisted-knee-extension/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/bridging/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/single-leg-heel-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-clams/

Reference:

  1. Huifen Chen, Suyun Li, Tingyu Ruan, Li Liu & Li Fang (2018) Is it necessary to perform prehabilitation exercise for patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials, The Physician and Sportsmedicine, 46:1, 36-43, DOI: 10.1080/00913847.2018.1403274

Rehabilitation Protocol: Ankle – Phase 4

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the final phase of rehabilitation post ankle sprain. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/plyometric-hopping/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-heel-raise-soleus-bent-knee/

Agility and Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/plyometrics-lateral-hop-skater/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg-jump-on-bosu/

Conditioning:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-bulgarian-split-squat/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-deadlift-romanian-single-leg/

Adductor Strains in the Sporting Population

Groin strains are commonly seen in sports with multi-directional and high velocity demands such as hockey and soccer. As a result, large sporting bodies have published preventative rehabilitation guidelines which are incorporated in pre-game warmups around the world to mitigate strain risk and reduce recurrence rates.

Read more

Anterior Cruciate Ligament Rehabilitation

Where Are We Now?

Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) rupture has occupied a large portion of elite and amateur sporting injuries for decades. Discourse amongst the general population continues to support immediate surgical reconstruction followed by a lengthy return to sport timeframe. Thus, management of either surgical or conservative ACL ruptures necessitates robust rehabilitation protocols and a barrage of objective measures to meet the low return to sport levels and high recurrence rates.

Read more
balance training exercise

Falls Prevention & Balance Training

Approximately one third of individuals over the age of 60 experience a fall in a given year. This can be attributed to the normal changes in both sensorimotor and neuromuscular systems that occur in healthy older populations. Fortunately, balance training can mitigate falls risk and the implementation of specific exercise programs is strongly encouraged for older Australians.

Read more

Rehabilitation Protocol: Ankle – Phase 3

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the third phase of rehabilitation post ankle sprain. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-eccentric-heel-raises/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/single-leg-heel-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-heel-raise-soleus-bent-knee/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-compass-star-reach/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-squat-to-heel-raise/

Stretch: Gluteal with Lumbar Rotation (Supine)

Instructions:

  • Lie on your back with the knees comfortably bent
  • Take the ankle of the target limb to the opposite knee
  • Keeping the foot in that position, slowly lower the sole of the foot to the ground
  • Gently press the knee out to achieve a greater stretch
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Rehabilitation Protocol: Ankle – Phase 2

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for the second phase of rehabilitation post ankle sprain. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Loaded Mobility:

physio.com.au/exercises/calf-stretches/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-dorsiflexion-with-theraband/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/double-leg-heel-raise/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-heel-raise-soleus-bent-knee/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg-stance-pillow/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Rehabilitation Protocol: Ankle – Phase 1

The following page aims to provide specific exercise videos which may be appropriate for your first phase of rehabilitation post ankle sprain. The videos prescribed should always be at the discretion of your Physiotherapist depending on your diagnosis and goals. Click the link below each video for further instructions.

Range of motion: Active

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-dorsi-flexion-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-plantar-flexion-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-inversion-arom/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-alphabet/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-alphabet/

Range of Motion: Active Assisted

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/mobility-ankle-dorsi-flexion-assisted-rom/

Balance:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/balance-single-leg/

Strength:

https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-ankle-dorsiflexion-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-ankle-plantarflexion-theraband/
https://www.peak-physio.com.au/exercises/strength-ankle-inversion-theraband/

Precautions:

These exercises should only be used as a guideline. Your Physiotherapist will determine which exercises are appropriate for you and determine the prescription of repetitions individually.

Strength: Scapula Retraction (Prone)

Instructions: Level 1

  • Come into lying on your stomach with your forehead supported on a pillow to allow for some breathing room
  • Place the palms up towards the roof if comfortable
  • Draw the shoulder blades together
  • Slowly lower them back to the starting position with the shoulders resting down
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Instructions: level 2

  • Use the same starting position as above
  • As you squeeze the shoulder blades together lift the palms up in line with the hip height
  • Slowly lower to the starting position with the shoulders resting down
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Instructions: level 3

  • Use the same starting position as above
  • Bring the arms with the thumbs up out to the side in line with the shoulder
  • As you squeeze the shoulder blades together lift the arms up
  • Slowly lower to the starting position with the shoulders resting down
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Instructions: level 4

  • Use the same starting position as above
  • Bring the arms with the thumbs up in front of you to form a ‘Y’ shape
  • As you squeeze the shoulder blades together lift the arms up
  • Slowly lower to the starting position with the shoulders resting down
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

Ensure that the shoulders do not elevate around the ears when completing these exercises. Concentrate on the movement coming from the shoulder blades.

Strength: Thumb Extension / Flexion (Theraband)

Thumb resisted exercise are excellent exercise to increase range of movement of the multiple joints of the hand. It may help alleviate symptoms such as swelling, stiffness and pain brought on by injuries or inflammatory conditions.

Instructions

  • Sit comfortably by a table or bench
  • Place your forearm and hand on the table with your thumb pointing up
  • Interlace an elastic band around your thumb and hand
  • Extend your thumb upwards until it points to the ceiling and lower back
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Exercise with mild pain. Stop if pain becomes disabling

Strength: Thumb Abduction (Theraband)

Thumb resisted exercise are excellent exercise to increase range of movement of the multiple joints of the hand. It may help alleviate symptoms such as swelling, stiffness and pain brought on by injuries or inflammatory conditions.

Instructions

  • Sit comfortably by a table or bench
  • Place your forearm and hand on the table with your thumb on top of hand
  • Interlace an elastic band around your thumb and fingers
  • Extend your thumb 90 degrees, away from the palm while keeping it parallel to the table
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Exercise with mild pain. Stop if pain becomes disabling

Strength: Wrist Ulnar Deviation (Seated | Dumbbell)

Resisted ulnar deviation is an excellent exercise to strengthen your wrist after injury. It may help alleviate symptoms such as swelling, stiffness and pain brought on by injuries or inflammatory conditions.

Instructions

  • Sit comfortably by a table or bench
  • Place your forearm on the table with your hand over the edge in neutral position
  • While holding a weight, start with your thumb pointing upwards
  • Gently lower your hand towards the floor, slowly raise your hand back to the starting position
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Exercise with mild pain. Stop if pain becomes disabling

Strength: Step Up

Step up is an excellent exercise to encourage improvement to the function and range of movement of the ankle, knee and hip joints. This exercise also builds muscular endurance.

Instructions

  • Stand in front of the step with both feet together
  • Step up with one leg, followed by the other one
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface at an appropriate height prescribed by your physiotherapist. It should be performed carefully at home using a rail for support if needed.  

Progression 1: Stepping Up with Control

  • Step onto a step with your affected side.
  • On a count of 3, slowly step up with the unaffected side and tap your foot on the step.
  • On a count of 3, slowly step down backwards with your unaffected side, tapping your toe on the ground.
  • Focus on control in your affected side, take weight through it and trying to keep your knee aligned over your 2nd toe.
  • Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Progression 2: Stepping Up and Down Forwards with Control

  • Step onto a step with your affected side
  • Slowly step up with the unaffected side, take your foot over the step and tap the ground with your heel.
  • Repeat this in reverse, tapping your toes on the floor behind you.
  • Focus on control in your affected side, take weight through it and trying to keep your knee aligned over your 2nd toe.
  • Repeat this as many times as your Physiotherapist has prescribed.

Precautions

  • Ensure your step is at a safe height. Do this near a rail or wall that you can hold onto for balance if you need.

Strength: Step Up (Reverse)

Reverse step up is an excellent exercise to encourage improvement to the function and range of movement of the ankle, knee and hip joints. This exercise also builds muscular endurance.

Instructions

  • Stand back to the step with both feet together
  • Step up with one leg
  • Immediately continue with the other leg
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface at an appropriate height prescribed by your physiotherapist. It should be performed carefully at home using a rail for support if needed.  

Strength: Lateral Step Up (Step)

Side step up is an excellent exercise to encourage lateral movements which can help stabilise the hip and pelvis. The exercise also works on function and range of movement of the ankle, knee, hip and builds core stability. This exercise also builds muscular endurance.

Instructions

  • Stand beside the step with both feet together
  • Step up with one leg, followed by the other one
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Progression: step down

  • Start by standing on a step with both feet.
  • Shift your weight to the leg that will remain on the step.
  • Slowly bend at the hip and knee of your stance leg, controlling the movement as you lower your other leg toward the ground.
  • Gently tap your heel on the floor without putting any weight through it.
  • Push through the heel of your stance leg and straighten at the hip and knee to return to the starting position.
  • Ensure your knee stays aligned with your second toe and avoid letting it collapse inward.
  • Keep your hips level throughout the movement to maintain balance.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Precautions

  • Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface at an appropriate height prescribed by your physiotherapist.
  • It should be performed carefully at home using a rail for support if needed.  

Balance: Forward Jump (Bosu) [Plyometric]

Single leg jump on Bosu is an excellent exercise to encourage lateral movements which can help stabilise the hip and pelvis. The exercise also works on function and range of movement of the ankle, knee, hip and builds core stability. This exercise also builds muscular endurance.

Instructions

  • Stand behind the Bosu with both feet together
  • Jump up with one leg onto the Bosu and maintain balance
  • Step back and repeat
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Make sure this exercise is done where the Bosu is on a stable non slippery surface.

Balance: Lateral Jump {Single}

Single leg side hoping is an excellent exercise to encourage lateral movements which can help stabilise the hip and pelvis. The exercise also works on function and range of movement of the ankle, hips, and builds core stability. This exercise also builds muscular endurance.

Instructions

  • Stand on one leg
  • Jump sideways while landing on the same leg
  • Return to the side you started on, ensuring you clear the determined space between. This is demonstrated with a stick
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

Make sure this exercise is done on a stable non slippery surface.

Parkrun physio package newcastle nsw

Running: an evaluation of running biomechanics, strengthening programs and injury management

With the year that was, training has needed to be more versatile than ever. With the infrequent access to group fitness classes and gyms, there has been a significant increase in the number of people commencing running or incorporating it into their training regime. There are many factors to consider when getting into this often-addictive sport; how far, how often, how quickly, where and with what shoes. This article aims to present the most important factors to consider on this journey to mitigate injury risk and provide some confidence to make running a lasting activity!

Read more

Exercise during pregnancy

Maintaining an exercise regime throughout pregnancy is becoming increasingly important for Mothers to be. Despite the willingness to engage in physical activity, Women often report confusion regarding clear guidelines for exercise prescription, duration, and parameters throughout the duration of their pregnancy. As Physiotherapists we work closely with Women throughout their antenatal and postnatal journey from a musculoskeletal and pelvic health perspective. Throughout these timeframes, ensuring appropriate prescription is vital for safety and to instil the confidence needed to participate in a training program.

Read more

Mobility: Cervical Rotation (Dynamic)

Supine Instructions:

  • Position yourself on your back with your head comfortably supported by a pillow
  • Gently rotate your head to one side, exhaling throughout this movement
  • As you inhale bring your head back to the starting position.
  • Repeat this movement on the other side and continue as per physiotherapist instruction

Seated Instructions:

  • Sit upright with your shoulders relaxed
  • Gently turn your head side to side within a comfortable range
  • Repeat this movement as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • If you experience any pain, stop this exercise and contact your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Extension (Theraband) {Unilateral}

Instructions:

  • Anchor band in a position above head height
  • Facing the wall, hold the resistance band with the shoulder elevated
  • Pull the arm straight down by your side and return to the starting position, ensuring the movement back up is smooth
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Pallof Press (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • In a standing position, keep the wall to your side and ensure the band is anchored at waist height
  • Hold onto the band with your affected hand and keep your elbow by your side
  • Press forward; extending at the elbow and elevating at the shoulder, ensuring the movement is straight.
  • Return to the starting position in a controlled manner and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Flexion (Supine | Dumbbell )

Instructions:

  • Position yourself on your back in a comfortable position with a pillow
  • Using a weight prescribed by your physiotherapist, bring your affected arm straight up towards overhead, ensuring the movement is well controlled throughout
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guideline

Strength: Thoracic Rotation (Standing | Theraband)

(Instructions:

  • In a standing position, ensure the band or cable is anchored at waist level
  • With the side of your hips facing band, hold the band with both hands and ensure a slight bending of the elbows
  • From this position bring arms across body to the other side, following your arms with your head
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Wrist Flexion [Eccentric]

Resisted wrist flexion is an excellent way to increase elbow strength. It is used for injuries such as medial epicondylitis known as “golfer’s elbow” where pain is typically on the inside of the elbow, or while you grasp any objects.

Instructions: Dumbbell

  • Sit or stand comfortably with your forearm supported on a table or bench, palm facing upwards. Allow your wrist and hand to extend slightly off the edge of the surface.
  • Hold a light dumbbell in your hand with a relaxed grip.
  • Using your opposite hand, assist your wrist into full flexion (bending your wrist upwards).
  • Gradually lower the dumbbell by allowing your wrist to extend slowly in a controlled manner. Focus on resisting gravity as your wrist moves downwards.
  • Once your wrist is in a fully extended position, repeat the movement by assisting it back into flexion with your other hand.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Instructions: Self-Resisted

  • Sit comfortably by a table or bench
  • Place your forearm on a table with the elbow extended
  • Your arm should be at elbow level, palm facing the ceiling
  • Flex the wrist back towards you
  • With the opposite hand press the hand towards the table while resisting
  • Raise the front of the hand again without resistance, and repeat
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions:

Exercise with mild pain. Stop if pain becomes disabling.

Strength: Wall Squat [Isometric]

Wall squat is an excellent exercise to increase quadriceps strength and build muscular endurance. It can also strengthen the muscles around your knee joint. Having your back on the wall gives more stability if needed.

Version 1 – Shallow Wall Sit

Instructions

  • Stand against a wall with your feet out in front of you
  • Slide down the wall into a squat position
  • Hold for length of time designated by your physiotherapist
  • When finished, don’t use your legs to push yourself up the wall
  • Instead, lean forward and use your hands to push yourself away from the wall

Progressions

  • Hold for longer
  • Move deeper/lower into squat
  • Stagger your feet eg. whichever foot is closer will do more work

Version 2 – Staggered Wall Sit

Instructions

  • Same technique as Version 1 however this time stagger your feet
  • Whichever foot is closer to you will do more work
  • This is a great way to increase the challenge of this exercise without going deeper into the squat which may be irritable

Version 3 – Deeper Wall Sit

Instructions

  • Same technique as Version 1 however this time we are going a little bit lower
  • You may also want to add the variations from Version 2 to further increase the challenge
  • Remember if staggering your feet, whichever foot is closer to you will do more work

Precautions:

This exercises places most of the weight on the knees and should be done with very little discomfort.

Strength: Lunge Off Step [Dynamic]

The step down with a sustained lunge is designed to work on the pelvic stability following a dynamic movement. Using a mirror for this exercise provides great feedback in regards to lower limb and pelvic position which may aid independent completion.

Instructions:

  • Stand on the step with both feet
  • Step down with one leg, landing in a lunge position with the knee stacked above the ankle and the leg remaining on the step bent also to 90 degrees
  • Immediately continue forward with another step while staying low to the ground
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist recommendations

Precautions:

Make sure this exercise is done with a proper step surface at an appropriate height prescribed by your physiotherapist. It should be performed carefully at home using a rail for support if needed.  

Strength: Push Up (Wall | Incline )

Instructions: Wall Push Up

  • In a standing position, position yourself a step away from the wall
  • Position your hands on the wall just below shoulder height
  • By bending your elbows, slowly lower your chest towards the wall without bending through your back
  • Press away from the wall as you straighten your elbows and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instructions

Instructions: Bench Push Up

  • Using an elevated and supported bench, place your hands on the edge of the bench whilst maintain a straight line through your spine
  • By bending your elbows, slowly lower your chest towards the wall without bending through your back
  • Press away from the bench as you straighten your elbows and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instructions

Strength: Runners Touch (Dynamic)

Instructions:

  • Start with one leg in the air with the hip and knee at a right angle
  • Lift the arm on the same side as the leg in the air
  • Focusing on controlling your stance leg, reach forward with your arm to touch the ground
  • Return to your starting position ensuring the movement is controlled and balanced
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Strength: Shoulder Flexion (Supine | Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Position yourself lying on your back with your knees bent in a comfortable position
  • Using your TheraBand, create a loop and place around both wrists
  • Bring your arms straight up so your fingers are pointing to the roof
  • Apply an outward pressure to the TheraBand and hold as instructed by physiotherapist
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Straight arm Isometric with shoulder flexion

  • Position yourself lying on your back with your knees bent in a comfortable position
  • Using your TheraBand, create a loop and place around both wrists
  • Apply an outward pressure to the TheraBand and bring arms up towards overhead as indicated by physiotherapist
  • Return to starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Stretch: Shoulder Posterior Capsule / Sleeper (Side Lying)

Instructions:

  • Come into a side lying position with the affected arm down
  • Bring your affected shoulder perpendicular to your body
  • Using your top hand, gently apply pressure to the back of your wrist, this will apply a stretch to the shoulder
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Do not force wrist and forearm down
  • Ensure shoulder and elbow remain on bed throughout movement

Balance: Stalk Stand {Single}

Instructions:

  • Shift the weight onto the target limb with a straight knee
  • Draw the opposite knee up so it is in front of the hip
  • Maintain your balance in this position for as long as instructed
  • Slowly lower the foot down to the ground with control
  • Repeat on the opposite side
  • Keep the chest proud and the posture upright

Precautions:

  • If you are unsteady in this position your therapist may recommend completing this exercise next to an object to provide more support

Mobility: Ankle Multi-Plane

Instructions: Alphabet

  • Come into sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle as if you were tracing the letters of the alphabet
  • Focus on tracing each letter slowly and smoothly
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Circles

  • Come into sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle in a clockwise direction
  • Repeat in an anti-clockwise direction
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Plyometrics: Lateral Hop ‘Skater’

Instructions:

  • Come into standing on one leg
  • Bend the supporting leg and hop to the side landing on the opposing leg
  • As you land, bend the supporting knee to absorb the bounding motion
  • Immediately repeat returning to the start position
  • You may incorporate a bent opposite elbow for balance
  • As you land, ensure the pelvis remains level and maintain good knee control
  • Aim to move in an upward and lateral direction
  • Avoid collapsing through the upper body or hopping to steady yourself as you land

Strength: Shoulder Flexion (Theraband) (Shortened lever)

Instructions:

  • Anchor the theraband underfoot
  • Hold the end of the band with the target limb thumb up towards the roof
  • Softly bend the arm about 90 degrees by your side
  • Press the arm forward to straighten the elbow and slowly return to the start position
  • Ensure the chest remains open and in an upright posture
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Biceps Curl [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Take the hand weight prescribed by your Physiotherapist in your target hand palm up
  • Using your unaffected hand, take the target arm and bend to 90 degrees
  • Take the assisting hand away and maintain the 90 degree position against the resistance
  • Sustain for the period of time determined by your Physiotherapist
  • Use the unaffected arm to remove the weight and repeat
  • Note this can also be completed with the target hand pressing into the underside of a table/desk with the elbow bent to 90 degrees (video not available)

Strength: Shoulder Flexion/ Sprinter’s Arm (Theraband) (Eccentric)

Instructions:

  • Anchor the theraband underfoot
  • Hold the end of the band with the target limb thumb up towards the roof
  • Softly bend the arm about 30 degrees off full extension by your side
  • Use the unaffected limb to pull the target limb overhead
  • Maintain a bent elbow and slowly control the descent of the band to the start position
  • Ensure you are always using the unaffected limb to take the tension off the band as you bring the arm up
  • Maintain an upright posture with the chest open
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Plyometrics: Hopping

Plyometric training involves hopping, skipping or jumping. The muscle undergoes a stretch shortening cycle where it lengthens and then rapidly shortens to provide propulsion. Plyometric training may be included at the end phase of rehabilitation, injury prevention or for enhanced performance in strength and conditioning. The videos below show double and single leg hop variations. Your Physiotherapist will detail the appropriate exercise prescription depending on the individual circumstances.

Instructions: Double Leg Hop

  • Standing with the feet directly under the hips, softly bend the knees
  • Shift the weight to the forefoot and push up to come off the ground
  • The knees will straighten when airborne
  • With the decent, land softly onto a slightly bent knee
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Single Leg Hop

  • Stand on the target limb with the foot directly under the hips, softly bend the knee
  • Shift the weight to the forefoot and push up to come off the ground
  • The knee will straighten when airborne
  • With the decent, land softly onto a slightly bent knee
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Split Squat (Step)

Instructions:

  • For this exercise you will need to utilise a bench or step to elevate the back leg
  • Take the target leg about 1 metre in front of the step/bench and position the opposing leg onto the step
  • From this position, you are going to drop your body down so your knee will bend
  • Ensure that you are not excessively bringing your knee over your toes and leaning forwards
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Precautions:

  • Ensure you have something to stabilise yourself if there is any loss of balance such as a wall or bench
  • Avoid rotating through the hips
  • Keep the tailbone tucked under
  • Maintain an upright posture

Strength: Row (Bench | Dumbbell )

Single arm Instructions:

  • Position yourself in front or side on to a bench or table lower than hip height
  • Take the designated hand weight in the target limb
  • With the shoulders pointing towards the ground, place the opposite limb on the bench with a straight arm
  • Stagger the feet in a lunge position with the opposite foot forward to the target limb
  • Bend the elbow whilst actively drawing the shoulder blade towards the spine
  • Pause at the top of the movement
  • Slowly return to the start position by straightening the arm
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Bench incline row:

  • Place yourself forward on the bench
  • Place your feet back to balance the weight
  • Bend your elbows as you are pulling the weights away from the floor
  • Bring your shoulder blades towards each other
  • Control the return back
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Avoid rotating the shoulder of the target limb outwardly as you complete the row
  • Maintain even weight bearing through the feet

Working From Home Pilates Mat Class

With so many of us now working from home, maintaining mobility has never been more important. Try this 15-minute class to help alleviate the tension that can accumulate from extended periods of sitting and computer work.

Important: Peak Physio has compiled this video to aid with your movement and health. It is a general routine and does not take into account your individual circumstances. Please be advised that you are completing the exercises at your own risk. Please be mindful of your own limitations and exercise caution if you feel unfamiliar with the task. If you experience any pain or discomfort, please discontinue the exercise until you speak to one of the team.

Stretch: Iliotibial Band/ITB (Standing)

The Iliotibial band is a thick band of fascia that runs from the outside of the hip and attaches onto the knee. The tensor fascia latae and gluteal muscles attach directly onto the ITB. Underneath lies the outer most quadricep muscle the vastus lateralis and inferiorly the retro-fascial fat pad which is the hypothesised area of irritation seen in iliotibial band syndrome (ITBS). Evidence shows us that this structure can be lengthened and in conjunction with a strengthening program, the following stretch may assist in reducing symptom severity.

Instructions:

  • Step the target leg behind your unaffected limb with a straight knee
  • Lean the hips towards the affected side and stretch the arm overhead towards the opposite side
  • You should feel a gentle stretch on the outside of the hip and into the outer thigh
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Pilates Mat Class – Core

Peak Physio’s Olivia Hadfield leads this 20 minute home workout focused on strength and control of the core/abdominal muscles.

This routine works best with a small 2kg weight (or household item), but can also be completed without any equipment.

Important: Peak Physio has compiled this video to aid with your movement and health. It is a general routine and does not take into account your individual circumstances. Please be advised that you are completing the exercises at your own risk. Please be mindful of your own limitations and exercise caution if you feel unfamiliar with the task. If you experience any pain or discomfort, please discontinue the exercise until you speak to one of the team.

Pilates Mat Class – Glutes

Designed by physiotherapist Olivia Hadfield, this 15 minutes mat class focuses on strength and mobility of the hips.

Remember to complete all exercises at your own pace and take breaks where needed!

Important: Peak Physio has compiled this video to aid with your movement and health. It is a general routine and does not take into account your individual circumstances. Please be advised that you are completing the exercises at your own risk. Please be mindful of your own limitations and exercise caution if you feel unfamiliar with the task. If you experience any pain or discomfort, please discontinue the exercise until you speak to one of the team.

Release: Quadriceps (Foam Roller)

Foam rolling the quadriceps is a self-myofascial release technique used to release tension and improve flexibility in the front thigh muscles. The quadriceps group consists of four muscles: rectus femoris, vastus lateralis, vastus medialis, and vastus intermedius. This exercise is often prescribed to reduce muscle tightness, improve blood flow, and enhance recovery after physical activity. It can also help alleviate knee pain caused by imbalances or overuse of the quadriceps.

Instructions

  • Begin by placing a foam roller on the floor and lying face down with the roller positioned under your thighs.
  • Support your upper body by resting on your forearms or hands, keeping your core engaged for stability.
  • Start with the foam roller near the top of your thighs, just below the hip crease.
  • Slowly roll your body forward, allowing the roller to move down towards your knees. Pause and focus on any areas of tightness or discomfort.
  • Roll back up to the starting position, ensuring slow and controlled movements.
  • If you find a tender spot, hold that position for 20–30 seconds, breathing deeply to allow the muscle to relax.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Variation 1:

Variation 2:

Variation 3:

Common Errors

  • Moving too quickly over the foam roller, which reduces its effectiveness.
  • Holding your breath, instead of breathing deeply to aid relaxation.
  • Rolling directly over the knee joint or spending excessive time on bony areas.
  • Allowing your back to sag or losing core engagement, which can strain your lower back.

Progressions

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Use a firmer foam roller or a massage stick for deeper pressure.
    • Perform the exercise on one leg at a time to increase intensity and focus on individual quadriceps.

Regressions

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Use a softer foam roller for less intense pressure.
    • Reduce the time spent on the roller or avoid pausing on tender spots initially.
    • Roll both legs together for reduced pressure on each thigh.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Strength: Push Up

Instructions: Kneeling

  • Come onto your hands and knees on a comfortable soft surface such as a mat or carpet
  • Position the knees underneath the hips and crawl the hands forward beyond the line of the shoulders
  • Maintaining a straight back, bring the hips forward towards the wrist
  • The shoulders should now be stacked on top of the wrists
  • Ensure that you remain active through the finger tips to avoid collapsing into the wrists
  • Bend the elbows to the side, slowly lowering the chest towards the ground
  • Your Physiotherapist will determine which depth is appropriate for you
  • Press away from the ground as your straighten the elbows and return to the start position
  • Maintain a diagonal line from the head to the tailbone
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Instructions: Full

  • With the upper body positioned as above, curl the toes under and straighten the knees
  • There should now be a straight horizontal line from the head to the tailbone
  • Draw the kneecaps up towards the hips to remain active through the legs
  • Draw the lower belly away from the waist band of your pants
  • Bend the elbows to the side, slowly lowering the chest towards the ground
  • Your Physiotherapist will determine which depth is appropriate for you
  • Press away from the ground as your straighten the elbows and return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Strength: Triceps Extension (Overhead | Dumbbell)

There are two variations demonstrated below. A double arm or single arm tricep extension. Both of these are performed overhead and should be guided by your Physiotherapist as to which is most appropriate for you.

Instructions:

  • Come into a standing position with the shoulders back and the head positioned directly over the pelvis
  • Take the weight prescribed with the target limb/s overhead with a straight elbow
  • With the palm facing the head, lower the weight down by the ear
  • Keep the elbow facing the roof and then extend the weight overhead
  • Ensure the elbow is not moving forward as the elbow bends
  • Return to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist prescription

Precautions:

  • Ensure your pelvis remains slightly tucked under to avoid arching the back
  • Avoid swinging the weight overhead
  • Keep the neck in a neutral ‘eyes forward’ position

Strength: Shoulder Press (Dumbbells)

Unilateral Instructions:

  • Come into a standing position with the shoulders back and the head positioned directly over the pelvis
  • Take the weight prescribed with the target limb so the elbow lines up with the shoulder. This should form a 90 degree angle
  • With the palm facing forward extend the weight overhead
  • Keep the wrist above the shoulder as the elbow extends
  • Lower with control to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist prescription

Bilateral Instructions:

  • Come into a standing position with the shoulders back and the head positioned directly over the pelvis
  • Take the weight prescribed with both hands
  • Bend the elbows with the palms facing forward and extend the weights overhead
  • Keep the wrist above the shoulder as the elbows extend
  • Lower with control to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist prescription

Kettlebell Bottoms Up Instructions:

  • This exercise can be completed in a standing or seated position
  • Hold onto the kettlebell with the weighted part up towards to roof
  • Press your arm straight up overhead to end range position
  • Return to the starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Ensure your pelvis remains slightly tucked under to avoid arching the back
  • Avoid swinging the weight overhead
  • Keep the neck in a neutral ‘eyes forward’ position

Strength: Knee Extension – Terminal (Standing | Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Anchor the theraband prescribed at knee height
  • Place the target limb inside the loop behind the back of the knee
  • Come into a lunge position with the target limb forward, knee softly bent
  • The opposing limb is straight with the heel planted on the ground
  • Gently draw the knee back to a straight position against the resistance of the band
  • As you draw the knee back against the band, imagine drawing the knee cap up towards your head
  • Slowly control the band as you return to the bent knee start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist prescription

Precautions:

  • Maintain a level pelvis with the two hip bones pointing directly forward. You may want to use your hips to maintain this position.
  • Ensure you control the band returning to the bent knee position and avoid it being ‘pulled’

Mobility: Hip Flexion (4 point | Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Your Physiotherapist will provide or recommend a Theraband of appropriate resistance for this exercise
  • Anchor the Theraband to a sturdy point, low to the ground forming a hoop
  • Come onto all fours on a soft but firm surface such as a yoga mat or carpet
  • Secure the loop of the resistance band at the groin where the hip meets the thigh
  • Move the hands and knees away from the anchor point to generate tension on the target limb
  • Ensure the wrists are directly under the shoulders and the knees are directly under the hips
  • Draw the knee of the target limb towards the stomach
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions
  • NB: your Physiotherapist may advise a change in directional pull from the Theraband. This can be completed by moving the body to the side to form a diagonal resistance.

Precautions:

  • Ensure that the spine remains in neutral and you are not dropping the belly or rounding through the lower back
  • Avoid holding the breath

Mobility: Ankle Dorsiflexion (Standing | Theraband)[Assisted]

Instructions:

  • Your Physiotherapist will provide or recommend a Theraband of appropriate resistance for this exercise
  • Anchor the Theraband to a sturdy point, low to the ground forming a hoop
  • Step into the band and secure the band underneath the bones on the inside and outside of your ankle
  • Move the target limb forward to take up the tension of the band
  • Keep the opposing limb straight and behind for stability
  • Slowly move the knee of the target limb over the top of the ankle, increasing the movement at the ankle joint
  • Hold for the period of time designated by your Physiotherapist
  • Extend the knee from the lunge position and repeat as per prescribed repetitions

Precautions:

  • It is advisable to complete this next to a bench or wall for balance purposes
  • Your Physiotherapist may demonstrate variations of this exercise with the foot elevated on a step or at bench height

Strength: Scapula Retraction (Standing | Wall) [Dynamic]

Instructions: W- Slide

  • Stand in front of a wall and position the elbows and forearm so they contact the wall
  • The elbow should be level or just below the height of the shoulder
  • Relax the shoulders away from the ears and ensure a neutral neck position
  • Turn the forearms out on the diagonal to form ‘W’ position
  • Maintaining pressure between the forearm and the wall, slide the arms into an extended position
  • Drawing the shoulder blades together, bend the elbows to return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Wall slide with lift off

  • Stand in front of a wall and position the elbows and forearm so they contact the wall
  • The elbow should be level or just below the height of the shoulder
  • Relax the shoulders away from the ears and ensure a neutral neck position
  • Maintaining pressure between the forearm and the wall, slide the arms into an extended position in front of the body
  • As the elbows extend, lift the pinky finger off the wall by drawing the shoulder blades together and hold
  • Softly place the forearms back onto the wall and bend the elbows to return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Wall slides – back facing wall

  • Stand with back against wall
  • Relax shoulders away from the ears and ensure a neutral neck position
  • Bend elbows to 90 degrees and bring to just below shoulder height
  • With the back of your hands against the wall, slide your arms up the wall into an elevated position
  • Drawing your shoulder blades together slowly bring your arms back to the start position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Shockwave Therapy in Newcastle, Rutherford & Budgewoi

Shockwave therapy is a treatment modality that delivers high energy sound impulses to the target tissue. This technique was first utilised in the 1980s for the ablation of Kidney Stones; however, its clinical application has since evolved to include the management of musculoskeletal disorders, calcification and tissue healing, particularly in chronic conditions.  

What’s is Shockwave Therapy?

Extracorporeal shockwave therapy (ESWT) involves the delivery of high energy sound impulses which are transferred to the tissue interface via varying methods. There are three applications of shockwave therapy which include focused, defocused and radial. Radial shockwave utilises a handpiece that propagates a diffuse wave into the tissue via air compression of the projectile within the handpiece. The transfer of sonic energy promotes tissue healing.

Physiotherapist performing shockwave therapy on a patient's achilles at Peak Physio Budgewoi.

During the treatment ultrasound gel is applied to the skin which is cool and jelly like in consistency. The application of the handpiece to the skin will be firm and will generate an oscillating vibratory sensation against the skin. ESWT may be applied for anywhere between 1-20 minutes depending on the condition and protocol, with the machine generating a loud noise during use. 

For optimal results, a course of shockwave therapy usually requires 3-5 sessions.

Does Shockwave treatment actually work?

Shockwave has been shown to enhance revascularisation, disruption to fibrous tissue, healing, inflammation control and sensory disruption to pain processing. In many conditions, the literature shows a significant improvement in pain scores. Importantly, in chronic pain populations, these improvements were maintained at 1- and 3-month time points without regression.

When is Shockwave Therapy appropriate?

Shockwave treatment is most effective in the following conditions:

  • Plantar fasciitis
  • Achilles tendinopathy
  • Elbow tendinopathy
  • Rotator cuff tendinopathy
  • Calcific shoulder
  • Low back pain
Peak Physio clinic in Newcastle offering shockwave therapy services.

If you have one of these conditions and it has not responded to other forms of treatment, shockwave therapy is likely an appropriate intervention to assist your recovery.

This form of treatment is not suitable for all patients; it will be recommended by your Physiotherapist if appropriate.

Why Choose Peak Physio for Shockwave Therapy?

Our physiotherapists have been trained in shockwave therapy and can provide you with expert guidance. To arrange a shockwave treatment, or to discuss your suitability, give us a call or book online.

References

Walewicz, K., et al. (2019). The Effectiveness Of Radial Extracorporeal Shock Wave Therapy In Patients With Chronic Low Back Pain: A Prospective, Randomized, Single-Blinded Pilot Study. Clinical interventions in aging14, 1859–1869.

Malliaropoulos, N., et al. (2017). Individualised radial extracorporeal shock wave therapy (rESWT) for symptomatic calcific shoulder tendinopathy: a retrospective clinical study. BMC musculoskeletal disorders, 18(1), 513.

Dedes, V., et al. (2018). Effectiveness and Safety of Shockwave Therapy in Tendinopathies. Materia socio-medica, 30(2), 131–146.

Strength: Chest Fly (Supine | Dumbbells)

Instructions:

  • Lie on your back with a matt or comfortable surface underneath you
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat
  • Utilising the designated hand weight of choice, bring the hands together so the palms are facing
  • With soft elbows, allow the arms to move out to the side like opening a book
  • Stop the hands from collapsing to the floor at the end of the movement
  • Press the weights together to align with the chest bone
  • Ensure the elbows remain soft throughout
  • Repeat as instructed by your Physiotherapist

Incline bench variation:

  • For this exercise utilise a weight prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Set up the bench to an incline position
  • Come to a seated position with head resting against the bench and feet on the floor
  • Bring your hands in front of your chest with arms out straight
  • From here, control the movement as your arms come away from each other towards the ground
  • Stop as they come in line with your shoulders and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Roller variation:

  • Lie on your back with the foam roller supporting your spine head to tailbone
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat
  • Utilising the designated hand weight of choice, bring the hands together so the palms are facing
  • With soft elbows, allow the arms to move out to the side like opening a book
  • Stop the hands from collapsing to the floor at the end of the movement
  • Press the weights together to align with the chest bone
  • Ensure the elbows remain soft throughout
  • Repeat as instructed by your Physiotherapist

Strength: Chest Press (Supine | Dumbbells)

Instructions:

  • Lie on your back with a mat or comfortable surface underneath you
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat
  • Utilising the designated hand weight of choice, bend the elbows so the wrist aligns with the elbow
  • The elbows will come into contact with the ground during this lowering phase
  • Press the weights together by straightening the arms
  • The weights should align with the chest bone
  • Lower the arms back into the bent elbow position and repeat as instructed by your Physiotherapist

Incline bench variation:

  • For this exercise use weight as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Set up the bench to an incline position
  • Come to a position on the bench with your head rested on the bench and feet on the ground
  • From here, push weights forwards to straighten elbows
  • Return to starting position and repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Foam roller variation:

  • Lie on your back with the foam roller vertical, supporting the head and the tailbone
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat
  • Utilising the designated hand weight of choice, bend the elbows so the wrist aligns with the elbow
  • The elbows will come into contact with the ground during this lowering phase
  • Press the weights together by straightening the arms
  • The weights should align with the chest bone
  • Lower the arms back into the bent elbow position and repeat as instructed by your Physiotherapist

Stretch: Tensor Fasciae Latae (Supine)

Instructions:

  • Come into a lying position on a soft surface such as a mat with the hands behind the head
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat on the ground beyond hip width
  • Slowly drop one knee in towards the ground and hold for 1-3 seconds
  • Return to the start position and repeat on the opposing side
  • Ensure the shoulders and upper back stay flat on the ground
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Rehabilitation Protocol: Breathing

Breathing- sounds simple doesn’t it? We do it all day everyday, but did you know HOW you breathe is important? Our ability to breathe efficiently, utilising the correct muscles and technique can be a game changer in how our body functions and moves. Inefficient breathing can lead to tension, anxiety, poor movement quality and poor core control.

What are we trying to achieve?

  • When breathing efficiently we are allowing the diaphragm – our PRIMARY breathing muscle- to work correctly
  • Breathing using the diaphragm reduces the overuse of the muscles along the neck and shoulders which leads to tension in this area and can result in pain, headaches and poor posture
  • The diaphragm is also the top part of the core, by using the diaphragm well it creates core activation. So simply by breathing better it leads to improved movement patterns and strength
  • Using your diaphragm correctly activates the vagus nerve which is the nerve in your body that activates your relaxation response and lowers the body’s stress response
  • Some of the benefits of diaphragmatic breathing can include reduced heart rate, blood pressure, muscle relaxation , improved digestion, improved sleep, reduced inflammatory effects and enhanced mood

Instructions

  • Lying on your back with your knees in crook lying – other positions include feet on the wall or feet up on a chair or couch at 90 degrees thigh bone and shin horizontal to the ground
  • Ensure your head is supported
  • Place your hands around the base of your rib cage
  • Relax your shoulders
  • Begin by breathing through your nose for a count of 2 – try and breathe wide into your hands i.e. wide into the side ribs or base of ribs
  • Breathe out for a count of 3
  • Complete for 3-5 mins or as instructed by your physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Relax the shoulders throughout and direct breathe to the side ribs
  • Ensure your front rib cage is relaxed and you are not throwing it forward
  • Relax your body and focus on the breath
  • Think of it as a slow controlled movement
  • Stop if you feel pain or are unsure of the technique
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch: Forearm Flexors and Extensors

Instructions: Flexors

  • Come into a standing or seated position with the target limb extended out in front of you
  • Relax the shoulder away from the ear and ensure the chest is open
  • To stretch the muscles on the inside of the forearm, take the palm up
  • Using your other hand, gently draw the fingers towards the ground
  • Ensure the fingers remain extended
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist instruction

Instructions: Extensors

  • Come into a standing or seated position with the target limb extended out in front of you
  • Relax the shoulder away from the ear and ensure the chest is open
  • To stretch the muscles on the outside of the forearm, take the palm down to the floor
  • Using your other hand, gently draw the fingers towards the ground
  • Ensure the fingers remain extended
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist instruction

Precautions

  • Ensure that you work within a range of gentle tension
  • If you feel unsure about the exercise or experience any sensations of pins and needles or tingling, please contact your Physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Abduction (Standing | Short lever) [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Bend the elbow of the target limb to a 90 degree angle
  • Open the chest by slightly drawing the shoulder blades together
  • Position the elbow against a firm surface and push as if trying to move the arm away from the side body
  • Sustain for period of time designated by Physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Bend the elbow of the target limb to a 90 degree angle
  • Open the chest by slightly drawing the shoulder blades together
  • Position the palm of the hand against a firm surface and push as if trying to bring the hand towards the body
  • Keep the elbow tucked into the side body
  • Sustain for period of time designated by Physiotherapist

Strength: Grip [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Come into a comfortable sitting position with the target limb positioned palm down with the elbow bent to 90 degrees
  • Bending through the knuckles to grip the object of choice, squeeze inwards to the palm
  • Hold the contraction as indicated by your Physiotherapist

Grip Strength: Shoulder flexion & Elbow Extension

Instructions:

  • In a seated position, bring arm out in front straight creating a 90 degree angle at the shoulder, keeping elbow extended and thumb should be on top of the ball
  • From this position, using a soft ball or other if prescribed by physiotherapist, squeeze the ball
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Grip Strength: Shoulder flexion, Elbow Extension and Pronation

Instructions:

  • In a seated position, bring arm out in front straight creating a 90 degree angle at the shoulder, keeping elbow extended and top of the hand facing the roof.
  • From this position, using a soft ball or other if prescribed by physiotherapist, squeeze the ball
  • Hold and repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions:

  • Your Physiotherapist may encourage the use of a soft ball or theraputty for this exercise
  • Contraction strength may vary
  • Hand position may also change dependent on the injury or nature of symptoms

Strength: Scapula Retraction (Standing) [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Come into an upright standing or sitting position with the head stacked over the pelvis and the chin slightly tucked down
  • Draw the shoulder blades together and hold as instructed by therapist
  • Return to the start position with control, maintaining an upright posture

Strength: Shoulder Diagonal Pull (Standing | Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Take the resistance band underneath the opposite foot of the target limb
  • The target limb is palm facing to the opposite hip
  • Driving from the shoulder, pull the band across the body with a soft elbow
  • The direction of the movement is a diagonal pull
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Neural Mobility: Radial Nerve Tensioner

Instructions

  • Position yourself in comfortable standing posture
  • Bend the thumb across the palm and encase the fingers around the thumb to make a fist
  • Rotate the forearm towards the side body and flex the wrist
  • Maintaining a straight elbow, take the arm out to the side ‘elevating’ it to the point of tension
  • As you take the arm to that point of tension, tilt the ear towards the opposite shoulder
  • Return the head to neutral as you then lower the arm and rotate away from the side body
  • Repeat this tensioning motion as per Physiotherapists instructions

Precautions

  • Avoid clenching the fist
  • Ensure the shoulder does not rise to the ear

Neural Mobility: Ulnar Nerve Slider

Instructions:

  • Come into a standing or seated position
  • Take the pointer finger to the thumb of the target limb making a circle
  • Take the hand palm side up with the arm bent and holding away from the body
  • Rotate the palm so the fingertips move towards the ear until slight tension is felt in the forearm or wrist
  • Extend the elbow and the wrist back to the start position whilst lowering the ear to the opposite shoulder
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Neural Mobility: Carpal Tunnel Glide

Instructions:

  • Come into a standing or seated position
  • Bring the fingers together and stack them directly inline with the wrist
  • Maintaining straight fingers, flex the hands at the knuckles
  • Curl the fingers then towards the wrist
  • Extend the fingers slowly at the level of the knuckles and then the mid-finger joint to return to the start position
  • Your Physiotherapist may refer to this as 7-9-1 position to mimic the three stages of the movement a
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Mobility: Knee Flexion (Prone)

Instructions:

  • Come into a lying position on your stomach
  • Support the forehead with the back of the hands
  • Flex the foot
  • Keeping the thigh in contact with the ground, bring the heel towards the bottom to bend at the knee
  • Slowly lower back to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • Avoid dropping the limb back to the starting point without control
  • Utilise a comfortable lying surface

Mobility: Shoulder Forward Flexion (Standing) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Stand front on to the wall
  • Take the affected hand to the wall and use the fingertips to walk up the wall
  • Maintain firm pressure with the fingertips and the wall
  • If required take the feet into a lunge position to increase the stretch at end-range
  • To return, gradually crawl the hands back down the wall to the start position

Precautions

  • Avoid dropping the arm back to the starting posture
  • Maintain an open posture through the chest

Strength: Knee Extension (Towel) [Isometric]

Instructions

  • Sit with the legs extended
  • Place a rolled up towel under the target knee/leg
  • Draw your toes up towards your head
  • Press the knee into the towel
  • Keep the heel in contact with the ground
  • Hold for as many seconds as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Maintain even contact through the sitting bones
  • Avoid twisting through the trunk or compensating through gripping with the hands

Strength: Scapula Protraction / Retraction (Open Chain)

Scapular (i.e shoulder blade) control is an important component of arm and neck movement due to its various muscle attachments to these areas. You may have shoulder or neck pain due to a lack of scapular muscle control (i.e. strength). This is a simple exercise to promote scapular muscle strength and control.

Standing Instructions

  • Come into standing and elevate the target arm in front of you to 90 degrees
  • Maintaining a straight elbow move the arm forward by allowing the shoulder blade to move outwardly
  • Return to the start position by drawing the shoulder blades towards the spine
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Supine Instructions

  • Lie on your back and raise your hands towards the ceiling
  • Keeping your back and head on the bed, reach your hands towards the ceiling
  • Return to the start position by drawing your shoulders back towards the spine
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Supine ball variation:

Supine dumbbell variation:

  • Lie on your back holding on to your prescribed dumbbell with your arm extended towards the ceiling
  • Maintain a straight elbow while completing the following movements below or as guided by your physiotherapist:
    • Press the dumbbell towards the ceiling and lower back to the start position
    • Draw little circles clockwise then anticlockwise with the dumbbell
    • Draw different shapes with the dumbbell
    • Write the alphabet/your name with the dumbbell
  • This exercise can also be completed with a ball or without the dumbbell entirely

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation (Theraband) [Eccentric]

Instructions

  • Anchor the resistance band in front of you at shoulder height
  • Come into a comfortable sitting or standing position with the arm elevated to shoulder height at the elbow at 90 degrees
  • Using the unaffected arm pull the band down to allow the forearm to move above the elbow “cactus arm”
  • Release the tension of the band and allow the target side to control the return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Theraband) (Eccentric)

Instructions

  • Anchor the resistance band behind you at shoulder height
  • Come into a comfortable sitting or standing position with the arm elevated to shoulder height at the elbow at 90 degrees
  • Using the unaffected arm pull the band down to allow the forearm to come into a horizontal position without resistance
  • Release the tension of the band and allow the target side to control the return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Cervical [Isometric]

Isometrics refer to the contraction of a muscle in a static position. Cervical isometrics may be utilised during rehabilitation of Whiplash Associated Disorder, chronic cervical conditions or to facilitate greater range of motion.

Instructions

  • Come into a comfortable upright position either sitting or standing
  • Apply pressure externally from the hand to stop movement in the designated direction
  • The following videos demonstrate the following directions: rotation, lateral flexion, flexion and extension
  • Sustain the contraction for the period of time instructed by your treating Physiotherapist

Stretch: Scalene

Instructions

  • Come into a comfortable position either sitting or standing
  • Extend the head to take the eye level to the roof line
  • Rotate the head towards the affected side, maintaining the slightly extended position
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Chest Press (Supine) {Unilateral}

This exercise is typically utilised during shoulder rehabilitation whereby full extension of the shoulder on a bench may not be appropriate. The use of a ball or end of a dumbbell enhances the recruitment of the rotator cuff.

Instructions

  • Position yourself on your back with the knees bent
  • With the prescribed weight in hand, bend the elbow so the wrist is stacked above the elbow
  • Move the arm away from the body between 45-90 degrees
  • Press the weight overhead and slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Kettlebell variation:

  • Come to a position lying on your back either on the floor or a bench
  • Use a kettle bell with the weighted part facing up towards the roof
  • Press the kettlebell up towards the roof and control back to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist guidelines

Balance: Tandem (Standing)

The following three videos demonstrate 3 levels of balance in a tandem position. Please follow your Physiotherapists recommendations regarding dosage and which level is appropriate for you.

Tandem 1

  • Position yourself next to a bench, chair or wall for balance support as needed
  • Take the heel of one foot in line with the toes of the standing leg and move it to the side
  • There is a greater base of support in this position
  • Attempt to hold balance here for a designated timeframe and steady with support if needed

Tandem 2

  • Position yourself next to a bench, chair or wall for balance support as needed
  • Take one foot next to the big toe of the standing leg so the heel is contact
  • Attempt to hold balance here for a designated timeframe and steady with support if needed

Tandem 3

  • Position yourself next to a bench, chair or wall for balance support as needed
  • Take one foot next in front of the big toe of the standing leg so the heel is contact
  • Attempt to hold balance here for a designated timeframe and steady with support if needed

Balance: Single Leg (Standing)

Instructions

  • Position yourself next to a bench, chair or wall for balance support as needed
  • Come into single leg standing on the target limb
  • Attempt to hold balance here for a designated timeframe and steady with support if needed

Precautions:

  • Avoid resting the opposing limb on the standing leg for balance
  • Utilise the support to steady and step if required

Strength: Hip Abduction (Standing | Theraband) {Unilateral}

Instructions:

  • Secure a resistance band around the legs above the level of the knee
  • Stand on the target limb and softly bend the knee extending the hips behind you
  • With the opposite knee bent, move it to the side of the body
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Supported variation:

  • Place a band around your knee as prescribed by your physiotherapist
  • Place one foot up against the wall with the knee bent
  • Lean forward slightly from the hips like a hinge
  • Then angle your knee outwards as you repeat the movement

Precautions

  • Avoid letting the standing leg wobble, maintain control at the knee and pelvis
  • Utilise the wall next to you if needed for balance

Strength: Hip Abduction (Standing | Ball) [Isometric]

Pelvic stability is vital to maintain unilateral lower limb control. The gluteus medius is a part of the gluteal complex at the posterior aspect of the hip, responsible for hip abduction and rotation. The ‘wall ball push’ strengthens this muscle to ensure optimum stability. This can also be completed without the ball as demonstrated as a wall push below.

Instructions

  • Stand with both feet firmly planted directly underneath the hips (the affected side away from the ball)
  • Position the fitball below the hip in the middle portion of the outer thigh
  • Lifting the foot closest to the wall off the floor, maintain pelvic control 
  • Press the knee into the fitball towards the wall
  • Soften the standing leg and move the hips slightly back
  • Hold for 5-8 seconds
  • Muscle activation should be felt in the lateral hip of the supporting leg
  • NOTE: an advancement is shown in the video below “arabesque” where the leg in contact with the ball extends. This needs to be completed under the guise of your treating therapist.

Instructions: wall push

  • Stand with both feet firmly planted directly underneath the hips (the affected side away from the wall)
  • Come into a small squat with the buttocks moving backwards
  • Lift the foot closest to the wall off the floor, maintain pelvic control 
  • Press the knee into the wall
  • Hold for 5-8 seconds
  • Muscle activation should be felt in the lateral hip of the supporting leg

Precautions

  • Utilise the wall for balance if required
  • Ensure that the trunk doesn’t shift 
  • Ensure the pelvis doesn’t drop

Rehabilitation Protocol: Foot Control

The intrinsic musculature of the feet are small muscles with origins and insertions exclusive to the foot. Weakness is common in conditions such as excessive pronation and plantar fasciopathy  and in sporting populations such as dancers.

The following three exercises are great for strengthening these muscle groups.

Doming

  • Keeping the toes and heel planted on the ground slowly lift the ball of the big toe up towards the sky
  • Sustain the contraction for 3s and slowly return to the ground
  • Complete for 5-10 repetitions x3 day 

Precautions:

  • Ensure the toes do not scrunch and the ankle doesn’t roll outwards
  • Maintain contact the points of contact with the big toe and the heel at all times

Piano toes

  • With control lift the toe towards the roof from left to right and right to left. Aim for individual movement of each toe
  • Complete x5 through in each direction

Precautions:

  • Collapsing through the arch and scrunching the toes

Metatarsal curls

  • Position yourself on a seat with a towel or tissue underneath the toes
  • Gently squeeze the toes in to curl the towel and return to the starting position maintaining pressure through the ground

Precautions:

  • Collapsing of the foot, inability to maintain contact with the ground

Big toe push ups

  • Position the feet firmly on the ground directly underneath the knees
  • Elevate the big toe to the roof and slowly lower back to the ground 
  • Advanced: against resistance band

Precautions:

  • Scrunching of the other 4 toes
  • Flexion of the joints within the toe

Strength: Abdominals Hover (4-Point Kneeling) [Isometric]

Instructions

  • Complete on a soft surface such as an exercise mat
  • Position the wrists directly under the shoulders and the knees under the hips
  • Engage the core by drawing the lower belly away from the waistband of the pants
  • Curl the toes under and lift the knees off the ground
  • Hold as per Physiotherapist / Exercise Physiologist guidelines

Precautions

  • Keep the neck in neutral and eyes in line with the floor, avoid poking the neck to look up
  • Maintain strong contact between the shoulders and the feet
  • Avoid collapsing down through the chest and shoulders

Strength: Knee Extension (Seated)

Instructions

  • Come into sitting on a high chair with free space behind the backs of the leg
  • Roll onto the sits bones to ensure you are sitting up tall 
  • Extend the target knee out in front of you with control
  • As you reach the end range tighten the muscles at the front of the thigh to draw the knee cap towards the hip
  • Slowly return to the start position
  •  Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid shifting the weight to the opposite sit bone as you extend the leg

Strength: Knee Extension (Prone | Theraband ) [Concentric]

Instructions

  • Secure the resistance band to the target foot by wrapping it underneath the heel and around the base of the shin
  • Take the ends of the band with one hand
  • Come into a lying position on your stomach with the target limb bent at roughly 90 degrees unless advised otherwise
  • Support the forehead
  • Slowly extend the foot down towards the ground to straighten the knee
  • With control return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid allowing the band to pull you back to the starting bent position
  • Avoid arching out through the back to lower
  • Maintain contact with both hip bones into the ground

Mobility: Hip Internal and External Rotation (Supine)

This movement involves both internal and external rotation of the hip joint. As a combination movement involving mobility and lengthening of the hip musculature of the hip this exercise generates great bang for buck! The following videos demonstrate a seated and lying variation. Your Physiotherapist will advise which is most appropriate.

Supine

  • Lie down on the back on a comfortable surface
  • Bend the knees so the feet are flat on the ground and keep the shoulders flat on the ground
  • Take the knees towards the same side allowing the hips to move off the mat as comfortable
  • Draw the knees back to centre and slowly take them to the opposing side
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Seated

  • Come into a sitting posture and take one limb in front of the body with a bent knee
  • The ankle should be in line with the knee and the shin is parallel to the body
  • Take the opposite limb to the side of the hip with the inside of the leg in contact with the floor
  • Again the knee is stacked over the top of the ankle
  • Using the hands over the front leg lean the chest forward whilst rolling through the sit bones
  • Then take the hands behind you and rotate the legs into the opposing position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Shoulder Abduction (Supine | Stick) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Come into a lying position unless directed otherwise
  • Take the end of the stick in the hand of the affected side
  • Using the unaffected arm predominately, guide the stick across the body to raise the affected side to the side
  • Take it to the point of comfort and slowly return to the start posture
  • Repeat for the designated number of repetitions as advised by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • As able try to relax the affected arm and allow it to be guided into the position above without tensing

Mobility: Shoulder Internal Rotation (Standing) (Assisted)

Instructions: towel/strap

  • Take the strap in the affected hand and hold the back of the hand to the buttocks
  • Using the unaffected hand hold the strap and raise above the head
  • Pull with the unaffected arm to allow the affected side to move up the back body
  • Your Physiotherapist will advise how far into range they would like you to work in to
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: dowel

  • Hold the dowel with both hands behind the back
  • Using the unaffected arm pull the affected hand behind the back
  • Again you are working within limits discussed with your Physiotherapist
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Shoulder Flexion (Supine | Stick) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Come into a lying position unless directed otherwise
  • Take the stick with both hands and straighten the elbows
  • Using the unaffected arm predominately, guide the stick overhead to the point of comfort and slowly return to the start posture
  • Repeat for the designated number of repetitions as advised by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • As able try to relax the affected arm and allow it to be guided into the position above without tensing

Mobility: Shoulder External Rotation (Supine| Stick) [Assisted]

Instructions:

  • Come into a lying position unless directed otherwise
  • Take the end of the stick in the hand of the affected side
  • Bend the elbow to position the arm next to the side body
  • Using the unaffected arm predominately, guide the stick across the body to rotate the affected arm towards the floor
  • Take it to the point of comfort and slowly return to the start posture
  • Repeat for the designated number of repetitions as advised by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Avoid bringing the shoulders up towards the ear
  • Melt the shoulder blades down the back

Mobility: Knee Flexion (Seated) [Dynamic]

Instructions

  • Come into sitting on a high chair with free space behind the back of the leg
  • Roll onto the sit bones to ensure you are sitting up tall 
  • Swing the target knee out to straighten the leg and allow it to fall with gravity back to the starting position
  • Using momentum continue
  • Repeat the process as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Knee Flexion [Assisted]

Supine Instructions:

  • Lye on your back with a towel
  • Bring up one leg and place the towel over the bent knee
  • Use the towel to bend your knee up and pull against the towel to increase the stretch
  • As the stretch sensation settles you can increase the pull from the arms to increase the stretch

Seated Instructions:

  • Come into a comfortable upright sitting position with the legs outstretched
  • Take a theraband or towel around the sole of the foot of the target limb
  • Using the arms, pull the band in towards the body to allow the knee to bend
  • The heel will remain in contact with the surface
  • Loosen the resistance to allow the heel to slide back to the starting position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid actively tightening through the muscles through the thigh during the bending aspect of the movement

Release: Sub-Occipital (Block)

Instructions:

  • Start by coming onto your back on a soft surface such as a yoga mat
  • Utilise either the long or short edge of the block, this will be advised by your treating therapist
  • Take the block edge to the base of the skull and above the bony vertebrae in the neck
  • Gently roll the neck side to side
  • You may enjoy moving the edge of the block either above or below this point for further releases

Precautions:

  • Ensure that the shoulders and jaw remain relaxed in this position
  • Maintain deep belly breathing here
  • Always remove the block with your hands prior to coming out of this release

Mobility: Ankle Dorsiflexion (Supine | Belt) [Assisted]

Instructions:

  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Take a strap or towel around the base of the foot and hold both ends with the hands
  • Whilst you actively try to bring the toes towards the head, pull the strap to assist
  • Guide to the point of resistance and then slowly return to neutral
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Mobility: Ankle Dorsiflexion

Instructions:

  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath the leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are coming towards the head
  • Lower to a comfortable resting position and repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Ankle Plantarflexion

Instructions:

  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath the leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are pointing towards the ground
  • Return to a comfortable resting position and repeat
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Ankle Inversion

Instructions:

  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath the leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, position the foot upright so the toes are towards the roof
  • Move the sole of the foot inwards to the midline of the body
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Mobility: Ankle Eversion

Instructions

  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long
  • Position a towel underneath the leg to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, position the foot upright so the toes are towards the roof
  • Move the sole of the foot outwards
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Strength: Ankle Plantarflexion (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Wrap the resistance band around the foot and hold onto both ends
  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long resting on a towel to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are pointing towards the ground
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Ankle Inversion (Theraband) [Concentric]

Unilateral Instructions:

  • Secure the resistance band around the affected foot and loop it around the unaffected limb to anchor
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are coming inwards across the midline
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Seated alternative:

  • Sit down on a chair.
  • Place the therband into a loop on one end.
  • Step onto one end of the band then loop the band around your other foot at the midfoot.
  • Slowly bring your middle of your foot up towards the ceiling as shown in the video.

Bilateral instructions:

  • Sit with a theraband ties around your feet and your legs crossed over one another in front of you
  • Keeping your toes pointed towards the ceiling, turn the soles of your feet away from one another and slowly return them
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions:

If you are unsure of the exercise or are experiencing pain whilst performing the movement, please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Ankle Eversion (Theraband)

Unilateral Instructions:

  • Secure the resistance band around the affected foot and loop it around the unaffected limb to anchor
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are coming outwards away from the body
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Bilateral instructions:

  • Sit with your legs extending in front of you and a theraband ties around your feet
  • Keeping your toes pointed towards the ceiling, turn the soles of your feet away from one another and slowly return them
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions:

If this exacerbates your pain, please stop the exercise and notify your physiotherapist.

Strength: Ankle Dorsiflexion (Theraband)

Instructions:

  • Secure the resistance band to a low anchor point or with someone holding it out in front of the foot
  • Place the band over the top of the foot
  • Come into a sitting position with affected limb out long resting on a towel to elevate the foot
  • With a straight knee, move the ankle so the toes are coming towards the head
  • Slowly return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Stretch: Shoulder Posterior

Instructions

  • Come into an upright position with the upper chest open and relaxed neck and shoulders
  • Take the target limb across the body with a straight elbow
  • With the opposite hand grab the forearm and gently pull the arm further across the body
  • Look in the opposite direction
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Stretch: Adductors/Butterfly (Supine)

Instructions

  • Come into a lying position on a soft surface
  • Bend the knees to roughly 90 degrees
  • Open one knee out to the side of the mat allowing the sole of the foot to come off the ground
  • Repeat on the opposite side
  • Bring the soles of the feet together
  • Relax through the buttocks and inner thigh and allow the knees to melt open
  • Sustain stretch as prescribed by your treating Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • To come out of the posture use the hands on the outside of the thighs to bring them back together

Strength: Knee Extension (Seated | Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions

  • Secure the resistance band around the ankle of the target limb to an anchor point at behind the foot
  • Come into sitting on a high chair with free space behind the backs of the leg
  • Roll onto the sits bones to ensure you are sitting up tall 
  • Extend the target knee out in front of you with control
  • As you reach the end range tighten the muscles at the front of the thigh to draw the knee cap towards the hip
  • Slowly return to the start position
  •  Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid shifting the weight to the opposite sit bone as you extend the leg

Strength: Hamstrings (Seated | Theraband) [Concentric]

Instructions

  • Secure the resistance band around the ankle of the target limb to an anchor point at knee height
  • Come into upright sitting by rolling forward onto the sit bones
  • Keeping the back of the thigh in contact with the chair, pull the foot back to the chair
  • Aim to bend the knee to or beyond 90 degrees
  • Slowly return to the starting position whereby the knee is extended
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid lifting the sit bones off the seat during the bending phase of the movement
  • Keep the pelvis neutral

Strength: Straight Arm Row

For this exercise, your Physiotherapist will guide you in regards to what form of resistance is appropriate. This will also depend on what you have access to in terms of equipment. Both videos below demonstrate resistance from a cable machine or a theraband.

Instructions

  • Standing in an upright posture clasp either the cable machine handles or the ends of the theraband
  • Maintaining straight elbows, draw the arms back by your side body
  • As you reach the final degrees of the movement squeeze the shoulder blades together
  • Slowly control the return of the movement to the starting position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Avoid drawing the shoulders up to the ears
  • Maintain an upright and open chest posture
  • Be aware of clenching the jaw and unnecessary tension
  • Ensure the resistance doesn’t pull you back to the start position, control the movement

Mobility/PNF: Quadriceps (Theraband)

PNF or Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation can be utilised to gain greater mobility through a contract relax technique. Your Physiotherapist may have completed this during a session by asking you to resist a movement for a period of time followed by greater movement into the range of restriction. This can also be achieved at home using an exercise band, chair or towel.  

The two videos below demonstrate this technique for the Quadriceps muscle in standing or kneeling. Your Physiotherapist will advise which is appropriate for you.

Instructions:

  • Wrap the end of the target limb in the resistance band
  • To complete this in kneeling take the knee of the target limb to the ground and bring the foot of the opposite side into a lunge position 
  • Using the hands on the band, pull the knee into the point of first resistance
  • From here press the foot down towards the floor for 5s
  • As you release the resistance, use the arms to pull up into a greater flexed position
  • Repeat this process another 3-5 times or at the discretion of your treating therapist

Precautions:

  • For the kneeling technique support the target limb on a soft surface such as a mat or pillow
  • To progress in standing, support yourself next to a wall for balance and complete the steps as above

Strength: Transversus Abdominis Leg Extension / Bird Dog (4-point Kneeling)

Leg extension

  • Come onto all fours on a soft surface
  • The wrists are positioned under the shoulders and the knees under the hips
  • Maintain a soft bend in the elbows and a neutral pelvis and lumbar spine
  • Slowly extend the leg so the head, tailbone and foot are in line
  • Lower the leg to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Alternating arm and leg

  • With the position above, slowly extend the opposite arm and leg
  • Avoid shifting the pelvis over from the midline
  • Reach long through the finger tips and toes
  • Remain active through the arm and leg that are lifting by maintaining a straight elbow and knee
  • Lower both limbs simultaneously to the mat
  • Repeat on the opposing side or repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Strength: Knee Extension / Inner Range Quads (Foam Roller) [Concentric]

Instructions

  • Sit in long sitting
  • Place a rolled up towel under your affected knee/leg
  • Draw your toes up towards your head
  • Press the knee into the towel and start to lift your heel off the floor/bed
  • Hold for a count of 3
  • Repeat 10 times or as instructed by your physiotherapist
Alternatively, utilise the foam roller for greater range of motion

Precautions

  • Ensure to keep contact with the towel at all times throughout the exercise pressing down on it
  • Do not push into pain but rather only go to edge of discomfort
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Pelvic Rotation (Supine)

The pelvis is the powerhouse of all movement for the spine. When the pelvis moves it dictates a response from the spine.

The sit bones are the bony processes that you can feel underneath your bottom. They are the drivers of movement not only for the pelvis but also a knock-on effect for the spine. Ability to roll the sitbones and lengthen the sitbones form the basis for our most fundamental movements- sit to stand, walking, running, climbing stairs etc. By driving our movement from our sitbones it helps reduce the stress on our spinal joints and allow your deep system muscles to facilitate movement.

The pelvis has four movements which help with our day to day mobility and the following videos will help you to gain confidence in those movements.

Instructions

  • This requires weight shift and rotation of the pelvis
  • Try and drive the movement from the sitbones
  • Lie with knees bent up in crook lying
  • Transfer your weight to the right side of the pelvis
  • Gently float the left sitbone off the ground and then grow your left knee long and away
  • Do not push through the left foot to achieve the movement but rather transfer the weight to the left foot
  • The other sitbone will naturally shorten
  • Alternate side to side
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Try to visualise the movement coming from the sitbones
  • Do not clench your buttocks
  • Do not hold your breath or hold tension in your shoulders or neck
  • Take your time and breathe throughout the exercise
  • Think of it as a slow controlled movement
  • Stop if you feel pain or are unsure of the technique
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Stretch: Knee Extension (Seated | Towel)

Instructions

  • Come into sitting with a rolled-up towel under the heel of the target limb
  • Allow the knee to soften into a straightened position
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines
  • To come out of the posture use the hands to passively bend the knee

Precautions

  • Ensure the heel is supported by the towel
  • If you experience any pain, please discontinue the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Hip Extension Bridge (Supine) {Unilateral}

Instructions

  • Lying on your back with or without a pillow under your head (comfort dependant)
  • Start with your feet in crook lying and heels close to your buttock
  • Lift one leg up into table top position
  • Engage your gluteal muscles and press through your supporting leg
  • Start to lift your pelvis off the floor to extend the hip
  • Slowly lower yourself back to the start position
  • Repeat 8-10 times or as instructed by your physiotherapist
  • Repeat on both sides
  • This can be completed on the flat or step as shown below

Precautions

  • Ensure to engage the glutes prior to bridging
  • Raise the bridge to the level appropriate for you
  • Discontinue the exercise if you experience any pain or are unsure of how to complete the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Mobility: Knee Flexion (Seated)

Instructions

  • Come into a comfortable upright sitting position with the legs outstretched
  • Slide the foot of the target limb along the ground towards the bottom
  • Allow the knee to bend to the point of resistance and slowly slide to return to the start position
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions

  • Utilise a sock to facilitate the sliding motion
  • You can also complete this lying on the ground with a comfortable mat underneath you 

Neural Mobility: Median Nerve Slider

Nerve sliders or neural ‘flossing’ provide an effective strategy to alleviate neural tension within the muscle interface that is passes through. The anatomy of neural tissue varies greatly from that of a muscle therefore improving mobility is achieved differently to traditional stretching methods.

Instructions

  • Position yourself in comfortable standing posture
  • With a bent elbow elevate the arm to 90 degrees from the side body
  • Maintaining a bent elbow turn the palm up to the roof
  • Extend the wrist as if you’re holding a plate flat on the palm
  • Commence with the arm bent at 90 degrees
  • Slowly extend the hand to the point of resistance either felt at the upper arm, elbow, or forearm
  • Begin to then bend the elbow and flex the wrist so the fingers are pointing towards the head
  • As the elbow bends, take the ear towards the opposite shoulder
  • Return the head to neutral as you recommence extending the arm
  • Repeat this ‘flossing’ motion as per Physiotherapists instructions

Precautions

  • Avoid dropping the elbow from the elevated position
  • Ensure the shoulder does not rise to the ear

Stretch: Lumbar Rotation

Instructions:

  • Lie on your back with the arms extended in a ‘T’ formation
  • Lift one knee up so it aligns with the hip joint
  • Using the arm on the opposing side, draw the knee towards the floor
  • Maintain contact with the shoulders and the ground
  • Take the head to the opposite direction of the knee
  • Sustain this stretch as per your Physiotherapist guidelines
  • Repeat on the other side

Precautions

  • Maintain deep belly breathing here and avoid holding the breath
  • Take the knee as far as comfortable with gravity acting
  • It is important to note that at the end-range of this movement you may hear a popping sensation which is pressure releasing in the joint

Stretch: Gluteal

Instructions

  • Position yourself in a comfortable upright seated position
  • Bend the knee of the affected limb as you take the ankle to the opposite knee
  • Gently apply pressure over the knee to move it towards the ground
  • To intensify the stretch further, draw the chest towards the leg
  • Sustain this stretch as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Seated:

Supine:

Precautions

  • Avoid rounding through the back and shoulders to intensify the stretch
  • Maintain distance between the shoulders and ears, avoid bunching through here

Neural Mobility: Radial Nerve Slider

Instructions

  • Position yourself in comfortable standing posture
  • Bend the thumb across the palm and encase the fingers around the thumb to make a fist
  • Rotate the forearm towards the side body and flex the wrist
  • Maintaining a straight elbow, take the arm out to the side ‘elevating’ it to the point of tension
  • As you return the arm to the starting position by your side, tilt the ear towards the opposite shoulder
  • Return the head to neutral as you then begin to elevate the arm back out to the start
  • Repeat this ‘flossing’ motion as per Physiotherapists instructions

Precautions

  • Avoid clenching the fist
  • Ensure the shoulder does not rise to the ear

Mobility: Shoulder Pendulum (Standing)

Instructions

  • Position the unaffected hand onto a firm surface roughly at waist height (bench, tabletop, back of a chair)
  • Come into a lunge position with the feet and allow the weight to come into the hand that is supported
  • Completely relax the affected arm and let gravity act in this position
  • Using the legs rocking forwards and backwards allow the arm to swing forwards and backwards
  • By changing the position of the feet, utilise momentum to move the affected arm in a circular motion and side to side
  • Complete a number of repetitions as designated by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • Avoid actively forcing the affected shoulder to move into certain ranges

Stretch: Adductors (Kneeling) (Supine)

Instructions: Kneeling

  • For this mobility exercise you may want to utilise a mat underneath the knees or a soft surface
  • Come onto all fours with the knees stacked underneath the hips and the wrists underneath the shoulders
  • Extend the target limb to the side, keeping the sole of the foot flat on the ground
  • To intensify the stretch, press through the hands and rock the bottom towards the heels
  • Sustain this stretch as advised by your treating Physiotherapist

Instructions: Strap

  • Come into a lying position with the legs extended
  • Bend the target leg and place the foot into a towel or a strap
  • Straighten the leg above the hip
  • Slowly lower the leg outward to the ground
  • Use the strap to intensify the stretch if needed
  • Sustain this stretch as advised by your treating Physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Lateral Raise

Long arm variation:

  • Hold the Theraband with the target limb and anchor it under the feet
  • Position the palm down and maintain a straight arm
  • Lift the arm out to the side, about 90 degrees to the body
  • Slowly return to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Dumbell

  • Stand with weight in your hand to the side of your body
  • Knuckles towards the ceiling
  • This can be completed with one arm or both arms as instructed by your physiotherapist
  • Relax the shoulders and begin lifting the arm out to 90 degrees to the trunk
  • Adapt the height you are lifting to according to advice from your physiotherapist
  • Return to the starting point, slow and controlled

Bent arm variation:

  • Hold the Theraband with the target limb so it loops over the top of the hand
  • Bend the elbow to 90 degrees at your side
  • Lift the arm out to the side, about 90 degrees to the body leading with the elbow
  • Slowly return to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Ensure that your shoulder blades are back and down and avoid hitching them towards your ears
  • For the bent elbow variation, ensure the elbow is higher than the wrist
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Shoulder Front Raise (Standing)

Dumbbell Instructions

  • Stand with weights in hands and knuckles facing forward.
  • Select weights appropriate to your level as discussed with your physiotherapist.
  • Relax the shoulders and begin lifting the arms up to 90 degrees to the trunk.
  • Return to the start point slowly and controlled.
  • Repeat as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Theraband Instructions:

  • Stand with Theraband under your feet and the ends in your hands
  • Relax the shoulders and begin lifting the arm up to 90 degrees to the trunk
  • Return to the start point slowly and controlled
  • Repeat 10 times

Precautions

  • Ensure that your shoulder blades are back and down and avoid hitching them towards your ears
  • If you experience pain, stop the exercise and speak to your physiotherapist

NDIS Physiotherapy in Newcastle, Rutherford & Budgewoi

Our NDIS Services

We proudly provide physiotherapy services under the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS).

Our expert practitioners have experience working with clients of all ages, backgrounds and abilities. Our team will always go above and beyond to help, whether your goal is treating specific impairments, reducing pain, or simply improving overall function and quality of life.

In-Clinic and Home-Based Treatments

We can treat NDIS clients in-clinic or at home depending on your level of function/independence. Please discuss your needs with our friendly team.

NDIS Funding Arrangements

There are three ways in which NDIS funding is managed:

  1. Self-managed funding
  2. Plan-managed funding
  3. NDIA-managed funding

We’re currently able to offer physiotherapy and exercise physiology services to those with self-managed and plan-managed funding.

NDIS physiotherapy: Client checking in at Peak Physio Newcastle reception.

Booking NDIS Physiotherapy Services

If you would like to book in for NDIS physio services, please don’t hesitate to call our team in Newcastle, Rutherford, or Budgewoi. One of our friendly staff members will be able to provide you with all of the relevant information and advice.

Strength: Hip Adduction (Side Lying) [Concentric]

This is the first key exercise in the Copenhagen Adductor Exercise protocol. Depending on whether this exercise is being utilised in a preventative manner or in a rehabilitation setting, the degree of difficulty and progressions may vary.

Instructions

  • Position yourself in side lying with the target side in contact with the ground.
  • Prop yourself onto your elbow so the shoulder is stacked directly above.
  • Use the opposing arm for balance on the ground or place the hand on the hip.
  • Bend the top leg so the foot is firmly planted in front of the bottom leg.
  • With a straight knee and toes flexed, lift and lower the bottom leg towards the roof.

Precautions

  • Maintain a stacked pelvis and avoid rolling out.

Strength: Hip Adduction (Side Lying | Chair) [Isometric]

  • Place the target foot onto a chair the support should stop before the knee joint.
  • Prop the bottom elbow underneath the shoulders.
  • Straighten the top leg, elevating the hips towards the roof.
  • Dependent on the level your Physiotherapist has advised you to work at, keep the knee on the ground or straighten the bottom leg and lift towards the chair.
  • Lift and lower for the determined number of repetitions.

Precautions

  • Avoid dropping the hips.
  • Maintain strong, straight knees.
  • Avoid rolling and collapsing through the chest

Strength: Straight Leg Raise

To strengthen the quadriceps this exercise may be used for rehabilitating patellofemoral injuries and rehabilitation pre and post operatively.

Instructions

  • Sitting upright with the legs out long or lying flat on your back
  • Draw the toes back towards the head and engage the quadriceps by pressing the knee into the ground
  • Turn the toes slightly outwards
  • Lift and lower the leg
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Ensure that the upper body remains relaxed
  • Avoid slamming the heel of the target leg down in between repetitions

Strength: Scapula Protraction / Retraction (Closed Chain)

This strengthening exercise is designed to enhance awareness and control of the muscles that protract and retract the shoulder blades.

Instructions:

  • With bent elbows, place the forearm onto the wall slightly below the line of the shoulder joint 
  • With a relaxed neck squeeze the shoulder blades together 
  • Move in the opposing direction and round through the chest pulling the shoulder blades apart 
  • Repeat 

Single arm instructions:

  • Take the target limb to the wall at shoulder height
  • Press the hand into the wall whilst pressing the shoulder blade away from midline
  • Slowly then draw the shoulder blade towards the spine
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Step instructions:

  • Position yourself in a plank or modified plank on the knees (not shown below)
  • Shuffle to the end of the step
  • Pushing through the hands, draw the sternum towards the spine and press the shoulder blades apart
  • Keep the affected arm in contact with the step with a straight elbow
  • Slowly lower the unsupported limb between the ground and the level of the step

Precautions

  • Excessive hip movement forwards/backwards
  • Arching through the lower back
  • Neck extension 

Strength: Hip Abduction (Standing | Slider )

This exercise is great for the rehabilitation of the adductor muscle group which are active in both the supporting leg and the leg generating the movement. Completion on both sides is recommended. This exercise is to be completed on a surface that has some glide. Either timber floorboards, tiles or smooth carpet with socks is appropriate.

Instructions

  • Standing on the target limb, bend the knee as you slide the opposing leg out to the side
  • Keep the knee of the sliding leg straight and maintain a firm contact with the ground the entire time
  • Ensure that on the return, you imagine zipping the legs together
  • You can also stabilise yourself while holding a broom in front of you or a bench to the side of you

Side View

Strength: Hip Extension / Reverse Nordic (Kneeling)[Eccentric]

This exercise is great for lengthening the anterior muscles of the hip by encouraging engagement through the eccentric phase of the movement.

Instructions 

  • Come to a kneeling position with a mat or towel underneath the knees for cushioning. 
  • Cross the hands over the chest and tuck the pelvis under. 
  • Slowly lower the trunk in a straight line from head to pelvis towards the floor. 
  • When you are unable to continue lower the hips onto the heels and rise. 
  • Repeat 3-5x 

Precautions 

  • Ensure that the hips stay tucked and remain in neutral position
  • Do not arch through the lumbar spine 
  • Avoid straining through the front of the neck 

Mobility: Pelvic Lateral Tilts (Supine)

The pelvis is the powerhouse of all movement for the spine. When the pelvis moves it dictates a response from the spine.

The sit bones are the bony processes that you can feel underneath your bottom. They are the drivers of movement not only for the pelvis but also a knock-on effect for the spine. Ability to roll the sitbones and lengthen the sitbones form the basis for our most fundamental movements- sit to stand, walking, running, climbing stairs etc. By driving our movement from our sitbones it helps reduce the stress on our spinal joints and allow your deep system muscles to facilitate movement. The pelvis has four movements which help with our day to day mobility and the following videos will help you to gain confidence in those movements

Instructions

  • This is essentially lengthening your pelvis on one side – what we do for weight bearing and walking
  • Lie with knees bent up in crook lying
  • Visualise widening or lengthening your sitbones towards your heels
  • This will create a small arch in your lower back
  • Do not allow your ribcage to elevate to achieve the movement – drive from the sitbones
  • Lengthen one sitbone to the heel on the same side
  • The other sitbone will naturally shorten
  • Alternate side to side
  • Repeat 10 times each side – slow controlled movement
  • You may find it useful to place your hands on the front of your pelvis to get feedback of the movement occurring

Precautions

  • Try to visualise the movement coming from the sitbones and not from throwing the ribs forward
  • Take your time and breathe throughout the exercise
  • Think of it as a slow controlled movement
  • Stop if you feel pain or are unsure of the technique
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Balance: Quadrant {Single}

The compass/star reach is an excellent measure of ankle mobility, proprioception and strength. This tool can be used for an outcome measurement and as a rehabilitation tool following ankle injury or for balance training.

Instructions: Compass

  • Stand on the affected leg
  • Maintaining a level pelvis, reach as far forward, diagonal, side and behind as you can
  • You may steady yourself between each direction if required
  • Attempt to reach as far forward with the opposing leg as possible whilst maintaining your balance and control
  • Further directions may be progressed by your Physiotherapist

Precautions

  • The knee of the standing leg is not collapsing to the inside of the knee
  • Your trunk isn’t shifting to counteract the movement

Instructions: 3-Way Anterior Reach with Upper Limb Reach

The “3-Way Anterior Reach to Cone with Upper Limb Reach (Level 1)” involves tapping cones with the foot before progressing to picking them up with the hand. This version of the exercise is excellent for improving balance, coordination, lower limb strength, and proprioception, especially for ankle and knee stabilisation.

Instructions:

  • Start Position: Stand on one leg with a slight bend in your knee. Position three cones in front of you: one directly ahead, one slightly to the left, and one slightly to the right.
  • Foot Reach (Left): While maintaining balance on the standing leg, extend your free leg across your body to tap the cone positioned to the left. Then, return to the centre.
  • Foot Reach (Centre): Next, extend your free leg forward to gently tap the centre cone with your toes, then return to the starting position.
  • Foot Reach (Right): Tap the cone to the right with the same foot, maintaining balance.
  • Upper Limb Reach: After completing the foot taps, reach forward with your hand to pick up each cone one at a time, returning to the standing position after each reach.
  • Reset: Repeat the entire sequence on the opposite leg.
  • Complete repetitions as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Common Errors:

  • Allowing the knee of the supporting leg to collapse inward.
  • Overextending or leaning excessively with the torso, causing loss of balance.
  • Not engaging the core, leading to instability during reaching movements.

Progressions:

  • To make the exercise more challenging, you can:
    • Perform the exercise on an unstable surface like a balance pad.
    • Increase the distance between the cones, requiring greater reach.
    • Add weights, such as holding a light dumbbell while picking up the cones.

Regressions:

  • To make the exercise easier, you can:
    • Decrease the distance between the cones to minimise the reach.
    • Hold onto a stable object or surface for balance support while performing the exercise.
    • Remove the upper limb reach and just focus on tapping the cones with your foot.

All exercises are provided as an educational resource and should only be completed under the guidance of your physiotherapist.

Mobility: Pelvic Tilt and Tuck (Supine)

The pelvis is the powerhouse of all movement for the spine. When the pelvis moves it dictates a response from the spine.

The sit bones are the bony processes that you can feel underneath your bottom. They are the drivers of movement not only for the pelvis but also a knock-on effect for the spine. Ability to roll the sitbones and lengthen the sitbones form the basis for our most fundamental movements- sit to stand, walking, running, climbing stairs etc. By driving our movement from our sitbones it helps reduce the stress on our spinal joints and allow your deep system muscles to facilitate movement.

The pelvis has four movements which help with our day to day mobility and the following videos will help you to gain confidence in those movements.

Instructions

  • This is essentially the movement of rocking your pelvis
  • Lie with knees bent up in crook lying
  • Visualise widening or lengthening your sitbones towards your heels
  • This will create a small arch in your lower back
  • Do not allow your ribcage to elevate to achieve the movement – drive from the sitbones
  • Reverse the process by rolling in the opposite direction
  • Essentially as if tucking your tailbone under or drawing your sitbones together
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines
  • You may find it useful to place your hands on your rib cage or on the front of your pelvis to get feedback of the movement occurring

Precautions

  • It is extremely easy to cheat from higher up the spine
  • Try to visualise the movement coming from the sitbones and not from throwing the ribs forward
  • Take your time and breathe throughout the exercise- breathe OUT as you widen the sitbones and IN as you tuck your tail under
  • Think of it as a slow controlled movement
  • Stop if you feel pain or are unsure of the technique
  • If you are unsure, please speak to your physiotherapist

Strength: Hip Abduction (Side Lying)

Instructions:

  • Position yourself in side lying with the target side uppermost
  • You can perform this lying down completely or with the bottom elbow bent to 90 degrees directly underneath the shoulder
  • Extend the top leg so the knee is straight, bottom leg is slightly bent for stability
  • Maintain a stacked position in the pelvis, ensuring the hip doesn’t roll out with the leg
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Extension variation:

  • Position yourself in side lying with the target side uppermost
  • You can perform this lying down completely, or as shown in the video with the bottom elbow bent to 90 degrees directly underneath the shoulder
  • Extend the top leg so the knee is straight
  • Take the heel to the back of the mat
  • Maintain a stacked position in the pelvis, ensuring the hip doesn’t roll out with the leg
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists instructions

Extension with internal rotation

  • Position yourself in side lying with the target side uppermost
  • You can perform this lying down completely, or as shown in the video with the bottom elbow bent to 90 degrees directly underneath the shoulder
  • Extend the top leg so the knee is straight
  • Take the heel to the back of the mat
  • Internally rotate the leg so the toes point towards the floor
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist instructions

Precautions

  • Avoid rolling out through the top hip
  • Ensure that the trunk remains steady and you do not attempt to generate movement from here
  • Watch for the leg wandering forwards

Strength: Cervical Retraction (Seated) [Isometric]

Instructions:

  • Stand or sit with an upright posture
  • Draw the chin slightly down and back
  • The movement you are aiming for is a horizontal translation, like a lollypop on a stick 
  • A prompt which may be helpful is “imagine giving yourself a double chin”
  • You will feel a gentle activation of the muscles in the anterior aspect of the neck

Precautions

  • Avoid drawing the chin down to rest on the chest 
  • Avoid clenching the jaw 
  • Relax the shoulders 

Balance: Heel-Toe Walking

Tandem walking is an excellent dynamic balance exercise with multiple options for progressions. The heel-toe tap as shown below is an advancement that may be prescribed by your treating Physiotherapist. In the clinic we have used a line of tape however in the home you may use floorboards, a line in the carpet or a piece of string or tape measure.

Tandem walking

Instructions

  • Position one foot on the line
  • Slowly place the other foot directly in front of the toes of the starting foot
  • The heel of the leading foot should be as close as able to the toes of the standing foot
  • Continue along the line moving slowly

Heel-toe tap

Instructions

  • The positioning is as above ‘tandem walking’
  • Prior to placing the foot down, tap the heel in front of the toes and then tap the toes behind the heel of the standing leg
  • Move the foot then in front of the standing leg and repeat on the opposing side
  • Continue along the line moving slowly

Precautions

  • Avoid scrunching through the toes
  • Avoid using arms away from the body to steady yourself if able
  • Complete in an open space

Balance: Single Leg (Pillow)

Instructions

  • Position yourself next to the wall to use if balance is lost
  • Place a doubled over a pillow, yoga mat or piece of foam underneath the affected foot
  • Aim to maintain balance for as long as possible in this position

Precautions

  • Use the wall to steady as required
  • Avoid scrunching through the toes
  • Avoid using arms away from the body to steady yourself if able
  • Complete in an open space

Strength: Hamstrings [Eccentric]

Bilateral instructions:

  • Lying on your back with the knees bent and the feet flat on the ground.
  • Lift the hips up to the roof and slowly extend the knees out.
  • As the legs straighten drop the bottom to the floor bend the knees and return to the starting position.
  • Repeat as per your Physiotherapists recommended dosage.

Unilateral variation:

  • Lie on your tummy
  • Bend both knees up and hook one leg around the other at the ankle at the back
  • Slower lower the leg to the bed while pushing against the other foot as you lower down

Precautions

  • Avoid bouncing the buttocks onto the floor at the end range.
  • Maintain control of the hips throughout the movement.

Mobility: Thoracic Rotation (Seated) [Assisted]

Instructions

  • Sit upright in the chair with the feet firmly planted on the floor.
  • The bottom is positioned slightly forward on the chair.
  • Take the hands to the armrest on the chair.
  • Maintaining an open chest, use the arms as an anchor and rotate the chest.
  • Take 3 deep breaths here allowing yourself to move further into the position on each exhale.
  • Return to the centre and repeat on the opposite side.
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Ensure you do not round through the chest.
  • Maintain a neutral neck without poking or extending.
  • Relax the shoulders.

Strength: Short Lever Hip Adduction / Groin Squeeze (Supine | Ball) [Isometric]

Instructions

  • Lie on your back with the knees bent and the heels flat on the ground.
  • Place a ball or rolled up towel/folded pillow between the legs.
  • Keeping the pelvis flat on the mat, squeeze the ball together and release the tension by half.
  • Repeat for 15 repetitions, or as prescribed by your physiotherapist.

Strength: Transversus Abdominis Activation (Supine)

The transversus abdominis muscle is the deepest of the core muscles running horizontally across the abdomen. It plays a key role in formation of the cylinder of stability with the pelvic floor, diaphragm and multifidus. The following videos will detail how to activate this muscle and graded strengthening progressions to challenge.

Transversus abdominis activation

  • Performed lying on your back with the knees gently bent and feet firmly planted
  • Using your index and middle finger find the bony points of the pelvis and drop into the valley inside on the abdomen
  • To feel for that muscle activation, cough to feel the muscle spring back
  • Breathe towards the pelvis and abdomen and feel the muscle rise and fall as you exhale and let the body melt towards the floor

Exercise Physiology

Exercise physiology involves the prescription of tailored exercise programs to help manage an array of injuries and health conditions. Exercise physiologists (EPs) are allied health professionals who have completed at least 4 years of university education and are accredited by Exercise & Sports Science Australia (ESSA).

Exercise physiology services can be accessed directly and rebates are available from most health funds. Your GP may also refer you to us for exercise physiology, usually as part of an Enhanced Primary Care (EPC) plan, which may subsidise part of the treatment cost.

What does an Exercise Physiologist do?

Your exercise physiologist will work with you to develop a custom exercise regime. The nature of the program will depend entirely on your personal circumstances – your health status, exercise experience, preferences, limitations, access to equipment, and goals.

An exercise program might involve:

  • Resistance exercises with bands or weights for building muscle mass or bone density.
  • Cardiovascular training (e.g., swimming, cycling, walking, running) for improving heart/blood vessel health.
  • Stretching or flexibility exercises for enhancing joint mobility.
  • Balance exercises for improving performance or preventing falls.
  • Functional exercises (e.g., squatting, lunging, stair climbing, etc.) for achieving other specific goals.

Importantly, there is no one-size-fits-all solutions. Your exercise physiologist will tailor everything to you.

Exercise Physiology for Medical Conditions

Exercise physiologists are highly trained in human physiology and possess a thorough understanding of the metabolic changes associated with various medical conditions. It is increasingly common to be referred to an exercise physiologist for management of the following chronic conditions:

  • Osteoporosis.
  • Osteoarthritis.
  • Heart disease.
  • Peripheral vascular disease.
  • High blood pressure.
  • Diabetes.
  • Obesity.
  • Multiple Sclerosis.
  • Parkinson’s Disease.
  • Cancer.
  • Depression.
  • Anxiety.

And many others!

Exercise Physiology for Musculoskeletal Injuries

Exercise physiologists often play a key role in rehabilitation of musculoskeletal injuries and are particularly well-placed to manage long-term, chronic or recurring injuries, where ‘hands-on’ therapies like soft tissue massage and joint mobilisation are less likely to be effective.

To assist with musculoskeletal issues, an exercise physiologist will devise a structured rehabilitation program to help regain lost strength, mobility and function. Importantly, exercise physiologists are also especially skilled at breaking down movement patterns and correcting technique to stop unhelpful habits, which can perpetuate pain and discomfort.

How do I start with an Exercise Physiologist?

To schedule an exercise physiology assessment, please call your nearest clinic.

Strength: Hip Abduction / Crab Walk (Standing | Theraband)

This movement coupled with the resistance of the theraband is an excellent functional exercise for gluteal strengthening. Evidence based EMG studies have shown the position of the band around the feet in this fashion, ensures that there is greater activation of the gluteals and lesser activation of the muscles at the front of the hip.

Crab walk variation:

  • Secure the band around the tops of the feet
  • Come into a squat position, sending the hips back and maintaining the knees over the top of the ankles
  • Side step controlling the movement of the stepping foot against the band.
  • As you step imagine you are passing under a shallow roof, maintaining the squat depth

Short lever variation:

Side step variation:

  • Secure the band underneath the feet, holding on to both ends with the hands
  • Ensure the band is taut under the feet
  • Maintaining an upright posture, step to the side with soft knees
  • Control the movement of the opposite leg to the starting position
  • Repeat steps in one direction as per Physiotherapist instruction before returning to the opposing side

Skater step variation:

  • Place the looped band either just above the knees or ankles as per physiotherapist instruction
  • From here, come in to a small squat position
  • Take one foot out to a 45 degree angle, maintaining your squat position
  • Bring your other foot in line with the other, so you end up with your feet hip width apart
  • Repeat with the other leg and continue for the prescribed dosage

Slider variation:

  • You will need a theraband and a slide board/ washer/ sock for sliding
  • Tie the theraband around the ankles and come into standing in front of a wall to provide support
  • The slider will be placed underneath the foot of the target limb
  • Come into a squat bending the knees to about 30 degrees
  • Slowly slide the foot out on the slider against the resistance
  • Maintain the knee bend during the movement
  • Ensure the pelvis stays neutral without rotation or extending through the lower back/ rotating the torso
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Precautions

  • Maintain a diagonal line from the head to the tailbone
  • Avoid ‘bobbing’ the head

Strength: Squat to Heel Raise (Dynamic)

The squat to heel raise is an excellent exercise for strengthening the ankle whilst introducing a low-level plyometric component to the functional squat.

Instructions

  • Stand with the feet wider than hip width
  • Send the hips backwards and allow the knees to bend so the thighs are parallel to the ground
  • As you straighten the knees lift the heels up
  • Move straight into the squat from the heel raise so the heels are making contact with the ground as you are in the full squat
  • This movement is completed in an explosive manner as you move to the heel raise from the squat

Precautions

  • Ensure the ankles do not roll out during the heel raise
  • Avoid arching out through the lower back
  • Maintain the knees over the top of the ankles and avoid collapsing inwards

Strength: Shoulder External Rotation Neutral (Standing l Theraband)

Due to the inherently unstable joint structure of the shoulder, it relies heavily on the rotator cuff and surrounding musculature. The following exercises involve both external and internal rotation of the shoulder. Under the guidance of your treating Physiotherapist these can be advanced as strength improves.

Instructions: Theraband

  • Position yourself with the elbow tucked into the side body
  • Open through the chest
  • Thumb directed towards the roof
  • Position the affected arm furthest away from the resistance band
  • Maintaining the above position, move the forearm away from the belly button
  • Control the return to the belly
  • Repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Instructions: Bilateral

  • This exercise can be completed in sitting or standing
  • Ensure that the head is stacked above the pelvis in an upright position and the chest is open
  • Take the resistance band prescribed with both hands in a ‘thumbs up’ position
  • The band should be taut
  • Position the elbows by the side and pull the band apart, drawing the shoulder blades together
  • Maintain the 90 degree bend at the elbow
  • Slowly return to the start position and repeat as per Physiotherapists guidelines

Precautions:

  • Maintain an upright posture keeping the shoulders open
  • Control the return of the band, ensuring that it doesn’t ‘snap’ back to the start position

Neural Mobility: Sciatic Nerve Slider (Supine)

The sciatic nerve can at times develop points of adhesion within the muscle tissue that it passes through. A nerve slider aims to improve the mobility of the nerve through the tissue without exacerbating symptoms. Discuss with your Physiotherapist which variation is appropriate for you dependent on the degree of neural tension.

Instructions: Flossing

  • Lying on your back interlace the hands at the back of the affected knee
  • The knee is stacked over the top of the hip in this position
  • Extend the knee towards the roof with the toes coming back towards the head
  • Move the leg into the position in which you start to feel light tension
  • Lower the leg back to a bent knee position pointing the toes towards the ground
  • Whilst you are lowering the leg, draw the chin to the chest
  • As you then begin to extend the leg again, rest the head back onto the mat
  • Complete as per Physiotherapist guidelines

Instructions: Variation 2

  • Lying on your back interlace the hands at the back of the affected knee
  • The knee is stacked over the top of the hip in this position
  • Extend the knee towards the roof with the toes coming back towards the head
  • Move the leg into the position in which you start to feel light tension
  • Keep your leg in this extended position
  • Point your foot to the ceiling and then slowly pull your foot back towards your head
  • Repeat 10 times or as prescribed by your physiotherapist

Precautions:

  • Perform this exercise strictly as guided by your physiotherapist – do not be tempted to perform more repetitions as this may irritate the tissue.
  • Complete all movements slowly
  • Do not push past a light stretch/ tension when performing these movements
  • If your symptoms become aggravated, stop immediately and notify your Physiotherapist.

Strength: Plank – Side Plank

The side plank may be utilised to strengthen the oblique muscles that make up the side of the abdomen whilst also engaging the lateral pelvic stabilisers. There are three variations based on degree of difficulty which may be utilised.  Your Physiotherapist will determine which variation is most appropriate.

Kneeling Side Plank

  • Come into a side lying position with the elbow stacked directly underneath the shoulder resting on the outside aspect of your arm
  • Bend the knees so the heels are in line with the buttocks
  • Place the hand onto the hip or extend the arm to the roof
  • With the weight in the knees and the elbow, lift the hips towards the roof
  • Ensure the buttocks moves forwards and doesn’t arch out from the lower back

Full Side Plank (Legs Extended)

  • Extend the elbow underneath the shoulder so the wrist is directly underneath.
  • With the pelvis stacked, straighten the knees.
  • In the staggered foot position, you are weight bearing through the inner border of one foot and the lateral border of the opposing leg.
  • To challenge this, stack both feet on top of each other and extend the arm directly above the shoulder.

Precautions:

  • Ensure that the shoulder remains strong without collapsing through the chest.
  • Avoid rolling through the torso towards the ground.
  • Maintain a strong position through the pelvis.

Variation: Side Plank with Dip

  • On the floor come to a side lying position
  • Form a side plank onto your forearm with legs stacked on top of each other
  • From this position, drop the lower hips towards the ground and return to the starting position
  • Repeat as per physiotherapist instruction

Variation: Side Plank with Hip Abduction

  • Come into a side lying position with the elbow stacked directly underneath the shoulder resting on the outside aspect of your arm
  • Bend the knees so the heels are in line with the buttocks
  • Place the hand onto the hip or extend the arm to the roof
  • With the weight in the knees and the elbow, lift the hips towards the roof
  • Ensure the buttocks moves forwards and doesn’t arch out from the lower back

Precautions:

  • Ensure that the shoulder remains strong without collapsing through the chest.
  • Avoid rolling through the torso towards the ground.
  • Maintain a strong position through the pelvis.

Strength: Plank

A plank is an excellent exercise for stability. The following videos demonstrate two variations on the elbows with knees bent and extended and on the hands with bent knees or elbows extended. Please discuss with your Physiotherapist which is most appropriate.

Kneeling Plank Variation 1

  • With straight elbows stack the wrists directly underneath the shoulders
  • Lift the sternum towards the roof and maintain a long line in the neck
  • Lower the hips towards the ground so there is a straight diagonal line from the neck to the tailbone
  • The knees and lower leg will be in contact with the ground
  • Ensure the weight is forward into the upper body
  • Draw the lower belly away from the waist band of your pants
  • Note: this variation with the knees lifted can also be performed on the elbows as described in variation 2 (see below)

Extended plank:

  • With the upper body positioned as above, curl the toes under and straighten the knees
  • There should now be a straight horizontal line from the head to the tailbone
  • Draw the kneecaps up towards the hips
  • Draw the lower belly away from the waist band of your pants
  • Note: this variation with the knees lifted can also be performed on the elbows as described in variation 2 (see below)

Precautions:

  • Avoid sagging through the lower back or sticking the buttocks towards the roof
  • Ensure the chest does not collapse below the shoulders, keep the sternum lifted and shoulders pressing away from the floor
  • If the straight elbow variation is uncomfortable on the wrists you can utilise a towel underneath the heel of the hand or come onto a closed fist

Stretch: Quadriceps (Assisted)

The Quadriceps muscle complex make up the front of the thigh and converge at the knee cap. Their role is extension of the knee. There are multiple variations to stretch this complex dependent on mobility levels. The following videos demonstrate 3 options.

Side Lying Quadriceps Stretch

  • Lying on your side with the pelvis stacked and head supported.
  • Take the foot of the top leg in a stirrup or band and slowly draw the heel towards the bottom.
  • Ensure that the knees stay in line and avoid arching out through the back.
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines.

Standing Quadriceps Stretch (Beginner)

This version of the standing stretch is best for those with very limited range of motion.

  • Place the foot on top of a chair, the height of which will depend on the degree of mobility.
  • Ensure the standing leg is straight.
  • Tuck the tailbone under to limit arching out through the lower back.
  • Maintain pressure through the top of the foot pressing into the chair to intensify the stretch.
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines.

Standing Quadriceps Stretch (Advanced)

This version of the standing stretch is more appropriate if you can reach your foot with your hand.

  • Bend the knee of the side to be stretched and take the top of the foot into the palm of the hand.
  • Ensure the supporting leg is straight and the trunk is upright.
  • Maintaining a proud chest, bend the elbow of the supporting arm to increase the bend at the knee.
  • Tuck the tailbone under to limit arching out through the lower back.
  • Sustain as per Physiotherapist guidelines.